OPERATOR GUIDE

®
Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion

Nov 09, 2018

NOTICE
INFORMATION SUBJECT TO
EXPORT CONTROL LAWS
The technical data in this document (or file) is
controlled for export under the Export Admin-
istr ation Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR Parts 730 -
774. Violations of these laws ma y be subject to
fines and penalties under the Export Administr a-
tion Act.
Export Control Classification Number (ECCN) for
this document is 7E001.
DUE TO THE US GOVERNMENT'S IMPLEMEN-
TATION OF EXPORT CONTROL REFORM (ECR),
ALL EXPORT DATA PROVIDED IN THIS PUBLICA-
TION IS CURRENT AS OF THE LAST REVISION
DATE AND MAY BE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY
ROCKWELL COLLINS . THEREFORE, PLEASE BE
ADVISED THAT YOU ARE ENCOURAGED TO VAL-
IDA TE THE ACCURACY OF THE DATA PRIOR TO
ANY FUTURE EXPORT ACTIVITY RELATING TO
THESE PUBLICATIONS .
For product orders or inquiries, please contact:

Rockwell Collins
Customer Response Center
400 Collins RD NE M/S 133-100
Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001

TELEPHONE: 1.888.265.5467
INTERNATIONAL: 1.319.295.5467
FAX NO: 1.319.295.4941
EMAIL: [email protected]

© 2018 Rockwell Collins. All rights reserved.

Printed in the USA

PUBLICATION COPYRIGHT NOTICE

© 2018 Rockwell Collins. All rights reserved.

SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT NOTICE

© 2018 Rockwell Collins. All rights reserved.

All software resident in the equipment covered by this publi-
cation is protected by copyright.
 FMS Plan page ................................................................... 3-13
Table of Contents Create a flight plan.............................................................. 3-15
1 Introduction..................................................................................... 1-1 3.7 Create a flight plan .................................................................. 3-16
1.1 Introduction.............................................................................. 1-1 Load a flight plan................................................................. 3-16
Pro Line Fusion® system .................................................... 1-1 3.8 Create a flight plan .................................................................. 3-19
2 Controls........................................................................................... 2-1 Load flight plans via USB.................................................... 3-19
2.1 Adaptive Flight Display ............................................................ 2-1 3.9 Create a flight plan .................................................................. 3-21
Display description and operation....................................... 2-1 Load a flight plan via PED................................................... 3-21
2.2 Cursor Control Panel ............................................................... 2-20 3.10 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-22
Controls description ............................................................ 2-20 Store an active flight plan.................................................... 3-22
2.3 Multifunction Keypad ............................................................... 2-22 3.11 Create a flight plan................................................................. 3-24
Controls description ............................................................ 2-22 Store a flight plan via PED .................................................. 3-24
2.4 Flight Control System panels................................................... 2-25 3.12 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-25
Controls description ............................................................ 2-25 Delete a flight plan .............................................................. 3-25
2.5 Control Wheel and Power Lever.............................................. 2-29 3.13 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-26
Controls description ............................................................ 2-29 Select an origin runway....................................................... 3-26
2.6 Reversion Switch Panel........................................................... 2-31 3.14 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-28
Controls description ............................................................ 2-31 Enter Standard Instrument Departure................................. 3-28
3 Preflight ........................................................................................... 3-1 3.15 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-30
3.1 Set initial position..................................................................... 3-1 Enter an alternate airport .................................................... 3-30
FMS Setup page ................................................................. 3-1 3.16 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-32
Set initial position ................................................................ 3-4 Enter a waypoint ................................................................. 3-32
3.2 Verify time/date........................................................................ 3-5 3.17 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-34
Verify time/date ................................................................... 3-5 Add an airway or jet route ................................................... 3-34
3.3 NAV database.......................................................................... 3-7 3.18 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-37
Select NAV database .......................................................... 3-7 Enter pilot defined waypoints .............................................. 3-37
3.4 NAV database.......................................................................... 3-9 3.19 Create a flight plan ................................................................ 3-40
Load NAV data.................................................................... 3-9 Set up a secondary flight plan............................................. 3-40
3.5 Change/select a NAV source................................................... 3-12 3.20 Verify a flight plan .................................................................. 3-41
Change/select a NAV source .............................................. 3-12 Map format.......................................................................... 3-41
3.6 Create a flight plan .................................................................. 3-13 3.21 Verify a flight plan .................................................................. 3-50

i
 Verify the flight plan with the map ....................................... 3-50 3.34 Tune COM radios .................................................................. 3-76
3.22 Set up FMS performance ...................................................... 3-51 Change COM1 mode options ............................................. 3-76
FMS Calc page ................................................................... 3-51 3.35 Tune COM radios .................................................................. 3-77
3.23 Set up FMS performance ...................................................... 3-54 Tune HF radios ................................................................... 3-77
Set up VNAV ....................................................................... 3-54 3.36 Set barometric adjustment..................................................... 3-82
3.24 Set up FMS performance ...................................................... 3-55 Set barometric adjustment ................................................. 3-82
Enter weight values ............................................................ 3-55 4 Engine start/Departure................................................................... 4-1
3.25 Set up FMS performance ...................................................... 3-57 4.1 Select a checklist..................................................................... 4-1
Set up fuel management..................................................... 3-57 Select a checklist ................................................................ 4-1
3.26 Update a flight plan................................................................ 3-58 4.2 Monitor EICAS for engine start................................................ 4-2
Enter waypoint data via Fly>Route page ............................ 3-58 EICAS description............................................................... 4-2
3.27 Update a flight plan................................................................ 3-60 4.3 Update a flight plan.................................................................. 4-7
Create fly over waypoint ..................................................... 3-60 Update flight plan for runway and departure changes ........ 4-7
3.28 Update a flight plan................................................................ 3-62 4.4 Tune NAV radios...................................................................... 4-9
VNAV - Set waypoint altitude and speed constraints.......... 3-62 Tune NAV radios ................................................................. 4-9
3.29 Update a flight plan................................................................ 3-64 4.5 Tune NAV radios...................................................................... 4-10
Change a SID or departure runway .................................... 3-64 Change NAV radio settings................................................. 4-10
3.30 Update a flight plan................................................................ 3-66 4.6 Tune NAV radios...................................................................... 4-12
Select waypoints from duplicate identifiers ......................... 3-66 Choose a NAV source......................................................... 4-12
3.31 Update a flight plan................................................................ 3-67 4.7 Set up surveillance radios ....................................................... 4-13
Resolve a discontinuity ....................................................... 3-67 Tune transponder code ....................................................... 4-13
3.32 Verify RNAV RNP .................................................................. 3-69 4.8 Set up surveillance radios ....................................................... 4-17
Verify RNAV RNP................................................................ 3-69 Perform a Transponder/TCAS test...................................... 4-17
3.33 Tune COM radios .................................................................. 3-70 4.9 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................... 4-20
Tune COM1 frequency........................................................ 3-70 Engage the autopilot ........................................................... 4-20

ii
4.10 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-21 Show Data Link GWX observations.................................... 4-45
Disengage the autopilot ..................................................... 4-21 4.26 Set up Datalink Graphical Weather ....................................... 4-47
4.11 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-22 Show GWX forecasts.......................................................... 4-47
Engage yaw damper ........................................................... 4-22 4.27 Set up Weather Radar system .............................................. 4-49
4.12 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-23 Choose WXR overlay.......................................................... 4-49
Disengage yaw damper ...................................................... 4-23 4.28 Set up Weather Radar system .............................................. 4-51
4.13 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-24 Perform WXR test ............................................................... 4-51
Engage pitch mode ............................................................. 4-24 4.29 Set up Weather Radar system .............................................. 4-52
4.14 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-25 Choose WXR mode ............................................................ 4-52
Choose flight guidance options........................................... 4-25 4.30 Set up Map ............................................................................ 4-55
4.15 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-27 Show the Terrain overlay on the map ................................. 4-55
Set up flight guidance displays ........................................... 4-27 4.31 Set up TCAS II....................................................................... 4-57
4.16 Set up Flight Guidance System ............................................. 4-29 Set up TCAS II .................................................................... 4-57
Choose flight director steering source ................................ 4-29 4.32 Set up Video .......................................................................... 4-61
4.17 Set up flight display ............................................................... 4-30 Set brightness and contrast ................................................ 4-61
Set up ADI options .............................................................. 4-30 5 Initial climb...................................................................................... 5-1
4.18 Set up flight display ............................................................... 4-31 5.1 Set up displays for initial climb ................................................ 5-1
Set up HSI options ............................................................. 4-31 Memorized configurations................................................... 5-1
4.19 Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff ................................................... 4-33 5.2 Set up NAV .............................................................................. 5-4
Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff................................................. 4-33 Choose active NAV source ................................................. 5-4
4.20 Set up chart format ................................................................ 4-35 5.3 Set up NAV .............................................................................. 5-5
Choose airport charts.......................................................... 4-35 Set up bearing source......................................................... 5-5
4.21 Set up chart format ................................................................ 4-37 5.4 Set up NAV .............................................................................. 5-6
Read the chart NOTAMS .................................................... 4-37 Set up Vertical Navigation (VNAV)...................................... 5-6
4.22 Set up SXM Graphical Weather ............................................ 4-40 5.5 Set up NAV .............................................................................. 5-7
Choose GWX overlays on MFW map ................................. 4-40 Set up speed commands .................................................... 5-7
4.23 Set up SXM Graphical Weather ............................................ 4-42 5.6 Set up NAV .............................................................................. 5-8
Choose SXM GXW text reports .......................................... 4-42 Add/change/delete a parallel offset..................................... 5-8
4.24 Set up SXM Graphical Weather ............................................ 4-44 5.7 Tune COM radios .................................................................... 5-12
Show the SXM GWX legend............................................... 4-44 Tune radio preset identifier ................................................. 5-12
4.25 Set up Data Link Graphical Weather ..................................... 4-45 5.8 Tune COM radios .................................................................... 5-13

iii
 Tune radio manual frequency ............................................. 5-13 5.21 SVS overlay........................................................................... 5-37
5.9 Tune COM radios .................................................................... 5-15 Choose SVS overlay........................................................... 5-37
Set COM radio modes ........................................................ 5-15 6 Cruise .............................................................................................. 6-1
5.10 Update a flight plan................................................................ 5-16 6.1 Set up flight guidance ............................................................. 6-1
Change the flight plan (graphical) ....................................... 5-16 Set up flight guidance for cruise.......................................... 6-1
5.11 Set up flight display................................................................ 5-18 6.2 Perform hold operations .......................................................... 6-3
Set altitude preselect .......................................................... 5-18 Set up a hold....................................................................... 6-3
5.12 Set up flight display ............................................................... 5-20 6.3 Perform hold operations .......................................................... 6-6
Set up Horizontal Situation Indicator................................... 5-20 Change a hold..................................................................... 6-6
5.13 Set up flight display ............................................................... 5-22 6.4 Perform hold operations .......................................................... 6-7
Update barometric pressure correction............................... 5-22 Enter a hold......................................................................... 6-7
5.14 Set up map ............................................................................ 5-24 6.5 Perform hold operations .......................................................... 6-8
Select map orientation ....................................................... 5-24 Exit a hold ........................................................................... 6-8
5.15 Set up map ............................................................................ 5-25 6.6 Search NAV database ............................................................. 6-10
Show FMS text window....................................................... 5-25 Find airport data.................................................................. 6-10
5.16 Set up map ............................................................................ 5-27 6.7 Search NAV database ............................................................. 6-12
Choose map symbols ......................................................... 5-27 Find a waypoint................................................................... 6-12
5.17 Set up map ............................................................................ 5-29 6.8 Search NAV database ............................................................. 6-13
Set up terrain options.......................................................... 5-29 View pilot waypoints............................................................ 6-13
5.18 Set up map ............................................................................ 5-31 6.9 Monitor NAV ............................................................................ 6-15
Set up traffic options ........................................................... 5-31 Position report..................................................................... 6-15
5.19 Set up chart ........................................................................... 5-33 6.10 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-17
Chart menu ......................................................................... 5-33 Add along-track offset ......................................................... 6-17
5.20 Set up Chart .......................................................................... 5-34 6.11 Update a flight plan ................................................................ 6-18
Show chart NOTAMS.......................................................... 5-34 Fix menu ............................................................................. 6-18

iv
 6.12 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-19 8 Approach......................................................................................... 8-1
Set a fix .............................................................................. 6-19 8.1 Set up NAV for approach ......................................................... 8-1
6.13 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-20 Manually tune Localizer (LOC) ........................................... 8-1
Erase a fix ........................................................................... 6-20 8.2 Set up flight display for approach ............................................ 8-2
6.14 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-21 Set altitude minimums......................................................... 8-2
Set waypoint crossing constraints....................................... 6-21 8.3 Set up flight display for approach ............................................ 8-3
6.15 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-23 Change landing data (Vspeeds) ......................................... 8-3
Set up a course leg intercept .............................................. 6-23 8.4 Set up flight display for approach ............................................ 8-5
6.16 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-24 Choose approach and airport charts................................... 8-5
Set up a lateral direct-to...................................................... 6-24 8.5 Set up a visual approach ......................................................... 8-7
6.17 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-25 Set up a visual approach procedure ................................... 8-7
Set up a vertical direct-to .................................................... 6-25 8.6 Select or change an approach................................................. 8-8
6.18 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-26 Choose an approach and transition .................................... 8-8
Set up a direct-to nearest airport ........................................ 6-26 8.7 Set up flight guidance for approach......................................... 8-9
6.19 Update a flight plan................................................................ 6-28 Start an approach ............................................................... 8-9
Choose or change a STAR ................................................. 6-28 9 Go-Around....................................................................................... 9-1
6.20 Monitor flight status ............................................................... 6-29 9.1 Missed approach ..................................................................... 9-1
Position report and history description................................ 6-29 Missed approach description .............................................. 9-1
7 Descent............................................................................................ 7-1 9.2 Missed approach ..................................................................... 9-2
7.1 Set up FMS performance for descent...................................... 7-1 Start missed approach steps .............................................. 9-2
Review takeoff and landing data......................................... 7-1 9.3 Missed approach ..................................................................... 9-3
7.2 Set up terminal weather........................................................... 7-2 Set up FCS for missed approach........................................ 9-3
Get terminal weather........................................................... 7-2 10 Arrival/Engine shutdown ............................................................. 10-1
7.3 Set up chart for descent .......................................................... 7-3 10.1 Set up flight display ............................................................... 10-1
Choose destination airport charts ....................................... 7-3 Select airport chart for arrival.............................................. 10-1
7.4 Access airport terminal weather .............................................. 7-5 10.2 Set up flight display ............................................................... 10-2
View SXM or DLK Graphical Weather overlay.................... 7-5 Set TCAS mode to standby ................................................ 10-2
7.5 Set up synthetic vision for descent .......................................... 7-6 10.3 Review flight history............................................................... 10-3
Set up synthetic vision for descent procedure .................... 7-6 Review flight history ............................................................ 10-3
7.6 Use of flight guidance for approach......................................... 7-7 10.4 Save maintenance reports..................................................... 10-5
Flight display option description.......................................... 7-7 Save maintenance report procedure................................... 10-5

v
11 Abnormal procedures .................................................................. 11-1 11-
11.1 Flags and annunciators ......................................................... 11-1 Recognition and revisionary mode selection ...................... 102
Flag and annunciator description........................................ 11-1 11-
11.2 CAS messages ...................................................................... 11-17 11.11 Monitor NAV source failure .................................................. 103
CAS message description................................................... 11-17 11-
11.3 FMS messages ...................................................................... 11-54 Recognition and reversionary mode selection .................... 103
FMS message description .................................................. 11-54 11-
11.12 Set display reversion ........................................................... 104
11.4 TCAS aural warnings ............................................................. 11-93
11-
TCAS aural warning description ......................................... 11-93
Set display reversion procedure ......................................... 104
11.5 TAWS aural warnings ............................................................ 11-95
11-
TAWS aural warning description ......................................... 11-95
11.13 Update FMS position ........................................................... 105
11.6 Flight guidance aural warnings .............................................. 11-97
11-
Flight guidance aural warning description........................... 11-97 Update the FMS position .................................................... 105
11.7 Radio tune failure................................................................... 11-98 12 Emergency procedures................................................................ 12-1
Response to radio tune failure procedure........................... 11-98 12.1 Unusual attitude..................................................................... 12-1
11- Unusual attitude .................................................................. 12-1
11.8 Retrieve and acknowledge FMS messages .......................... 100
12.2 View the emergency checklist ............................................... 12-2
11-
View the emergency checklist procedure ........................... 12-2
Retrieve and acknowledge FMS messages........................ 100
13 Appendix ....................................................................................... 13-1
11-
13.1 Appendix 1 Principles of FMS ............................................... 13-1
11.9 Reversion mode .................................................................... 101
Principles of FMS Navigation.............................................. 13-1
11-
Reversion mode selection................................................... 101 13.2 Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV ............................................. 13-36
11- Principles of VNAV.............................................................. 13-36
11.10 Monitor ADC or IRS failure .................................................. 102 13.3 Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages...................................... 13-63
System Synoptic Pages ...................................................... 13-63

vi
List of Figures Set time/date display ..................................................................... 3-6
Flight deck layout........................................................................... 1-2 NAV database selection ................................................................ 3-8
System block diagram ................................................................... 1-13 Database load ............................................................................... 3-11
Cockpit layout ................................................................................ 2-2 NAV Source dialog box.................................................................. 3-12
Display unit numbering .................................................................. 2-3 FMS Plan page.............................................................................. 3-13
PFD size control button ................................................................. 2-3 Load flight plan .............................................................................. 3-18
Cursor Selection dialog box........................................................... 2-4 Load flight plans via USB .............................................................. 3-20
Cursor Selection dialog box........................................................... 2-5 Load/Store dialog box.................................................................... 3-23
Cursor designation control button.................................................. 2-5 Overwrite Saved Route prompt ..................................................... 3-23
Format selection control button ..................................................... 2-5 Departures dialog box ................................................................... 3-26
Format Selection dialog box .......................................................... 2-8 Departures dialog box ................................................................... 3-28
Memory touchscreen toolbar ......................................................... 2-9 Alternate fields............................................................................... 3-30
Menu bar ....................................................................................... 2-9 Flight Plan tab................................................................................ 3-33
Tabs ............................................................................................... 2-9 Plan tab ......................................................................................... 3-35
Dialog box...................................................................................... 2-11 Airway dialog box .......................................................................... 3-36
On-screen button........................................................................... 2-12 Pilot Waypoints .............................................................................. 3-38
PFD hot spots................................................................................ 2-13 Secondary flight plan ..................................................................... 3-40
Check box...................................................................................... 2-15 Map format with FMS text window................................................. 3-42
Combo box .................................................................................... 2-16 Overlay dialog box......................................................................... 3-43
Copy only field ............................................................................... 2-16 Map Symbol dialog box ................................................................. 3-44
Expand control............................................................................... 2-17 Map Center dialog box .................................................................. 3-46
Radio buttons ................................................................................ 2-17 Present Position dialog box ........................................................... 3-47
Scroll list ........................................................................................ 2-18 Map touchscreen toolbar ............................................................... 3-48
Touch screen toolbar ..................................................................... 2-19 Waypoint dialog box ...................................................................... 3-49
CCP controls ................................................................................. 2-20 Center dialog box .......................................................................... 3-50
MKP controls ................................................................................. 2-22 FMS Calc page.............................................................................. 3-51
FCP controls.................................................................................. 2-25 Enter weight values ....................................................................... 3-56
YDP Controls................................................................................. 2-28 Route tab ....................................................................................... 3-59
Control Wheel and Power Lever switches..................................... 2-29 Fly Over ......................................................................................... 3-61
Reversion switch panel.................................................................. 2-31 Waypoint attribute field .................................................................. 3-62
FMS Setup page............................................................................ 3-1 Change a departure....................................................................... 3-65

vii
Duplicate identifiers ....................................................................... 3-66 TCAS test ...................................................................................... 4-17
Aircraft dialog box.......................................................................... 3-69 RTU tuning page ........................................................................... 4-18
Quick Tune toolbar ........................................................................ 3-70 RTU TCAS page............................................................................ 4-19
Tune page...................................................................................... 3-71 Couple indicator arrow................................................................... 4-20
RTU tuning page ........................................................................... 3-72 Pitch mode..................................................................................... 4-24
RTU COM1 page ........................................................................... 3-73 PFD Config menu .......................................................................... 4-27
COM, NAV/DME tuning shorthand ................................................ 3-74 ADI Config menu ........................................................................... 4-28
HF, ADF tuning shorthand ............................................................. 3-75 NAV Source dialog box.................................................................. 4-29
COM1 Control dialog box .............................................................. 3-76 ADI Config dialog box.................................................................... 4-30
HF Tune page................................................................................ 3-78 HSI Config dialog box.................................................................... 4-32
HF Control page ............................................................................ 3-79 Vspeeds/Mins dialog box (Takeoff tab).......................................... 4-34
RTU tuning page ........................................................................... 3-80 Chart menu.................................................................................... 4-35
RTU HF1 page .............................................................................. 3-81 Chart list dialog box ....................................................................... 4-36
Set BARO dialog box..................................................................... 3-83 Select NOTAMS ............................................................................ 4-39
EICAS Display ............................................................................... 4-3 Map Overlay dialog box................................................................. 4-41
Systems synoptic page.................................................................. 4-5 GWX Text dialog box ..................................................................... 4-43
RTU engine indications page ........................................................ 4-6 SXM GWX Legend ........................................................................ 4-44
Departures dialog box ................................................................... 4-8 DL Observation Report dialog box ................................................ 4-46
Quick Tune toolbar ........................................................................ 4-9 Forecast Report dialog box ........................................................... 4-48
NAV page ...................................................................................... 4-10 Overlay dialog box......................................................................... 4-50
NAV Control dialog box ................................................................. 4-11 Radar Mode dialog box ................................................................. 4-53
NAV Source dialog box.................................................................. 4-12 Radar Mode dialog box (Multiscan)............................................... 4-54
XPR/TFC page .............................................................................. 4-14 Overlay dialog box......................................................................... 4-56
RTU tuning page ........................................................................... 4-15 TFC Tune page.............................................................................. 4-58
RTU ATC page .............................................................................. 4-16 HSI Config dialog box.................................................................... 4-59

viii
Overlay dialog box......................................................................... 4-60 Airport data page ........................................................................... 6-11
Controls dialog box........................................................................ 4-61 Search for a waypoint.................................................................... 6-12
Video touchscreen toolbar ............................................................. 4-61 Pilot Waypoints dialog box............................................................. 6-14
Memory touchscreen toolbar ......................................................... 5-1 Position report ............................................................................... 6-16
Nav Source dialog box .................................................................. 5-4 Fix dialog box ................................................................................ 6-18
Bearing Source dialog box ............................................................ 5-5 Fix dialog box ................................................................................ 6-20
Crossing dialog box ....................................................................... 5-7 Waypoint attribute field .................................................................. 6-21
PPos dialog box............................................................................. 5-9 Direct-to dialog box........................................................................ 6-24
Parallel Offset dialog box............................................................... 5-10 Direct-to dialog box........................................................................ 6-26
Parallel Offset map view ................................................................ 5-11 Nearest Airports dialog box ........................................................... 6-27
COM1 Preset Frequencies dialog box........................................... 5-12 Arrivals dialog box ......................................................................... 6-28
Tune page...................................................................................... 5-14 Position report ............................................................................... 6-31
COM1 Control dialog box .............................................................. 5-15 GWX Text dialog box ..................................................................... 7-2
Waypoint dialog box ...................................................................... 5-17 Destination charts.......................................................................... 7-4
Altitude preselect dialog box.......................................................... 5-18 ADI Config dialog box.................................................................... 7-6
HSI Config dialog box.................................................................... 5-20 Vspeeds/Mins dialog box............................................................... 8-2
Set BARO dialog box..................................................................... 5-23 Vspeeds/Mins dialog box (Approach tab)...................................... 8-4
FMS text window ........................................................................... 5-26 Chart menu.................................................................................... 8-5
Map symbol menu ......................................................................... 5-28 Chart list dialog box ....................................................................... 8-6
Overlay dialog box......................................................................... 5-30 Arrivals dialog box ......................................................................... 8-8
Overlay dialog box......................................................................... 5-32 History page .................................................................................. 10-4
Chart menu.................................................................................... 5-33 PFD warning flags ......................................................................... 11-2
Airport Charts dialog box ............................................................... 5-35 PFD caution flags .......................................................................... 11-5
Chart NOTAMS.............................................................................. 5-36 PFD advisory flags ........................................................................ 11-12
Synthetic Vision System ................................................................ 5-37 MFW map flags ............................................................................. 11-14
SVS degraded regions .................................................................. 5-38 FMS message fields ...................................................................... 11-54
ADI Config menu ........................................................................... 5-40 Amber frequency ........................................................................... 11-98
Flight mode annunciators .............................................................. 6-2 Tuning inoperative ......................................................................... 11-99
Set up a hold ................................................................................. 6-3 Typical flight path for turns............................................................. 13-10
Exit hold......................................................................................... 6-8 Effects of turn overshoots on VNAV descents ............................... 13-11
Cancel exit..................................................................................... 6-9 Typical course change at a flyover waypoint ................................. 13-12

ix
Typical course intercept................................................................. 13-13 GP-Armed to VGP captured scenario ........................................... 13-60
Typical parallel offset course tracking............................................ 13-14 VPATH (Not VGP) approach scenario ........................................... 13-61
Typical holding entry options ......................................................... 13-15 No VNAV armed mode scenario.................................................... 13-61
Holding patterns in various wind conditions .................................. 13-16 Synoptic touchscreen toolbar ........................................................ 13-63
FMS steering for non course - reversal hold exit........................... 13-19 Synoptic dropdown menu .............................................................. 13-64
Arrivals showing SBAS LPV approach .......................................... 13-26 List of Tables
FLC Armed scenario...................................................................... 13-41 PFD hot spots................................................................................ 2-13
Arm Mode annunciations............................................................... 13-41 Create Pilot Waypoint Fields ......................................................... 3-38
VNAV selection during a climb ...................................................... 13-45 Emer configuration ........................................................................ 5-1
VNAV selection with autopilot set to ALT mode............................. 13-45 Taxi configuration........................................................................... 5-2
Climb using the preselector ........................................................... 13-46 T/O configuration ........................................................................... 5-2
Aircraft crosses BOC before preselector is set.............................. 13-46 Cruise configuration....................................................................... 5-2
Unable Next Alt condition .............................................................. 13-47 Descent configuration.................................................................... 5-3
Check FPLN Alt condition.............................................................. 13-47 Appr configuration ......................................................................... 5-3
VPATH descent path...................................................................... 13-49 Relative terrain colors.................................................................... 5-30
Vertical Direct-To ........................................................................... 13-51 PFD warning flags ......................................................................... 11-3
Flight plan with two descent segments.......................................... 13-52 PFD caution flags .......................................................................... 11-6
Normal FMS transition to a descent .............................................. 13-53 PFD advisory flags ........................................................................ 11-13
Vertical Direct-To selection ............................................................ 13-54 MFW map flags ............................................................................. 11-15
Early or late descent selection: scenario 1.................................... 13-54 AC electrical power........................................................................ 11-17
Early or late descent selection: scenario 2.................................... 13-55 Air conditioning and pressurization................................................ 11-18
Early or late descent: scenario 3 ................................................... 13-55 Air Data System (ADS).................................................................. 11-19
Multiple VPATH mode descents .................................................... 13-56 Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) ...................................... 11-19
VNAV deselection .......................................................................... 13-56 Autothrottle .................................................................................... 11-20
VNAV glideslope intercept ............................................................. 13-59 Auxiliary power unit ....................................................................... 11-21

x
Communications............................................................................ 11-22 FMS annunciations........................................................................ 11-67
Comparator.................................................................................... 11-23 TCAS II Traffic Advisory (TA)......................................................... 11-94
DC electrical power ....................................................................... 11-24 TCAS II Resolution Advisory (RA)................................................. 11-94
Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS)................................... 11-25 GPWS aurals................................................................................. 11-96
Doors ............................................................................................. 11-27 EGPWS aurals .............................................................................. 11-96
Emergency lighting ........................................................................ 11-28
Engine controls.............................................................................. 11-28
Engine indication systems ............................................................. 11-30
Fire protection................................................................................ 11-30
Flight control .................................................................................. 11-32
Flight Management System (FMS)................................................ 11-35
Fuel systems ................................................................................. 11-35
Hydraulic power............................................................................. 11-38
Ice and rain protection ................................................................... 11-41
Integrated Flight Information System (IFIS)................................... 11-44
Ignition systems............................................................................. 11-44
Indicating and recording system.................................................... 11-45
Landing gear and brakes............................................................... 11-45
Navigation...................................................................................... 11-47
Oxygen .......................................................................................... 11-48
Pneumatic systems ....................................................................... 11-49
Synthetic Vision System (SVS) ..................................................... 11-49
Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) ................................ 11-50
Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) .......................... 11-51
Thrust reversers ............................................................................ 11-51
Topographical (TOPO) map........................................................... 11-52
Transponder .................................................................................. 11-52
FMS A1 messages ........................................................................ 11-55
FMS A2 messages ........................................................................ 11-59
FMS A3 messages ........................................................................ 11-62
FMS annunciation messages ........................................................ 11-66

xi
1 Introduction
1.1 Introduction Acronyms/Terms

Pro Line Fusion® system CPN - Rockwell Collins Part

Number
Pro Line Fusion® system introduction PED - Personal Electronic De-
vice
The Rockwell Collins Pro Line Fusion® avionics system for Bombardier Challenger 604 is a completely integrated
flight instrument, autopilot and navigation system. All functions have been combined into a compact, highly reli-
able system designed for ease of operation and reduced flight crew workload.

The Rockwell Collins publications that follow are available for major subsystems on the Challenger 604 aircraft.
The Rockwell Collins Part Number (CPN) is shown for each publication.
• CMU-1000 (UL-801) Communication Management Unit (FANS) Operator’s Guide (CPN 523-0823426)
• Corporate Datalink System CMU-4000/RIU-40X0 Operator’s Guide (CPN 523-0790499)
• ATN and FANS Harmonized CPDLC Application Operator’s Guide (CPN 523-0822822)
• Mobile Enablement Quick Reference Guide (CPN 523–0821663)

The Pro Line Fusion® avionics system for Challenger 604 includes Mobile Enablement functionality, which links an
application on a Personal Electronic Device (PED) to the avionics system. Mobile Enablement allows for preflight
planning to be performed on the PED, and then the flight plan can be sent directly to the Pro Line Fusion® avionics
system.

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flight deck layout

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Comments
To submit comments regarding this manual, please contact:

Publications and Training Solutions

Rockwell Collins
350 Collins Rd NE, M/S 153-250
Cedar Rapids, IA 52498-0001
[email protected]
Safety summary
WARNING

The Pro Line Fusion® avionics system for Challenger 604 and related components exhibit a very high de-
gree of functional integrity. However, users must recognize that it is not practical to provide monitoring for all
conceivable system failures and that erroneous operation could occur without a fault indication. The operator
has the responsibility to detect such an occurrence by means of cross-checks with redundant or correlated in-
formation available in the cockpit.

WARNING

Individual operators may set specific operating procedures that may not be the same as those described in
this guide. Refer to the appropriate airplane flight manuals for information specific to your airplane.

WARNING

Sunglasses with polarized lenses or lenses that are designed to filter specific colors/frequencies of light
may adversely affect a pilot’s ability to see some colors shown on EFIS displays. Some elements on the display
can be completely invisible while wearing these types of sunglasses. Also, the color of some elements may be
changed. For example, some blue light filtering lenses can change magenta to red.

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
WARNING Acronyms/Terms

The Sirius XM graphical weather function provides advisory information only. The Sirius XM weather service AFM - Aircraft Flight Manual
is subject to interruptions, and displayed weather information may be inaccurate or out of date. Use of the Sirius
XM graphical weather function does not satisfy the requirement to obtain a weather briefing prior to flight (14 CFR
91.903). The Sirius XM graphical weather function does not provide information usable for real-time navigation,
including weather avoidance, nor does it substitute for the use of in-flight aviation weather advisories or for the
functions of an airborne weather radar system. Activation and/or use of the Sirius XM weather service requires
a subscription from Sirius XM, and is subject to the Sirius XM Customer Agreement & Website Terms of Use,
including expressly its terms and conditions governing disclaimers and limitations of liability. That Agreement is
available at: www.siriusxm.com/customeragreement.

Notices
NOTE

N Visible defects on the display surface of the AFD-3700 should not be distracting or cause a misinterpretation
of the display. Defects that are not visible in any operational format from the minimum viewing distance are
acceptable. Failures that require service of the AFD-3700 include failed ON or failed OFF rows or columns.
Clusters (three or more adjacent elements) of failed ON elements are not permitted. Failed OFF elements are
acceptable if they do not cause distraction or misinterpretation of displayed symbology. The number of failed
ON elements that are allowed include no more than: 6 red, 6 green, 10 blue, or 5 double adjacent defects.
The number of failed OFF elements that are allowed include no more than: 5 double adjacent defects, 1 triple
adjacent defect, or 30 failed OFF element defects.

NOTE

N Values, depictions, and displays that show in this Operator’s Guide are for illustrative purposes only and
may not represent actual flight conditions.

NOTE

N For ease of use, this Operator’s Guide is designed to follow the natural flow of a typical flight. This guide
should not be considered a comprehensive guide of required procedures for each flight phase. Refer to the
appropriate aircraft documentation (Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM), Checklists, etc.) for proper conduct of a flight.

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
NOTE

N In this installation, the following acronyms are used interchangeably:

• ADC and ADS
• IRU and IRS
• GPS and GNSS.

List of acronyms and abbreviations

AC Advisory Circular
AC Alternate Current
ACT Active
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADG Air Driven Generator
ADI Attitude Director Indicator
ADS Air Data System
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
AFD Adaptive Flight Display
AFM Aircraft Flight Manual
AGL Above Ground Level
AIRMET Airmen’s Meteorological Information
ALT Altitude
ALTN Alternate
AOA Angle of Attack
AOC Airline Operational Communications
AP Autopilot
APM Aircraft Personality Module
APPR Approach
APR Automatic Performance Reserve
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ARP Airport Reference Point
ATA Actual Time of Arrival
ATC Air Traffic Control
B/C Back Course

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
BARO Barometric
Baro-VNAV Barometric Vertical Navigation
BOC Bottom of Climb
BOW Basic Operating Weight
CAS Crew Alerting System
CCP Cursor Control Panel
CMU Communication Management Unit
CNFG Configuration
CPDLC Controller Pilot Data Link Communications
CPL Couple
CPN Rockwell Collins Part Number
CRS Course
Crs In Course In
CSU Central Strapping Unit
CTD Crosstrack Deviation
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
DA Decision Altitude
DCU Data Concentration Unit
DCU Data Concentrator Unit
DF Direction Finder
DH Decision Height
DL Data Link
DLK GWX Data Link Graphical Weather
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DR Dead Reckoning
DTG Distance To Go
DU Display Unit
ECDU Emulated Control Display Unit
ECL Electronic Checklist
ECU External Compensation Unit
EFC Expect Further Clearance
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGPWS Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
EICAS Engine Indicating Crew Alerting System
EIS Engine Indication System

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
EPU Estimated Position Uncertainty
ETA Estimated Time of Arrival
ETD Estimated Time of Departure
ETE Estimated Time Enroute
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FACF Final Approach Course Fix
FAF Final Approach Fix
FCC Flight Control Computer
FCP Flight Control Panel
FCS Flight Control System
FD Flight Director
FDR Flight Data Recorder
FLC Flight Level Change
FLTA Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
FMA Flight Mode Annunciator
FMS Flight Management System
FMSA Flight Management System Application
FOB Fuel On Board
FPLN Flight Plan
FPM Feet Per Minute
FPTA Flight Plan Target Altitude
FPV Flight Path Vector
FSDO Flight Standards District Office
GA Go-Around
GCS Ground Clutter Suppression
GLC Generator Line Contactor
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GP Approach Glidepath
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU GPS Processing Unit
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GS Glideslope
GUI Graphic/User Interface
HAL Horizontal Alert Limit
HDG Heading

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
HF High Frequency
HPL Horizontal Protection Limit
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HSTCU Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Control Unit
IAF Initial Approach Fix
IAPS Integrated Avionics Processor System
IAS Indicated Airspeed
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
ICC Integrated Card Cage
ID Identifier
IEC IAPS Environmental Control
IFIS Integrated Flight Information System
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
IGS Instrument Guidance System
ILS Instrument Landing System
IMS Information Management System
INTC Intercept
IOC Input/Output Concentrator
IRS Inertial Reference System
ITT Inter-Turbine Temperature
KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed
LDA Localizer Directional Aid
LDS Lightning Detection System
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LOC Localizer
LOP Line of Position
LPV Localizer Precision Vertical
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LSK Line Select Key
MAG VAR Magnetic Variation
MAP Missed Approach Point
MDA Minimum Descent Altitude
MFD Multifunction Display
MFW Multifunction Window
MKP Multifunction Keypad

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
MOD Modified
NAV Navigation
NAVAID Navigational Aid
NCA Northern Control Area
NDB Non-Directional Radio Beacon
NOTAM Notice to Airmen
NPA Non-Precision Approach
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OCM Option Control Module
OWE Operating Weight Empty
PDA Premature Descent Alert
PED Personal Electronic Device
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFV Primary Field of View
PPos Present Position
PSA Preselect Altitude
PSEU Proximity Sensor Electronic Unit
PTCH Pitch
QAK Quick Access Key
RA Radio Altitude
RA Resolution Advisory
RADALT Radio Altimeter
RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP AR Required Navigation Performance Authorization Required
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RTA Receiver/Transmitter Antenna
RTU Radio Tuning Unit
RWS Reactive Windshear
RWY EXT Runway Extension
SATCOM Satellite Communications
SBAS Space Based Augmentation System
SDF Simplified Directional Facility
SEC Secondary
SID Standard Instrument Departure

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
SIGMET Significant Meteorological Information
SKP Single Knob Panel
SLOP Strategic Lateral Offset Procedures
SOV Shutoff Valve
SPS Stall Protection System
SSM Servo Switching Module
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route
SVS Synthetic Vision System
SXM GWX Sirius XM Graphical Weather
T.I. Touch Inhibit
TA Traffic Advisory
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation
TAE Track Angle Error
TAF Terminal Area Forecast
TAS True Airspeed
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness Warning System
TCAS Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System
TEMP COMP Temperature Compensation
TOD Top of Descent
TTG Time To Go
TURB Turbulence
USB Universal Serial Bus
VGP Vertical Glidepath
VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV Vertical Navigation
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range
VPA Vertical Path Angle
VS Vertical Speed
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System
WOW Weight On Wheels
WXR Weather Radar
WXR+LX Weather Radar plus Lightning
YD Yaw Damper

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
YDP Yaw Damper Panel Acronyms/Terms
System description LRU - Line Replaceable Unit
The avionics system consists of the following Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) modules: ADC - Air Data Computer
• ADC-850E Air Data Computer (ADC) (2) ADF - Automatic Direction Finder
DME - Distance Measuring
• ADF-462 Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) (2)
Equipment
• DME-442 Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) (2) RADALT - Radio Altimeter
• VIR-432 VOR/ILS/MB receiver (2) AFD - Adaptive Flight Display
• TDR-94D Transponder (2) APM - Aircraft Personality Mod-
ule
• ALT-55B/RAC-870 Radio Altimeter (RADALT) (1 or optionally 2)
CCP - Cursor Control Panel
• AFD-3700 Adaptive Flight Display (AFD) (3) MKP - Multifunction Keypad
• APM-5000 Aircraft Personality Module (APM) SKP - Single Knob Panel
• CCP-3500 Cursor Control Panel (CCP) (2) DCU - Data Concentration Unit
• MKP-3500 Multifunction Keypad (MKP) (2) FCP - Flight Control Panel
RTA - Receiver/Transmitter An-
• SKP-3500 Barometric Single Knob Panel (SKP) (2)
tenna
• DCU-4002 Data Concentration Unit (DCU) (2) HF - High Frequency
• ERU-4000 EICAS Routing Unit IRS - Inertial Reference System
• LDU-4000 Lamp Driver Unit
• FCP-4003 Flight Control Panel (FCP)
• SVL-4000 Linear Actuator Servo (2)
• SVO-85A/B Flight Control Servo (2)
• RTA-854 or RTA-4114 (Optional) Weather Radar Receiver/Transmitter Antenna (RTA)
• HF-9031A High Frequency (HF) Transceiver (2)
• HF-9041 HF Antenna Coupler (2)
• LTN-101 Inertial Reference System (IRS) (2 or optionally 3)

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • GPS-4000S Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver (2) Acronyms/Terms
• TTR-921 or TTR-2100 (Optional) TCAS Transmitter/Receiver GPS - Global Positioning System
• CMU-4000 Communication Management Unit (CMU) CMU - Communication Manage-
ment Unit
• ECU-3000 External Compensation Unit (ECU)
ECU - External Compensation
• VHF-4000 Communications/Datalink radio Unit
• WX-1000E (Optional) Lightning Detection System Processor RTU - Radio Tuning Unit
• XMWR-1000S (Optional) SXM Weather Receiver IMS - Information Management
System
• RTU-4220 Radio Tuning Unit (RTU)
TAWS - Terrain Awareness
• IMS-3500 Information Management System (IMS) Warning System
• VHF-422x Communications radio (2) IAPS - Integrated Avionics Pro-
cessor System
• XMWR-1000S Sirius XM Weather Receiver (optional).
ICC - Integrated Card Cage
• Mk V Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) receiver.
IEC - IAPS Environmental Con-
The system is controlled by the processors in the AFD modules. The AFDs are supported by the Integrated trol
Avionics Processor System (IAPS), which consists of the following LRUs: IOC - Input/Output Concentrator
• ICC-4007 Integrated Card Cage (ICC) CSU - Central Strapping Unit
• IEC-4000 IAPS Environmental Control (IEC) Module (2) OCM - Option Control Module
FCC - Flight Control Computer
• LHP-4000 Lightning/HIRF Protection
SSM - Servo Switching Module
• LHP-4001 Lightning/HIRF Protection
• PWR-4000 Power Supply Module (4)
• IOC-4100 Input/Output Concentrator (IOC) (4)
• CSU-4100 Central Strapping Unit (CSU) (2)
• OCM-4100 Option Control Module (OCM) (2)
• FCC-4006 Flight Control Computer (FCC) (4)
• SSM-4000 Servo Switching Module (SSM) (2)

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

System block diagram

-- End of Pro Line Fusion® system --

®
1 Introduction > Introduction 1-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
2 Controls
2.1 Adaptive Flight Display Acronyms/Terms

EFIS - Electronic Flight Instru-

Display description and operation ment System
The Pro Line Fusion® avionics system for the Challenger 604 uses an Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS), AFD - Adaptive Flight Display
which provides the means to gather, concentrate, and show aircraft information to the flight crew. The EFIS CCP - Cursor Control Panel
consists of three Adaptive Flight Display (AFD) panels, two Cursor Control Panel (CCP) units, two Multifunction MKP - Multifunction Keypad
Keypad (MKP) units, and two Single Knob Panel (SKP) units. Refer to the following sections in this chapter for
SKP - Single Knob Panel
full descriptions of the control panels. The Pro Line Fusion avionics system is controlled by a combination of
dedicated hard keys and a touchscreen interface. The hard keys on the control panels provide direct shortcuts
to the most used functions.
Refer to the following sections in this chapter for full descriptions of the control panels.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

DU - Display Unit

Cockpit layout
Adaptive Flight Displays
Three AFDs are installed across the cockpit. Each AFD is a touch screen, allowing interactive control of display
functions. Each AFD may be referred to as a Display Unit (DU), and numbered DU1 (left), DU2 (center), and
DU3 (right).

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

PFD - Primary Flight Display

MFD - Multifunction Display
CPDLC - Controller Pilot Data
Link Communications
SATCOM - Satellite Communica-
tions
Display unit numbering
CCP - Cursor Control Panel
Each outer AFD includes a Primary Flight Display (PFD). The PFD shows the primary attitude, heading, altitude,
airspeed, navigation, and flight guidance indications. The PFD may show as a full screen or as a split screen
with pilot selectable formats. Select the PFD size control button on the PFD Config menu to alternate between
full or split screen PFD. The PFD size control button is also available on the main Format Selection menu on the
outboard displays.

PFD size control button

The center AFD performs as a Multifunction Display (MFD). The MFD shows engine information, crew alerting
messages, and pilot selectable formats. Pilot selectable formats include maps, charts, weather, navigation data,
radio tuning, data link (optional), video (optional), Controller Pilot Data Link Communications (CPDLC) (optional),
Satellite Communications (SATCOM) (optional), Video (optional), system information, maintenance information,
and checklists.
On-screen cursor
The Pro Line Fusion uses an on-screen cursor, of two styles. The pilot’s cursor is designated by a straight
crosshair symbol, and the copilot’s cursor is designated by a three-lobed crosshair symbol. Each cursor is ma-
nipulated by its onside Cursor Control Panel (CCP).

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Tip 1- A default cursor allocation
can be set in the display configu-
ration system page. Use this con-
trol to automatically allocate the
selected default cursor (pilot or
copilot) when touching the center
display.

Cursor Selection dialog box

Cursor allocation
Only one cursor at a time may be utilized on each display. The pilot cursor can be allocated to either the left or
center display. The copilot cursor can be allocated to either the right or center display.
Via CCP
There are two cursor allocation keys on each CCP. The PFD key allocates the associated cursor to the onside
display. The MFD key allocates the cursor to the center display. When a cursor is allocated to the center display
while the other cursor is already allocated there, that cursor is bumped to the appropriate outer display.
Via touchscreen
1 When a PFD screen is touched, the appropriate cursor is automatically allocated to that display. When
the center display is touched with no cursor allocated, the cursor selection dialog box shows. Select the
appropriate cursor for the center display.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Cursor Selection dialog box
Touch the cursor designation control buttons (arrows) on the MFD to allocate a cursor. These cursor designation
control buttons perform the same action as the MFD key on the CCP.

Cursor designation control button

When a cursor is allocated to a display, that cursor’s designation control button is hidden, and the format selection
control button (home) shows in its place.

Format selection control button

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
If a cursor is already allocated to a display, any touch to the display manipulates the cursor already allocated
Note 1:
to that display. For example, if the copilot’s cursor is allocated to the center display and the pilot touches that
The tabbed cursor only works
display, the pilot manipulates the copilot’s cursor.
when all GUI elements are ac-
PFD touch hot spots are always available and do not require that the cursor be allocated to the display. Touching cessible. In fact, the only GUI
the airspeed, altitude, heading, or vertical speed PFD hot spot do not cause a cursor to be allocated to the display. elements that are not tab capable
include:
Quick-tune functionality in the center display unit bezel area does not require that a cursor be allocated to the
center display, nor does it cause an allocation of a cursor to that display. • Graphical items on a Map or
Chart (access these with a
Display memory configuration function in the center display unit bezel area does not require that a cursor be smooth or touch cursor)
allocated to the center display, nor does it cause an allocation of a cursor to that display.
• Touch bezel keys (access
Cursor control these via touch only)
The cursor may be controlled with three methods: tabbed, smooth (CCP joystick), and touch. • PFD hot spots (access these
via touch only)
Tabbed cursor
The tabbed cursor provides a quick way to scroll through a page and enter information or change radios. Note 2: Touching a GUI element
activates that element. This is the
1 Rotate the outer knob on the Cursor Control Panel (CCP) and the cursor jumps (tabs) between GUI elements. equivalent of moving the cursor
The cursor is always in a circular tab group, and when the CCP knob is rotated the cursor tabs from GUI onto the element and pushing the
element to element, eventually returning to the starting point. If the knob is rotated in the other direction, the ENTER key.
cursor tabs in the reverse direction.
The top level tab group on any display consists of the upper icons of each multi-function window. When an icon Acronyms/Terms
is selected, the cursor jumps to a predetermined GUI item on that format and is now assigned to a level 2 tab
group. CCP - Cursor Control Panel

To go down in a hierarchy of tab groups, the pilot selects a GUI control (for example, an icon at level 1) to jump
to the next level tab group (for example, the format at level 2). To go up when in the level 2 tab group, the pilot
uses the ESC key on the CCP.
Smooth cursor
The outer knob on the CCP may be used as a force-sensitive joystick to move the cursor manually.
Touch cursor
2 Touch the AFD screen to jump the cursor to the touched position.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Data entry and Scratchpad Acronyms/Terms
The scratchpad is a storage container for user-entered data prior to insertion into the avionics system. The QAK - Quick Access Key
scratchpad can also display feedback messages, and is a temporary container for copy/paste operations.
DU - Display Unit
Push alphanumeric keys on the MKP to store data in the scratchpad. Select a data entry field and push the
ENTER key to enter the data into the avionics system.
Format selection
Various pilot selectable formats may be shown on the MFD and the PFD. Format selection can be accomplished
with the Format Selection dialog box, which is accessed by pushing the MENU key on the CCP, or selecting the
home icon in the upper corner of a display.
The Quick Access Key (QAK) buttons on the MKPs command a format to show on the center display. Push
the MAP, CHART, FMS, CHKL, SYS, or TUNE/DLNK keys to show a map, chart, FMS, checklist, system, or
tune/data link/CPDLC format (respectively). Push the CAS key to toggle the EICAS format between primary and
extended views, and to collapse or expand the CAS message window. The D-> and DEP/ARR keys show the
FMS or Map format and dialog boxes that perform the related task. Refer to the MKP Controls section of this
guide for more information on the QAK on the MKP.
The Format Selection dialog box is used to control the formats with the touch screen. Window configuration is
selected with the small icons in the Display Unit (DU) layout area that represent the possible window layouts.
When a window layout is selected, the available formats for that window size and location are highlighted in the
format icon area. Select icons from the format icon area and place them in the target window, which shows a
representation of the selected window configuration. To close the Format Selection dialog box, select the Done
button or the X button in the upper right corner, move the cursor outside the box, or wait for the box to time out.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Format Selection dialog box
Memorized configuration
Memorized Configurations provide a quick method of recalling a crew-defined configuration for all of the displays
at once. Memorized configurations are controlled with the MEM and numeric keys on the MKP. Memorized Con-
figurations cannot be selected or edited when reversion is active. There are two basic commands to operate the
memorized configurations:
• Save the current flight deck configuration.
• Recall the configuration of the flight deck.
There are eight memorized display configurations. In normal operation, configurations 7 (User A) and 8 (User B)
are user defined.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Push the MEM key on the MKP to show the MEM RECALL 1-8 message in the onside scratchpad and show the Acronyms/Terms
memory touchscreen toolbar. Push a number key from 1 to 8 to recall the respective memorized configuration.
GUI - Graphic/User Interface
Push and hold the MEM key for more than two seconds to show the MEM STORE 7-8 message in the onside
scratchpad and show the memory touchscreen toolbar. Push the number 7 or 8 key to store the current display
configuration.

Memory touchscreen toolbar

GUI elements
The Pro Line Fusion displays use a Graphic/User Interface (GUI) to present interactive flight information.
Menu bar
The menu bar is a set of icons shown across the top of many formats. The menu bar and icons constitute the top
level organization of the format. Select a menu bar icon to view the corresponding section of the format.

Menu bar
Tabs
Tabs provide a method to organize multiple pages of information within a format. Select a tab button to show the
associated tab page.

Tabs

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Dialog boxes
Dialog boxes are pop-up windows that are opened by selecting an on screen button or a menu item followed by
an ellipse (...). Dialog boxes may be closed by:
• Selecting the close (X) button
• Selecting an item outside the format
• Pushing the ESC key on the MKP
• Changing formats
• Timing out from inactivity
• Completing the action in the dialog box
• Display reversion.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Dialog box
On-screen buttons
On-screen buttons are controls used to initiate an action. The action can be one of the following:
• Opening a dialog box or menu
• Executing an associated action
• Accessing an application or a given format within an application
• Enabling or disabling a function.
On-screen buttons may be momentary or toggle. Momentary buttons initiate the action when selected, then return
to the unselected state. Toggle buttons alternate between two states, usually between selected and unselected.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 On-screen button
PFD hot spots
The PFD format includes several touch sensitive areas, called hot spots, for direct control of commonly used PFD
functions. Touch the sky/ground background of the PFD screen to highlight the PFD hot spots.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PFD hot spots
Touch a PFD hot spot to select it and show the associated control.
Table 1 PFD hot spots
Touch area Result
Adjust selected airspeed
1. Airspeed tape (upper)
Show Vspeeds dialog box (Takeoff or Approach tab)
2. Airspeed tape (lower)
Select active NAV source
3. NAV source data block
Show FMS Messages dialog box on PFD
4. FMS message field

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Touch area Result
Select bearing source
5. Bearing source annunciation data block
Adjust HSI display range
6. Range readout
Show HSI Format dialog box
7. Reciprocal heading readout
Show HSI Format dialog box
8. HSI compass
Adjust selected heading
9. Current heading readout
Show HSI Format dialog box
10. Wind readout
Show PFD Config menu
11. PFD Config menu icon (gear)
Select UTC or elapsed time and control timer
12. Time readout
Select WXR mode
13. WXR mode data readout
Adjust WXR tilt and/or gain
14. WXR tilt or gain readout
Show HSI Format dialog box
15. HSI overlay status data block
Adjust barometric setting
16. Barometric setting readout
Show Vspeed dialog box (Minimums tab)
17. Altitude tape (lower)
Adjust preselect altitude and altitude minimums
18. Altitude tape (upper)
Adjust selected vertical speed
19. Vertical speed gauge
Show ADI Config dialog box
20. Attitude field on ADI

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Data entry field
Note 3: Selections are greyed
Data entry fields enable user input on the displays. Data entry fields may be alphanumeric or may be enumerated out if they are disabled or the
(a list of predefined values). Select the data entry field to enter edit mode. Typing characters into the field will function is not available.
overwrite any existing data and start editing. Select ENTER to submit the edit.
Some data entry fields are live-edit. For example, the Map range is controlled by twisting the CCP inner (Data) Tip 2- If the cursor is positioned
knob, and edits happen immediately. In this example, the Map range control shows a twist graphic to indicate over the combo box (highlighting
the live-edit action. it), rotating the inner CCP knob
Copy/Paste function will cycle through the menu items
and immediately select the cho-
The copy function allows the user to copy data from a data entry or copy only field to the scratchpad. The paste sen item.
function allows the user to paste data from the scratchpad to a data entry field.
Check box Acronyms/Terms

3 A check box is used to control a function that can be turned on or off. A check box may include a readout or CCP - Cursor Control Panel
data entry field for the associated function. Select the box to change the state of the toggle. A check mark
shows when the function is on, and an empty box shows when the function is off.

Check box
Combo box
2 A combo box is a drop down list of options. The currently selected option shows in the combo box readout.
Select the combo box to open the combo box menu, and then select an option from the list. When the combo
box is selected, turn the outer knob on the Cursor Control Panel (CCP) to scroll through the selections.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Combo box
Copy only field
A copy only field is a readout that may not be edited but may be copied to the scratchpad.

Copy only field

Expand/Collapse controls
Expand/collapse controls are on-screen buttons to adjust the level of detail of displayed information. Push the
expand control (+) to show additional data. Push the collapse control (-) to hide the additional data.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Note 4: Selections are greyed
out if they are disabled or the
function is not available.

Expand control
Radio buttons
4 Radio buttons are controls used to select one option from a list. Select an option to enable the associated
function. The enabled option shows in cyan text and cyan filled-in circle symbol. Selection of a radio button
always deselects any other button in the list.

Radio buttons
Scroll lists
Scroll lists are used when there is more data than can be shown in the available space. The list may scroll line
by line or page by page. A line by line scroll list has single chevrons at the top and bottom, and the page by page
scroll list has double chevrons top and bottom and may include a current page indicator.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 5 Scroll the list by: Note 5: The CPDLC format does
• Rotating the inner knob on the Cursor Control Panel (CCP) not allow scroll by touch.
• Touch dragging the list items with a finger Note 6: Selections are greyed
• Fast scroll by dragging the scroll bar button with a finger. out if they are disabled or the
function is not available.

Acronyms/Terms

CCP - Cursor Control Panel

Scroll list
Touch Screen Toolbar
6 The touch screen toolbar is a collection of functions associated with a format. It is made up of eight horizontal
on-screen buttons, either momentary or toggle buttons. The content of the touch screen toolbar is associated
with the format in which the cursor is positioned. Some formats have no associated touch screen toolbar.

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents
Touch screen toolbar
On the outboard (PFD) displays, the touch screen toolbar shows five buttons and a triangular scroll control. Touch
and drag any part of the toolbar to horizontally scroll the toolbar.
-- End of Display description and operation --

®
2 Controls > Adaptive Flight Display 2-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
2.2 Cursor Control Panel Acronyms/Terms

Controls description CCP - Cursor Control Panel

PFV - Primary Field of View
There are two Cursor Control Panel (CCP) units located in the pedestal, one for each pilot position. Both have
a multifunction knob to let the operator control the cursor on the selected display and adjust values. The smaller
knob on the CCP is used to tune VHF radio frequencies. Refer to the figure below for details on the different
controls located on the CCP.
Cursor Control Panel (CCP) controls

CCP controls
1. TUNE (Tuning knob) - The TUNE knob is used to tune the VHF COM radio frequency in the Primary Field
of View (PFV). Use the COM 1/2 button to select the PFV focus on the on-side PFD. The TUNE knob has
three parts that have separate functions.
• The outer knob tunes to megahertz.

®
2 Controls > Cursor Control Panel 2-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • The inner knob tunes to kilohertz.
Note 1:
• The PUSH/SWAP button is used to swap between primary and standby frequencies. Any item that can be live-edited
with the data knob has a twist
2. PFD (PFD cursor selection button) - The Primary Flight Display (PFD) button moves the cursor position to
tuning arrow icon: . This indi-
the on-side PFD task menu control.
cates that only the CCP data knob
3. MFD (MFD cursor selection button) - The Multifunction Display (MFD) button moves the cursor position to can be used to edit this data entry
the on-side center display (MFD) home location. field.

4. ESC (Escape button) - The ESC button lets you cancel an in process edit, close a pop-up dialog box, or Acronyms/Terms
move the cursor back one level (for example, push ESC to move the cursor from format tabbing back to
PFD - Primary Flight Display
window tabbing). The ESC button works with the active Display Unit (DU) cursor.
MFD - Multifunction Display
1 5. Multifunction knob - The multifunction knob is a double-stacked control device that is used for DU DU - Display Unit
Graphic/User Interface (GUI) applications. The entire knob assembly can be tilted in any direction to GUI - Graphic/User Interface
move the on-screen cursor.
MFW - Multifunction Window
• The outer TAB knob moves the cursor forward or backwards in tab increments. TCAS - Traffic Alert Collision
• The inner DATA knob can be rotated to allow character-by-character data entry, and menu scrolling. Avoidance System
• The PUSH ENTER button located inside the knob is used to select options for the DU GUI applications. Table of Contents

6. MENU (Menu button) - Push the MENU button to show the top-level dialog box. If the MENU button is
pushed when the cursor is over the HSI, the PFD Config dialog box is shown. If the MENU button is pushed
when the cursor is over a Multifunction Window (MFW), the format selection dialog box is shown.

7. TFC (Traffic button) - The TFC button is used to enable or disable Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System
(TCAS) target and data on the on-side HSI.

8. COM 1/2 (1/2 tuning button) - The COM 1/2 button is used to move the radio tuning PFV on the on-side PFD
from COM1 to COM2 and back again.
-- End of Controls description --

®
2 Controls > Cursor Control Panel 2-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
2.3 Multifunction Keypad Acronyms/Terms

MKP - Multifunction Keypad

Controls description
QAK - Quick Access Key
1 The Multifunction Keypad (MKP) has an alphanumeric keypad for data entry, menu navigation keys, and
several Quick Access Key (QAK) for format control. There are two MKPs for the Pro Line Fusion avionics
system for the Challenger 604. The MKPs are installed in the pedestal.

Multifunction Keypad (MKP) controls

MKP controls
1. Alphanumeric keypad - The alphanumeric keypad has keys for each letter of the alphabet and each numer-
ical digit. The keypad also has the following keys: Space bar (SP), Slash (/), Decimal point (.), Plus/Minus
toggle (+/-) and the Enter key.

2. CLR/DEL (Clear/delete key) - The CLR/DEL key has several functions. It can backspace, remove the data
present in the scratchpad, or put the scratchpad into DELETE mode. To backspace one character at a time,
push and quickly release the CLR/DEL key. To remove the data, push and hold the CLR/DEL key. To put the

®
2 Controls > Multifunction Keypad 2-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 scratchpad into DELETE mode, push the CLR/DEL key with no data in the scratchpad. When the scratchpad
Tip 1- To memorize a display,
in DELETE mode is entered into a data field, it deletes any entered data and reverts the field to its default
push and hold the MEM key for
value.
more than two seconds (MEM
1 3. MEM (Memorized formats key) - The MEM key gives the operator the ability to memorize the formats STORE 7-8 message shows in
selected for each display in the flight deck. Eight display configurations can be memorized. When the the scratchpad) and then select
MEM key is pushed, the MEM RECALL dialog box appears on the on-side PFD. the 7 or 8 key. To recall a memo-
rized display, push the MEM key
2 4. QIK TUNE (Quick tune key) - The QIK TUNE key lets the operator enter numeric data for the COM and followed by a numeric key (1-8).
NAV tuning frequencies, and the transponder codes. Tip 2- QIK TUNE data entry may
5. MAP (Map quick access key) - The MAP key shows the map format on the displays and positions the on-side also be alphanumeric. For exam-
ple, entering V with QIK TUNE
cursor on the map format. Subsequent pushes of the MAP key change the size of the MAP MFW.
will result in a transponder code of
6. CHART (Chart quick access key) - The CHART key enables the chart format on the MFD and positions the 1200. Entering I with QIK TUNE
will result in a transponder Ident
pilot’s cursor on the chart format. Subsequent pushes of the CHART key change the size of the CHART
pulse. I can be combined with a
MFW.
code, for example, enter 6456I to
7. CAS (Crew Alerting System quick access key) - The CAS key is used to expand the Crew Alerting System squawk 6456 and Ident.
(CAS) list into the MFW area. A subsequent push will contract the CAS list. Tip 3- When airborne more
than 50 miles from the origin
8. FMS (Flight Management System quick access key) - The FMS key enables the FMS format on the MFD
or halfway to the destination
and positions the pilot’s cursor on the FMS format. Subsequent pushes of the FMS key toggle between the (whichever is lesser), the Ar-
Plan and Fly pages within the FMS MFW. rivals dialog box for the destina-
tion airport is shown when the
9. (Direct-To key) - The key brings up or removes the Direct-To dialog box, which lets the operator
DEP/ARR key is selected. When
edit the flight plan. on the ground, or airborne with
less than 50 miles from the ori-
3 10. DEP/ARR (Departures/arrivals quick access key) - The DEP/ARR key shows the Departures or Arrival
gin or halfway to the destination
dialog box on the FMS format. Subsequent pushes of the DEP/ARR key will toggle the dialog box (whichever is lesser), the Depar-
through Departures from the origin, Arrivals to the destination, and Arrivals to the origin. tures dialog box for the origin air-
11. CNCL (Cancel key) - The CNCL key is used to cancel an in-process flight plan edit. port is shown when the DEP/ARR
key is selected.
12. MSG (Message key) - The MSG key is used to bring up or remove the FMS MESSAGES dialog box on the
Acronyms/Terms
display.
CAS - Crew Alerting System

®
2 Controls > Multifunction Keypad 2-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
13. EXEC (Execute key) - The EXEC key is used to activate a Modified (MOD) flight plan and make it the Active Note 1: If a data link message
(ACT) flight plan. is waiting, the first push of the
TUNE/DLINK key will show the
14. CHKL (Checklist key) - The CHKL key shows the Checklist format. ECDU format.

15. SYS (System quick access key) - The SYS key is used to show a system format on the displays. Subsequent
Tip 4- Look for the pan/zoom
pushes of the SYS key will cycle through the system pages. icon on the formats to determine
1 16. TUNE/DLINK (Tune/data dink quick access key) - The TUNE/DLINK key is used to show the Tune and what can be adjusted with the
PAN/ZOOM knob.
Emulated Control Display Unit (ECDU) data link formats on the displays. Push the TUNE/DLINK key
to show the Tune format, push the TUNE/DLINK key a second time to show the CPDLC format, push Acronyms/Terms
a third time to show the EDCU Datalink format, and push a fourth time to show the ECDU SATCOM
format. The Tuning format window has radio buttons to select the control menu for that radio. The MOD - Modified
control menu contains controls and indicators buttons for each radio, including squelch, presets, and ACT - Active
channel spacing. In addition to radio tuning and messages, controls are accessible for Data Link (DL),
ECDU - Emulated Control Dis-
SATCOM, Controller Pilot Data Link Communications (CPDLC), Data Link Graphical Weather (DLK
play Unit
GWX) and Sirius XM Graphical Weather (SXM GWX).
DL - Data Link
4 17. PAN/ZOOM (Pan/zoom knob) - The PAN/ZOOM knob is used to pan and zoom in the Horizontal Situa- CPDLC - Controller Pilot Data
tion Indicator (HSI), Chart and Map formats. The knob can be tilted in eight directions for pan control or Link Communications
rotated left/right for zoom control. A short press of the knob will lock the pan/zoom control to the format DLK GWX - Data Link Graphical
it is currently allocated to, while a long press of the knob will cause the pan/zoom control to follow the Weather
other cursor.
SXM GWX - Sirius XM Graphical
-- End of Controls description -- Weather
HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
tor
Table of Contents

®
2 Controls > Multifunction Keypad 2-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
2.4 Flight Control System panels Acronyms/Terms

FCS - Flight Control System

Controls description
FCP - Flight Control Panel
To control the Flight Control System (FCS), the Pro Line Fusion avionics system for Challenger 604 uses one
YDP - Yaw Damper Panel
Flight Control Panel (FCP) and one Yaw Damper Panel (YDP).
FD - Flight Director
PFD - Primary Flight Display
CRS - Course
VOR - VHF Omnidirectional Ra-
dio Range
LOC - Localizer
AP - Autopilot

FCP controls
1. FD (Flight Director select buttons) - The FD button selects or deselects the onside Flight Director (FD) on
the Primary Flight Display (PFD) once the FD is displayed. The coupled-side flight director is automatically
selected upon transfer of flight guidance (XFR button operation) if the uncoupled-side flight director is se-
lected or the autopilot is engaged. The left side button turns the left side flight director on and off; the right
side button turns the right side flight director on and off.

2. CRS (Course set knobs) - The CRS knobs are used to set the pilot’s and copilot’s active Course (CRS)
pointers for the VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range (VOR) or Localizer (LOC) NAV radios. The integral PUSH
DIRECT button is used to set a direct course to the VOR station that is the active NAV source on the PFD.
3. AP ENG (Autopilot engage button) - The AP ENG button is used to engage the Autopilot (AP). The autopilot
engages if the AP DISC (disconnect) bar is up, at least one of the yaw dampers is engaged, no excessive
rates or attitudes are present, and FCC monitoring does not detect any autopilot faults. When engaged, the
autopilot flies flight director commands from the coupled side. The coupled side is the one selected by the
XFR button when the autopilot is engaged. Green lights on both sides of the AP ENG button indicate the
autopilot is engaged. The PFD shows a green AP ← (coupled to left side) or AP → (coupled to right side)
annunciation while the autopilot is engaged.

®
2 Controls > Flight Control System panels 2-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4. AP DISC▼ (Autopilot disengage bar) - The AP DISC▼ bar is used to disengage the AP. When the switch is Note 1: Metric altitude can be se-
down, a red band becomes visible to indicate the disengage position. Manually raise the switch to allow the lected from the ADI Config dialog
autopilot to be re-engaged. The switch is not held by a solenoid, and remains in the position last set. box. When metric altitude is se-
lected, the knob changes the pre-
5. XFR (Autopilot transfer button) - The XFR button is used to transfer autopilot control from the pilot side to selected altitude in 100 meter in-
the copilot side, and is deselected to return autopilot control to the pilot side. Normally, the pilot-side flight crements, or in 10 meter incre-
guidance commands drive both (PFD) flight director displays. In transfer mode, copilot-side flight guidance ments when pushing and rotating
commands drive both flight directors. Green lights on both sides of the XFR button indicate XFR mode is the knob.
selected/active. The XFR selection also determines which side’s flight guidance commands are coupled to
the autopilot while it is engaged. Note 2: Both APPR and VNAV
modes must be engaged to cap-
6. TURB (Turbulence mode button) - The TURB button is used to select and deselect the Turbulence (TURB) ture the glidepath of an LPV ap-
mode. The TURB button is functional only when the autopilot is engaged. Green lights on both sides of the proach.
TURB button indicate TURB mode is selected/active. When turbulence mode is selected, the FCC adapts
autopilot gains for turbulent flight conditions. This mode automatically clears when the autopilot is disen- Acronyms/Terms
gaged or at LOC capture.
TURB - Turbulence
7. ALT (Altitude hold mode select button) - The Altitude (ALT) button is used to select and deselect the Altitude ALT - Altitude
Hold mode. In Altitude Hold mode the system gives commands to maintain the current altitude. APPR - Approach
1 8. ALT (Altitude setting control knob) - The ALT knob is used to set the preselected altitude. Rotate the ALT FMS - Flight Management Sys-
knob to change the preselected altitude in 1000 feet increments. Push on the center of the knob (PUSH tem
CANCEL button) and rotate the ALT knob to change the preselected altitude in 100 feet increments. B/C - Back Course
The integral PUSH CANCEL button is used to cancel the audible and visible preselected altitude alert.

2 9. APPR (Approach mode select button) - The APPR button is used to select and deselect the Approach
(APPR) mode. In the APPR mode, the system gives commands to capture and track the selected
lateral navigation source. Vertical commands are given to capture and track the vertical path from the
glideslope receiver or the Flight Management System (FMS).

10. B/C (Back course mode select button) - The B/C button is used to select or deselect the Back Course (B/C)
approach mode.

®
2 Controls > Flight Control System panels 2-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11. HDG (Heading mode select button) - The HDG button is used to select or deselect the Heading (HDG) Note 3: NAV mode is also used
mode or the Roll mode. In the Heading mode, the system gives commands to capture and hold the selected for non-precision approaches.
heading shown on the primary displays.
Acronyms/Terms
12. HDG (Heading reference control knob) - The HDG knob sets the heading on the Horizontal Situation Indi-
cator (HSI) and for the autopilot Heading mode. The integral PUSH SYNC button is used to set the HDG HDG - Heading
bug under the lubber line. HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
tor
3 13. NAV (Navigation mode select button) - The NAV button is used to select and deselect the Navigation
NAV - Navigation
(NAV) mode.
FLC - Flight Level Change
14. 1/2 BANK (Half bank mode select button) - The 1/2 Bank button is used to select or deselect Half Bank VS - Vertical Speed
mode. VNAV - Vertical Navigation
15. FLC (Flight level change mode select button) - The FLC button is used to select or deselect the Flight Level
Change (FLC) mode. The first push of the FLC button selects FLC mode in IAS or Mach, depending on the
current aircraft altitude. A second push of the FLC button toggles the speed reference from Mach to IAS, or
IAS to Mach. A third push of the switch deselects the active level change mode.

16. SPEED (Speed set knob) - The SPEED knob is used to set the speed reference for FLC mode. The integral
IAS/MACH button is used to change the speed reference from IAS to Mach, and back again.

17. DOWN ↕UP (Vertical reference thumbwheel) - The DOWN ↕UP thumbwheel is used to set the vertical ref-
erence, airspeed, or pitch command.

18. VS (Vertical speed/pitch mode select button) - The VS button selects the Vertical Speed (VS) and Pitch
modes. Push the button to toggle between the modes.

19. VNAV (Vertical navigation select button) - The VNAV button is used to select and deselect the Vertical Nav-
igation (VNAV) mode.

®
2 Controls > Flight Control System panels 2-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

YDP Controls
1. DISC (Disconnect button) - The DISC button disengages the YD and AP.

2. YD1 (Yaw Damper 1 switch) - The YD1 switch engages yaw damper 1.

3. YD2 (Yaw Damper 2 switch) - The YD2 switch engages yaw damper 2.

-- End of Controls description --

®
2 Controls > Flight Control System panels 2-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
2.5 Control Wheel and Power Lever
Controls description

Control Wheel and Power Lever switches

®
2 Controls > Control Wheel and Power Lever 2-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
TOGA (Takeoff/Go-Around button) - The TOGA button (located on each power lever) is used to engage TO or
GA mode. Table of Contents
FD SYNC (Flight Director Sync switch) - The SYNC switch is used to synchronize the Roll, Pitch, Altitude, Vertical
Speed, or FLC reference to the current condition.
PITCH TRIM (Manual pitch trim control switches) - The trim switches are used to manually set the aircraft trim.
The autopilot will be disengaged if the trim switches are used.
TRIM DISCONNECT (Trim disconnect button) - The TRIM DISCONNECT button is used to disengage the auto-
matic trim control.
PTT (Push To Talk button) - The PTT button is used to key the corresponding microphone.
AP DISCONNECT(Autopilot / trim disconnect button) - The AP DISCONNECT button is used to disengage the
autopilot, yaw damper, and stick pusher, and to cancel the disengage warning.
-- End of Controls description --

®
2 Controls > Control Wheel and Power Lever 2-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
2.6 Reversion Switch Panel Acronyms/Terms

Controls description PFD - Primary Flight Display

T.I. - Touch Inhibit
MFD - Multifunction Display
ADC - Air Data Computer

Reversion switch panel

1. L PFD (Left PFD Reversion switch) - The left Primary Flight Display (PFD) switch is used to turn the left PFD
to OFF or Normal mode. Setting the switch to Touch Inhibit (T.I.) will inhibit the touchscreen.

2. MFD (MFD Reversion switch) - The Multifunction Display (MFD) switch is used to set the MFD to OFF or
Normal mode. Setting the switch to T.I. will inhibit the touchscreen.

3. R PFD (Right PFD Reversion switch) - The right PFD switch is used to turn the right PFD to OFF or Normal
mode. Setting the switch to T.I. will inhibit the touchscreen.

4. ADC (ADC Reversion switch) - The Air Data Computer (ADC) reversion switch is used to select between
on-side (PLT) and cross side (C-PLT) air data.

®
2 Controls > Reversion Switch Panel 2-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5. IRS (IRS Reversion switch) - The Inertial Reference System (IRS) reversion switch is used to select between Acronyms/Terms
on-side (PLT) and cross side (C-PLT) attitude data. IRS - Inertial Reference System
6. AFCS SEL (AFCS Select Reversion switch) - The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) reversion switch AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
System
is used to identify which AFCS system, 1 or 2, is in control.
Table of Contents
-- End of Controls description --

®
2 Controls > Reversion Switch Panel 2-32 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3 Preflight
3.1 Set initial position
FMS Setup page

FMS Setup page

®
3 Preflight > Set initial position 3-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The FMS Setup icon shows the FMS Setup page, which is used to configure and verify basic Flight Management Acronyms/Terms
System (FMS) details. The Setup tile is not normally used during preflight, the system will initialize position and
check database status on its own. FMS - Flight Management Sys-
tem
Setup – Status tab NAV - Navigation
The FMS Status tab contains sub-tabs to view and control the status of the Navigation (NAV) position. RAIM - Receiver Autonomous In-
FMS tab tegrity Monitoring
NOTAM - Notice to Airmen
The FMS tab allows viewing of the FMS position and related details. Predictive Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) calculations may be initiated here in the Predictive RAIM section of the page. GPS - Global Positioning System
GNSS - Global Navigation Satel-
Removal of satellites from the FMS position solution can be accomplished on this page. For example, if a satellite
lite System
is noted as unusable in a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM), the operator can inform the FMS with the Sat Deselect
button. SBAS - Space Based Augmenta-
tion System
No pilot action is normally required to initialize the FMS position. In the event that the FMS does not self-initialize
IRS - Inertial Reference System
to a valid position a manual position initialization may also be conducted on the FMS Status page.
Database tab
The Database tab is used to verify the system time and date, to select the active navigation database cycle, and
to change the system time in the event of a Global Positioning System (GPS) loss or incorrect system time. The
FMS will annunciate if it detects that the NAV database is out of date.
Setup – Sensors tab
The Sensors tab contains sub-tabs to view and select the NAV sensors. Each individual sensor can be checked
to be made available to the FMS for its position solution.
GNSS tab
The GNSS tab allows viewing and selection of the one or optionally two Global Navigation Satellite System
(GNSS) receivers in the aircraft. The sensors may be selected or excluded from use in the FMS calculations.
The Space Based Augmentation System (SBAS) service provider may also be designated using the Setup tab
for each GNSS.
IRS tab
The IRS tab allows viewing and selection of two Inertial Reference System (IRS) units (optionally three).

®
3 Preflight > Set initial position 3-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
VOR/DME tab Acronyms/Terms
The VOR/DME tab allows inclusion or exclusion of VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range (VOR) or Distance Mea- VOR - VHF Omnidirectional Ra-
suring Equipment (DME) sensors from the FMS position calculations. The VOR/DME tab provides the option to dio Range
inhibit specific Navigational Aid (NAVAID) stations from the NAV solution.
DME - Distance Measuring
Setup – Defaults tab Equipment
The Defaults series of sub-tabs allow the adjustment of the normal default values for various items in the FMS. NAVAID - Navigational Aid
BOW - Basic Operating Weight
FMS Cntrl tab
VNAV - Vertical Navigation
The FMS Control page allows selection of various FMS sensor input default settings related to SBAS coverage
notification, temperature inputs, display of temperature compensation, minimum nearest airport runway length, Table of Contents
1/2 bank value, and maximum map symbols.
Weight & Fuel tab
The default average passenger weight and aircraft Basic Operating Weight (BOW) and average passenger weight
can be designated.
The Weight & Fuel tab allows setting of the default values for reserve, taxi fuel weights.
VNAV tab
The VNAV tab allows for the setting of various Vertical Navigation (VNAV) default values. These values include
climb, cruise and descent speeds, speed and altitude limits, transition altitudes, vertical path angle, and holding
speed.
-- End of FMS Setup page --

®
3 Preflight > Set initial position 3-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Set initial position Note 1:
The FMS normally initializes it-
Prerequisites self to the GNSS position. In
FMS format selected (MKP button) normal operation, no position up-
date is required. If no position is
Setup icon selected available on power-up, the “Set
Status tab selected Init Position” FMS message will
show.
FMS tab selected The inertial reference units re-
quire a position entry from the
FMS once they are placed in Nav-
1. View the position shown for the FMS. igation mode and are initializing
1 2. If the position is not acceptable, enter the new position in the Position Initalization field. on the ground. The "Initialize
Position" message is displayed
2 3. Select the LOAD button. when the IRS is waiting to receive
-- End of Set initial position -- a position entry.

Note 2:
Several different methods may be
used to designate an initialization
location.
A latitude-longitude position,
NAVAID identifier or any other
reference point such as an ICAO
airport identifier or pilot waypoint
may be used.
If there is a significant difference
between the FMS position and a
manual initialization position, you
may see the message “RESET
INITIAL POSITION”. This oc-
curs when the current position dif-
fers from the newly provided posi-
tion by more than 40 nm. If this
occurs, select the LOAD button
again.
®
3 Preflight > Set initial position 3-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Table of Contents
3.2 Verify time/date Note 1:
If no valid GPS time or date is re-
Verify time/date ceived, then the system accepts
time or date entries from the pi-
Under normal circumstances the time and date are maintained by the internal battery. Time and date are auto-
lot. If GPS time and date are re-
matically set and updated when valid GPS signals are received. The following procedure is for use only when
ceived, then the GPS time and
the date and time are dashed out.
date overwrite any manually en-
Prerequisites tered values. A battery-backed
FMS format selected (MKP button) clock is installed to permit the
system to operate without a valid
Setup icon selected GPS time and date.
Status tab selected
Database tab selected
Date/time showing only dashes or incorrect time

1. Select the UTC field.

1 2. Enter the time in the following format: hhmm.
3. Select the Date field.
4. Enter the date in the following format: ddmmyy.

®
3 Preflight > Verify time/date 3-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Set time/date display

-- End of Verify time/date --

®
3 Preflight > Verify time/date 3-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.3 NAV database Note 1:
Select NAV database The selected effectivity date ap-
pears in cyan when selected, and
If the FMS message CHECK NAV DB DATES shows on the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) then the active in white when not selected. If
NAV database must be changed. the current date is outside the ef-
fectivity date range, the “Check
Prerequisites Date” FMS message will show in
FMS format selected (MKP button) yellow.
The NAV database may only be
Setup icon selected selected when on ground.
Status tab selected
Database tab selected Tip 1- Changing the NAV data-
base clears the active flight plan
and all associated data as well.
1. View the NAV database name. It is recommended that the NAV
1 1 2. If the desired effectivity date range is not the selected database, select the desired effectivity date. database be changed before en-
tering any flight plan data.

Acronyms/Terms

HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-

tor

®
3 Preflight > NAV database 3-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

NAV database selection

-- End of Select NAV database --

®
3 Preflight > NAV database 3-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.4 NAV database Note 1:
Load NAV data The Safe to Load switch is found
on the maintenance panel behind
Prerequisites the pilot’s seat.
Aircraft on-ground
Note 2: The loadable data-
Electrical power applied base files on the USB flash drive
All three flight displays powered on should now be displayed.
Half (1/2) size page selected on center MFD
Acronyms/Terms
Maint format selected
USB - Universal Serial Bus
Dbase icon selected

1 1. Select the Safe to Load switch to ON. Result: The Load Switch ON status CAS message will show.
2. Push the Enter Data Load button.
3. Select Yes when the Enter Data Load Message is displayed.
4. Select the Databases tab.
5. Insert Universal Serial Bus (USB) with data to be loaded into the loading port on the center MFD.
2 6. Push the Refresh button on the screen.
7. Select the desired databases to be loaded.
8. Push the Start Load button on the display.
9. Observe the database load progress.
10. After completion of the load, push the Exit Data Load button on the display.
11. Select Yes to exit the dataload mode.
12. Turn off the Safe to Load switch.
13. Verify the database status on the database status format.

®
3 Preflight > NAV database 3-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Database load

®
3 Preflight > NAV database 3-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Database load
-- End of Load NAV data --

®
3 Preflight > NAV database 3-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.5 Change/select a NAV source Note 1: Changing the active NAV
source will cause the autopilot
Change/select a NAV source Lateral mode to revert to Roll
mode, and will cancel any VNAV
The Navigation (NAV) source shown in the NAV field is the FMS that will be shown and edited in the on-side map.
selection.
Prerequisites
Acronyms/Terms
PFD display
NAV - Navigation
PFD - Primary Flight Display
1. Select the NAV source data block on the Primary Flight Display (PFD).
Table of Contents
1 2. Select the desired NAV source from the list in the Nav Source dialog box.

NAV Source dialog box

Alternate method:

1. Push the PFD Config button on the PFD.

2. Select the Nav Source from the PFD Config dialog box.
3. Select the desired Nav source from the list shown in the Nav Source dialog box.
-- End of Change/select a NAV source --

®
3 Preflight > Change/select a NAV source 3-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.6 Create a flight plan
FMS Plan page

FMS Plan page

The FMS Plan icon shows the FMS Plan page, which is used to conduct initial flight planning operations.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Flight Plan tab
Note 1: Fuel at the destination
The Flight Plan tab is used to enter the flight plan into the FMS. is estimated based on current
speed and fuel flow.
Flight plans may be loaded and stored from local memory or via optional data link by using the Load/Store button.
With the Mobile Enablement feature, flight plans may also be loaded from a Personal Electronic Device (PED)
Note 2:
directly to the secondary flight plan. The Departure runway can be specified by using the Depart button. The
Crz Alt (on the Flight Plan tab)
Arrival runway, approach, and Standard Terminal Arrival Route (STAR) may be selected by using the Arrivals
and FOB (on the Weight & Fuel
button.
tab) must be entered or the FMS
The Active flight plan may be copied into the secondary flight plan location by using the Copy ACT → SEC button. will display a Perf Init Invalid mes-
In the central part of the page the specific flight plan routing is entered. Additional details may be edited by using sage.
the icons adjacent to the waypoint and route identifiers.
Acronyms/Terms
1 The bottom of the page details flight plan summary information calculated by the FMS. Included in this sum-
mary is Distance To Go (DTG), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), Estimated Time Enroute (ETE), and fuel at PED - Personal Electronic De-
the destination (estimated). vice
Weight & Fuel tab STAR - Standard Terminal Arrival
Route
The Weight & Fuel tab allows for the entry of basic weight information for use by the FMS in calculating flight plan DTG - Distance To Go
performance, and the designation and display of fuel information for the planned flight.
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival
Cargo and passenger weight values may be entered. Fuel on board, taxi fuel, and reserve fuel values may be ETE - Estimated Time Enroute
designated.
ETD - Estimated Time of Depar-
2 Ground speed and fuel flow values may be entered for FMS range estimation. The Fuel Calculator button ture
allows quick fuel calculations based on the data entered. The fields for Fuel on Board and Estimated Time
Table of Contents
of Departure (ETD) must be completed for basic performance calculations. If these fields are not filled, the
Fuel Calculator button will be grayed out.
-- End of FMS Plan page --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Create a flight plan Note 3: Replacing or deleting the
Origin airport deletes the current
The flight planning process closely mirrors the ATC clearance delivery format. The flight plan page allows the flight plan and it’s related perfor-
entry of the origin, departure, and if needed, alternate International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) airport mance data.
identifiers. The entry process flows smoothly through the flight from origin to departure.
Note 4: Cruise altitude can be
The process starts with entry of the Origin airport, estimated time of departure, cruise altitude, destination airport, entered using two different for-
waypoints and routes (airways, Q-routes, etc.). mats. First, the flight level (FL)
may be entered, followed by the
Prerequisites: flight level in hundreds of feet.
FMS format selected (MKP button) (ex. FL210) Second, the altitude
in feet may be entered. If in either
Plan icon selected case the altitude entered is below
Flight Plan tab selected the transition altitude set on the
Calc menus then the system dis-
Load/Store button selected plays the altitude in feet. If the al-
titude entered is above the transi-
tion altitude then it displays as a
More details of the flight plan entry process are covered in this manual under specific topics in the Create a flight
flight level.
plan section.
3 1. To create a new flight plan enter (or replace) the origin airport ICAO identifier in the Orig data entry field. Acronyms/Terms
2. Select the Estimated Time of Departure (ETD) data entry field. ICAO - International Civil Avia-
4 3. Select the Crz Alt data entry field to enter the flight plan cruise altitude. tion Organization
ETD - Estimated Time of Depar-
4. Enter the destination ICAO airport identifier in the Dest data entry field.
ture
5. Enter waypoints in the next empty To data entry field.
Table of Contents
6. Enter the route or airway into the Via data entry field.
7. Push Exec.
-- End of Create a flight plan --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.7 Create a flight plan
Load a flight plan
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Plan icon selected
Flight Plan tab selected
Load/Store button selected

Option 1 – Local tab

1. Select a stored route from the list.
2. Select the Load to SEC button.
Option 2 – Datalink tab (if installed)
1. Select the search field.
2. Enter the search data in the selected field.
3. Push the SEND button.
4. Select a stored route from the list.
5. Select the Load to SEC button.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Load flight plan (local)
Load flight plan

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Load flight plan (datalink)

Load flight plan
-- End of Load a flight plan --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.8 Create a flight plan Note 1: Loading flight plans via
USB will reset the FMS.
Load flight plans via USB
Prerequisites
Aircraft on the ground
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Plan icon selected
Flight Plan tab selected
Load/Store button selected

1. Insert a USB memory device into the USB port on the left DU.
1 2. Select the Load button in the Route Files field. Result: all flight plans in the Rockwell Collins Pilot Route
Database folder on the USB device will be loaded into the Stored Routes field on the Local tab of the
Load/Store dialog box.
3. Select a stored route from the list.
4. Select the Load to SEC button.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Load flight plans via USB

-- End of Load flight plans via USB --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.9 Create a flight plan Acronyms/Terms

PED - Personal Electronic De-

Load a flight plan via PED
vice
The Mobile Enablement feature allows for flight planning to be performed on a Personal Electronic Device (PED) Table of Contents
and for the resultant flight plan to be sent directly to the avionics system.
Prerequisites
ARINC Direct app opened on PED and connected to aircraft
Flight plan information completed

1. Use the ARINC Direct app on the PED to send a flight plan transfer request.
• If the FMS successfully constructs the flight plan from the transferred information:
• The flight plan from the PED overwrites the secondary flight plan in the FMS.
• A confirmation message is shown on the PED.
• If the FMS does not successfully construct a flight plan from the transferred information:
• A fault message is shown on the PED.
2. Store, modify, or activate the secondary flight plan as desired.
-- End of Load a flight plan via PED --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.10 Create a flight plan Note 1:
Route files may also be saved to
Store an active flight plan a USB memory device inserted
Prerequisites into the USB port on the center
DU (on the ground only). Select
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Save from the Route Files USB
Plan icon selected field. The USB Save selection
will create a Rockwell Collins Pilot
Flight Plan tab selected
Route Database folder on the root
of the USB device (if not already
1 1. Select the Load/Store button. The Load/Store dialog box opens. present) and save all the Local
routes to this folder.
2 2. Enter the flight plan name into the Store ACT FPLN or Store SEC FPLN fields, as desired, or select a
stored flight plan to save over. Note 2: Flight plan names can
be up to 10 alphanumeric char-
1 3 3. Select either Store ACT or Store SEC, as required. acters. If no flight plan name is
entered, the default is the origin
ICAO identifier.

Note 3: The plan window that is

open (ACT or SEC) is the plan
that is stored.

Tip 1- If a flight plan name al-

ready exists, the message Name
Already Exists appears in the di-
alog box.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Load/Store dialog box

4. If saving over a previously stored flight plan, the prompt Overwrite Saved Route? appears. Select Yes or No.

Overwrite Saved Route prompt

-- End of Store an active flight plan --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.11 Create a flight plan
Table of Contents
Store a flight plan via PED
The Mobile Enablement feature allows for flight plans to be downloaded from the avionics system to a PED.
Prerequisites
ARINC Direct app opened on PED and connected to aircraft
Complete active or secondary flight plan on avionics system

1. Use the ARINC Direct app on the PED to send a flight plan download request. Select whether the active or
secondary flight plan is desired.
• If the FMS successfully receives the download request:
• The requested flight plan from the avionics is transmitted to the PED.
• If the FMS does not successfully receive the download request:
• A fault message is shown on the PED.
-- End of Store a flight plan via PED --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.12 Create a flight plan
Table of Contents
Delete a flight plan
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Plan icon selected
Flight Plan tab selected

1. Select the Load/Store button. Result: Dialog box opens.

2. Select the stored route to be deleted.
3. Select the Delete button.
4. Select Yes in the Store dialog box to delete the stored route.
-- End of Delete a flight plan --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.13 Create a flight plan Note 1: Once a runway has been
selected, and the flight plan exe-
Select an origin runway cuted, it shows on the Rwys list in
green text.
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button) Acronyms/Terms

Plan icon selected ICAO - International Civil Avia-

tion Organization
Flight Plan tab selected
Table of Contents
Origin airport International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) identifier entered

1. Push the Depart button.

1 2. Select the required departure runway from the list shown in the Rwys list.
3. Push Exec.

Departures dialog box

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 -- End of Select an origin runway --
Table of Contents

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.14 Create a flight plan Note 1: The origin airport must
be entered in the flight plan to
Enter Standard Instrument Departure select a departure.

Note 2: A departure runway may

Prerequisites
also be selected at this point. Se-
FMS format selected (MKP button) lecting a departure runway and/or
departure procedure filters the
Plan icon
remaining options based on the
Flight Plan tab selected previous selection. Only those
runways served by a specific de-
parture show once the departure
1 1. Select the Depart button. Result: The Departure dialog box opens. is selected.
2 2. Select a Standard Instrument Departure (SID) and transition from the list. Note 3: Inserting a departure in
the flight plan will result in a dis-
3 3. Push Exec.
continuity. Refer to the Resolve
a Discontinuity procedure in this
chapter for more information.

Acronyms/Terms

SID - Standard Instrument De-

parture
Table of Contents

Departures dialog box

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 -- End of Enter Standard Instrument Departure --
Table of Contents

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.15 Create a flight plan
Table of Contents
Enter an alternate airport
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Plan icon selected
Flight Plan tab selected

1. Select Altn Dest data entry field.

2. Enter the alternate airport identifier (ICAO).
3. Select Crz Alt data entry field.
4. Enter the cruise altitude.
5. Push Exec.

Alternate fields

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 -- End of Enter an alternate airport --
Table of Contents

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.16 Create a flight plan Note 1: Waypoints can be de-
fined using any of the following:
Enter a waypoint
• ICAO facility identifier
Prerequisites (NAVAID)
FMS format selected (MKP button) • Enroute waypoint identifier
Plan icon selected • RNAV waypoint identifier
• Latitude/longitude definition
Flight Plan tab selected
• Pilot waypoint identifier
• Place / bearing / distance defi-
1 1. Enter a waypoint in the To data entry field. nition using any known/defined
point.
2. When waypoints data entry is complete, push Exec.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-32 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Flight Plan tab

-- End of Enter a waypoint --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-33 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.17 Create a flight plan Note 1:
The default method of routing
Add an airway or jet route between flight plan waypoints
is DIRECT, unless an airway or
There are two methods to add an airway or jet route to the flight plan: entering the name of the route directly, or
routing is entered by the pilot.
looking up the route with the Airway dialog box.
The FMS calculates a great circle
Prerequisites route between the previous and
following waypoints along a direct
FMS format selected (MKP button)
path.
Plan icon selected
Flight Plan tab selected

Direct entry method:

1. Select the Via data entry field between the two waypoints where the addition is to be made.
1 2. Enter the name of the airway or jet route in the Via data entry field.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-34 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Plan tab
Airway dialog box method:

1. Select the Airway symbol to the right of the Via field of interest.
2. On the dialog box, select Airways.
3. Choose the airway from the Airway from XXX dialog box.
4. Select the exit point of the airway.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-35 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5. When insertion is complete, push Exec.
Table of Contents

Airway dialog box

-- End of Add an airway or jet route --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-36 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.18 Create a flight plan Note 1:
The possible text entry formats
Enter pilot defined waypoints are as follows:
• Place bearing / place bearing
Prerequisites (for example, CID030/DBQ240
Active flight plan entered defines the intersection be-
tween those two radials).
FMS format selected (MKP button)
• Place bearing / distance (for
Plan icon selected example, CID030/25 defines
Flight Plan tab selected the point 25 miles from CID on
the 030 radial).
• Latitude / longitude
1 A waypoint is any point that is used as a reference for a navigation fix. Waypoints may be either predefined or The name may be entered at the
pilot defined. Predefined waypoints are stored in the FMS navigation database with the identifier that shows same time, after a second slash
on aeronautical charts. These waypoints may be airports, NAVAIDS, or other charted navigation fixes and (for example, CID030/25/MOSA
uncharted fixes used in SlDs STARS and approaches. Pilot defined waypoints are stored within a flight plan would create a pilot waypoint
and in the Pilot Defined waypoint list but not in the FMS navigation database. named “MOSA” at the point de-
Option 1 fined).

1 1. Enter the pilot waypoint definition using the MKP. Note 2:

Option 2 (direct entry into flight plan) Refer to the Create Pilot Way-
point Fields table for additional in-
1. Enter the pilot waypoint definition using the MKP. formation.
2. Paste the waypoint definition in the To column at the location desired.
3. Push Exec. Tip 1- Pilot defined waypoints can
also be entered on the Route tab
Option 3 or through the use of graphical
1. Select the Search icon. flight planning.
2. Select the Pilot Waypoints button.
3. Push the Create Pilot Waypoint button on the Pilot Waypoint dialog box.
2 4. Enter the definition into the appropriate data entry fields.
5. Enter the waypoint name into the Wpt Name field.

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-37 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6. Push Store Wpt button.

Pilot Waypoints list Store waypoint

Table 2 Create Pilot Waypoint Fields

Place Brg / Dist: The Place Brg / Dist information box shows the Ident Bearing / Distance.
Place (Ident): KDBQ
Brg (Bearing): 070.0°
Dist (Distance): 6.0
Place Brg / Place Brg: The Place Brg / Place Brg information box shows the Ident Bearings.
Place (Ident): CID
Brg (Bearing): 180.0°
Place (Ident): IOW
Brg (Bearing): 090.0°

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-38 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 3 Latitude Longitude Note 3: The Latitude Longitude
The Latitude Longitude long format is as follows: format syntax is defined as fol-
lows:
• addmm.mbdddmm.m
• a: Latitude hemisphere (N, S)
• addmm.mmbdddmm.mm • d: degrees
• addmmbdddmm • m: minutes
• addbddd • b: Longitude hemisphere (E,
W)
The Latitude Longitude short format is as follows:
Latitude Range Longitude Range Shorthand Format Table of Contents
0º - 90ºN 100º - 180ºW ddNdd
0º - 90ºN 0º - 99ºW ddddN
0º - 90ºN 0º - 99ºE ddddE
0º - 90ºN 100º - 180ºE ddEdd
0º - 90ºS 100º - 180ºW ddWdd
0º - 90ºS 0º - 99ºW ddddW
0º - 90ºS 0º - 99ºE ddddS
0º - 90ºS 100º - 180ºE ddSdd

-- End of Enter pilot defined waypoints --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-39 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.19 Create a flight plan Note 1:
When desired, push the Activate
Set up a secondary flight plan SEC button to copy the SEC flight
Prerequisites plan to the MOD/ACT flight plan.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Table of Contents
Plan icon selected
Flight Plan tab selected

1. Push the SEC button.

1 2. Enter the secondary flight plan details as desired.

Secondary flight plan

-- End of Set up a secondary flight plan --

®
3 Preflight > Create a flight plan 3-40 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.20 Verify a flight plan
Map format
Map format
The Map format shows a map of the aircraft position and the surrounding area.
The Orient icon controls the orientation of the map display. There are two orientations for the map: heading up
and north up. In the heading up orientation, the aircraft position is centered in the display with the compass rose
and aircraft heading set to the top of the display. In the north up orientation, the map is centered on the aircraft
with the aircraft orientation relative to the current magnetic heading. The north up map allows slewing of the map
in any direction to allow viewing of surrounding areas.
The Map format offers a significant amount of situational awareness information. The Window icon toggles on
and off the FMS text window at the bottom of the Map format. The FMS text window can show flight plan infor-
mation with VNAV constraints.

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-41 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Map format with FMS text window

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-42 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 1 The Ovly icon shows the Overlay dialog box which provides various overlay settings to be enabled for display Note 1: The TCAS Traffic overlay
on the moving map display. Overlay options include selections for traffic, terrain, and weather overlays. is not available for display on the
north up map.

Overlay dialog box

The Symbol icon shows the Map Symbol dialog box, which provides various symbol options to be enabled for
display on the Map.

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-43 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Map Symbol dialog box
Symbol options may include selections for:
• Political boundaries
• Airports
• Nearest Airports

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-44 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • High NAVAIDS
• Low NAVAIDS
• NDBs
• Terminal Waypoints
• Intersections
• High Airways
• Low Airways
• ETA
• Speed
• Altitude
• GNSS Position
• IRS Position
• Range to Alt Sel
• Missed Approach
• Alternate FPLN.
The Center icon shows the Map Center dialog box, which provides the ability to center the moving map display
on a variety of different options. These options include, the previous waypoint, the next waypoint, the active (To)
waypoint, a user entered waypoint, or the aircraft position (if the Map is not currently centered on the aircraft).

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-45 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Note 2: With a map image dis-
played on the right half of the
center display (MFD), the tuning
dialog box does not display all
station information such as fre-
quency and ID. However, select-
ing the station will properly tune
the radio. A tuning dialog box se-
lected from a map on the left half
of the MFD will show all relevant
information.

Tip 1- When displaying the sec-

ondary flight plan, the toggle but-
Map Center dialog box ton highlights SEC and the menu
bar has a cyan highlight. When
The ACT | SEC FPLN button is used to select viewing of the Active (ACT) or Secondary (SEC) flight plans. These displaying the active flight plan,
two flight plans cannot, however be displayed on the map at the same time. the toggle button highlights ACT
1 2 Select the aircraft icon on a MFW map to show the Present Position (PPos) dialog box, which allows with no highlight around the menu
selection of various flight plan related actions. bar. When a modified flight plan
is active, the toggle button high-
lights MOD with a green highlight
around the menu bar. If a modi-
fied flight plan has been shown for
more than 15 seconds after the
edit, the highlights turn yellow.

Acronyms/Terms

ACT - Active
SEC - Secondary
PPos - Present Position

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-46 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Present Position dialog box
The touchscreen toolbar at the bottom of the map display provides selections for the display theme, detail level,
terrain, traffic, weather and other options. Selecting each of these tabs will toggle through various commonly
used settings for the display configuration. This list is dynamic and may change based on the options selected
for display.

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-47 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Note 3:
The Place Bearing/Distance way-
point (PB/D Wpt...) allows the
Map touchscreen toolbar user to enter the bearing/distance
Graphical Flight Planning (for example, 070/5).
The Along Track Wpt allows the
Various flight planning operations may be conducted by selecting items on the map display. Upon selecting a user to enter the distance into the
map item a waypoint dialog box menu will open allowing various flight planning tasks to be performed. The menu Along Track Wpt field. Negative
selections are variable and will reflect the item selected. For example, a waypoint dialog box for a NAVAID will numerical values are prior to the
include menu selections for NAV tuning. referenced flight plan waypoint,
3 The waypoint dialog box contains the same choices that are found from accessing the waypoint dialog box and positive numerical values
via the Route page format and are similar in options to the PPos dialog box described above. are after the referenced flight
plan waypoint. When entering
these directly on the Flight Plan
or Route formats, any of these
can have /[NAME] appended to
the end to save the user-defined
waypoint in the pilot waypoints
databases with the appended
name.

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-48 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Waypoint dialog box

-- End of Map format --

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-49 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.21 Verify a flight plan
Table of Contents
Verify the flight plan with the map
Prerequisites
Map format selected (MKP button)
Active flight plan entered and active

1. Select the Center icon.

2. Select Next Wpt.
3. Repeat step 2 to cycle through the waypoints in the flight plan.

Center dialog box

-- End of Verify the flight plan with the map --

®
3 Preflight > Verify a flight plan 3-50 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.22 Set up FMS performance
FMS Calc page

FMS Calc page

The FMS Calc page allows for the entry of data related to the calculations of the FMS.

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-51 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The Calc page is further divided into Climb, Cruise, Descent, and Alternate sections. These sections allow for
Note 1:
the setting of specific performance criteria relevant to each of the three phases of flight.
Transition altitude is where the
Climb section transition alert will trigger during a
climb. Transition FL is where the
The Climb section contains criteria for climb speeds and altitudes.
transition alert will trigger during a
Climb Speed descent.
This selection designates the climb speed used for performance calculations. This speed may be entered in
knots or Mach number.
Transition Altitude
1 The desired transition altitude can be modified in the Trans Alt data entry field. The default value is set on
the Defaults page.
Speed/Altitude Limit
Two different speed and altitude limits may be specified for the climb phase of flight.
Cruise section
The Cruise section contains criteria for cruise speeds and altitudes.
Cruise Speed
This selection designates the cruise speed used for performance calculations. This speed may be entered in
knots or Mach number.
Cruise Alt
This selection designates the default cruise altitude.
Descent section
The Descent section contains criteria for descent speeds, altitudes, and path angle.
Descent Speed
This selection designates the descent speed used for performance calculations. This speed may be entered in
knots or Mach number.
Speed/Altitude Limit
Two different speed and altitude limits may be specified for the descent phase of flight.

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-52 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Vertical Path Angle Acronyms/Terms
This selection designates the Vertical Path Angle (VPA) used for performance calculations. VPA - Vertical Path Angle
Transition FL Table of Contents
The desired transition flight level can be modified in the Trans FL data entry field. The default value is set on the
Defaults page.
Alternate section
This selection contains a data entry field for the default alternate cruise altitude.
-- End of FMS Calc page --

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-53 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.23 Set up FMS performance Note 1: Up to two restrictions
may be entered.
Set up VNAV
Prerequisites Table of Contents
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Calc icon selected

1. Select the Trans Alt data entry field.

2. Select the Spd/Alt Limit data entry field.
1 3. Enter speed and altitude restrictions.
-- End of Set up VNAV --

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-54 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.24 Set up FMS performance Note 1: FOB resets with each
power cycle and must be entered
Enter weight values every time.
Prerequisites
Note 2:
FMS format selected (MKP button)
The Basic Operating Weight
Plan icon selected (BOW) auto-fills with a default
value. This value can be changed
Weight & Fuel tab selected
on the Defaults menu. To ac-
cess the Defaults menu, select
1 1. Verify or enter the Fuel On Board (FOB) weight. the Setup icon, then the Default
tab, followed by the Weight tab
2. Enter the Cargo weight values for items loaded into the aircraft. on the FMS format. You can set
3. Enter the passenger weight into the Pass Wt field, or use the Avg Pass Wt and # Pass fields to calculate the the average passenger default
Passenger weight. weight and Operating Weight
Empty ((OWE)) from this format.
4. Enter the Planned Taxi fuel weight.
5. Enter the Planned Reserve fuel weight. Acronyms/Terms
2 6. Enter the number of passengers (# Pass) and average weight (Avg Pass Wt). FOB - Fuel On Board
7. Push Exec.

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-55 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Enter weight values

-- End of Enter weight values --

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-56 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.25 Set up FMS performance Acronyms/Terms

FOB - Fuel On Board

Set up fuel management
Prerequisite Table of Contents

FMS format selected (MKP button)

Plan icon selected
Weight & Fuel tab selected

The Weight & Fuel display has options to assist with flight planning.
• Ground speed
• Fuel flow
1. Verify the Fuel On Board (FOB) value matches that loaded on the aircraft.
2. Select the Planned Reserve data entry field and enter the reserve fuel data.
3. Select the Planned Taxi data entry field and enter the taxi fuel data.
4. Push Exec.
-- End of Set up fuel management --

®
3 Preflight > Set up FMS performance 3-57 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.26 Update a flight plan
Enter waypoint data via Fly>Route page
The Route page shows all of the waypoints and leg segments that make up the flight plan. In addition to the way-
point names, course and distance, many other details are displayed and may also be modified for each waypoint
in the flight plan. Additional waypoints may be entered directly on the Route page. These additional waypoints
can be inserted by pasting the new waypoint in the route list at the desired location. All following waypoints shift
down to follow the inserted waypoint.
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Fly icon selected
Route tab selected

Overview
1. Enter data as required on the Route tab.

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-58 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Route tab
-- End of Enter waypoint data via Fly>Route page --

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-59 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.27 Update a flight plan Note 1: The operator may also
access the Waypoint menu by se-
Create fly over waypoint lecting the waypoint symbol on
Prerequisites the Map.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Fly icon selected
Route tab selected

Overview
1 1. Select the waypoint symbol to access the Waypoint menu.
2. Select the Fly Over check box.

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-60 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Fly Over
-- End of Create fly over waypoint --

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-61 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.28 Update a flight plan Acronyms/Terms

IAS - Indicated Airspeed

VNAV - Set waypoint altitude and speed constraints
VPA - Vertical Path Angle
Prerequisites
Active flight plan loaded
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Fly icon selected
Route tab selected

Overview
1. Select the waypoint attribute field from the Route tab. Result: Tthe Crossing dialog box shows.

Waypoint attribute field

2. Select the type of altitude constraint, enter the altitude limit in the Altitude data entry field.
3. Enter the speed constraint in the Indicated Airspeed (IAS) data entry field.
4. Enter the Vertical Path Angle (VPA) constraint in the VPA data entry field.
5. Push Exec.

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-62 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Crossing “Between” constraint

Crossing “At” constraint

-- End of VNAV - Set waypoint altitude and speed constraints --

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-63 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.29 Update a flight plan Note 1:
The Departures dialog box may
Change a SID or departure runway also be shown by pushing the
Prerequisites DEP/ARR key on the MKP.
FMS format selected (MKP button) Note 2: Selecting the runway to
be used filters the SIDs to show
Overview only those that serve that runway.
Fly page method:
Acronyms/Terms
1 1. Select the Fly page.
SID - Standard Instrument De-
parture
2. Select the blue circle icon next to the Origin airport data entry field near the bottom of the Flight Plan
page.
2 3. Select the departure runway to be used.
4. Select the Standard Instrument Departure (SID) to be used.
5. Select the transition to be used.
6. Push the Exec button.
Plan page method:
1. Select the Plan page.
2. Push the Depart button.
3. Select the departure runway to be used.
4. Select the SID to be used.
5. Select the transition to be used.
6. Push the Exec button.

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-64 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Change a departure
-- End of Change a SID or departure runway --

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-65 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.30 Update a flight plan Note 1: There may be more than
one page of duplicate entries to
Select waypoints from duplicate identifiers choose from. The duplicate way-
points are arranged in the list by
Duplicate identifiers may be present on any page or menu where an airport, facility or waypoint ID is entered and
distance. The waypoints nearest
one or more already exist.
to the aircraft are listed first, the
Prerequisites farthest are listed last.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Table of Contents

Overview
1 1. Select the desired waypoint.

Duplicate identifiers
2. Push Exec.
-- End of Select waypoints from duplicate identifiers --

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-66 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.31 Update a flight plan Note 1: You should not resolve
a discontinuity that occurs when
Resolve a discontinuity you insert an approach until Air
Traffic Control (ATC) issues a
There are three options to resolve a discontinuity.
“...cleared for...” or “...expect...”
Prerequisites instructions.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Acronyms/Terms

Overview MKP - Multifunction Keypad

Option 1
1 1. Select the X icon next to the DISCON on the flight plan.
Option 2
1. Select the waypoint entry field on the flight plan or route page to enter edit mode.
2. Press the CLR/DEL key on the Multifunction Keypad (MKP).
3. Select Enter.
Option 3
1. Copy and paste a waypoint into the discontinuity.

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-67 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Discontinuity on Plan>Flight Plan page Discontinuity on Fly>Route page

-- End of Resolve a discontinuity --

®
3 Preflight > Update a flight plan 3-68 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.32 Verify RNAV RNP Tip 1- The Map format can be
displayed on a 1/4, 1/2, or full size
Verify RNAV RNP page. The full size may only be
shown on the MFD.
The current RNP is shown on the PFD format, next to the lateral deviation scale. Use this procedure to show
more detailed position information.
Acronyms/Terms
Prerequisites
RNP - Required Navigation Per-
Map format selected formance
EPU - Estimated Position Uncer-
Overview tainty
1. Select the aircraft icon on the map. Table of Contents
2. Select the Info option on the PPos dialog box.
3. View the Required Navigation Performance (RNP), Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Cross-track Devia-
tion (XTK Dev), and Vertical Deviation (Vert Dev) on the Aircraft dialog box.

Aircraft dialog box

-- End of Verify RNAV RNP --

®
3 Preflight > Verify RNAV RNP 3-69 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.33 Tune COM radios
Tune COM1 frequency
Prerequisites
MFD display

Overview
Option 1 (Quick Tune)
1. Enter the COM frequency using the MKP.
2. Push the QIK TUNE button on the MKP.
3. Select the button from the Quick Tune toolbar that corresponds to the COM radio to be tuned.

Quick Tune toolbar

Option 2 (CCP)
1. Use the Tune knob on the CCP to select the COM frequency in the tuning window on the PFD.
2. Push down on the Tune knob to transfer the frequency to the active frequency.
Option 3 (TUNE format)
1. Select the COM1 PRE data entry field.
2. Enter the COM frequency data.

3. Select the swap arrow icon.

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-70 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

LSK - Line Select Key

Tune page
Option 4 (RTU)
1. Push the STBY TUN push button located on the pedestal. Result: ACTIVE cyan message is illuminated on
STBY TUN push button, Stby Tuning Act advisory CAS message shows, and RTU display switches from the
Engine Indication page to the Tuning page.
2. Push Line Select Key (LSK) L1 on the RTU Tuning page two times. Result: COM1 page opens.
3. Push the LSK associated with the active frequency, then use the RTU tuning knob to tune the active frequency.

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-71 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 RTU tuning page

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-72 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 RTU COM1 page
Tuning shorthand
The Pro Line Fusion® system accepts shorthand entries for frequency tuning. Refer to the following images for
an in-depth description of tuning shorthand.

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-73 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 COM, NAV/DME tuning shorthand

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-74 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

HF, ADF tuning shorthand

-- End of Tune COM1 frequency --

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-75 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.34 Tune COM radios
Table of Contents
Change COM1 mode options
Prerequisites
TUNE/DLNK button on the MKP
COM icon selected

Overview
1. Select COM1 Ctrl button.
2. Enter the Com frequency.
3. Set options as needed.

COM1 Control dialog box

-- End of Change COM1 mode options --

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-76 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.35 Tune COM radios
Tune HF radios
Prerequisites
TUNE/DLNK button on the MKP
HF icon selected

Overview
Option 1 (TUNE format)
1. Select frequency entry field.
2. Enter HF frequency data.
3. Select the Ctrl button.
4. Set HF options as desired.

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-77 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 HF Tune page

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-78 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

LSK - Line Select Key

HF Control page
Option 2 (RTU)
1. Push the STBY TUN push button located on the pedestal. Result: ACTIVE cyan message is illuminated on
STBY TUN push button, Stby Tuning Act advisory CAS message shows, and RTU display switches from the
Engine Indication page to the Tuning page.
2. Push the Line Select Key (LSK) L4 on the RTU Tuning page to go to next page. Result: HF1 page opens.
3. Push LSK L1 two times. Result: HF1 page opens.
4. Push the LSK associated with the active frequency, then use the RTU tuning knob to tune the active frequency.
5. Set HF options as desired.

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-79 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 RTU tuning page

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-80 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

RTU HF1 page

-- End of Tune HF radios --

®
3 Preflight > Tune COM radios 3-81 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
3.36 Set barometric adjustment Note 1:
When STD is the current BARO
Set barometric adjustment setting, pushing the SET ↕ STD
Prerequisites knob will change the BARO to the
manual setting.
PFD format selected
This function may be used for
BARO Pre-select. When given
Overview a descent clearance with a pres-
sure correction setting, the crew
Option 1
can enter this setting into the
1 1. Turn the BARO knob to manually set the barometric pressure correction, or push the SET ↕ STD knob to BARO. When the aircraft de-
set the barometric pressure correction to standard pressure. scends through the transition al-
titude, the STD annunciation will
Option 2
turn yellow and flash for 5 sec-
1. Touch the barometric readout area of display. onds. The crew can then push
2 2. Push ↑up or ↓down arrow buttons as needed or select STD. the SET ↕ STD knob to change
the BARO to the manual pres-
Option 3 sure correction setting.

Note 2: The CCP data knob may

1. Select the PFD Config button. also be used to change the value.

2. Select the Baro... option to show the Baro dialog box.

3. Use the data entry field or arrows to set the barometric pressure correction, or select STD.

®
3 Preflight > Set barometric adjustment 3-82 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Set BARO dialog box

-- End of Set barometric adjustment --

®
3 Preflight > Set barometric adjustment 3-83 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4 Engine start/Departure
4.1 Select a checklist Note 1:
Select a checklist The Checklist format may also be
selected through the Format Se-
Electronic Checklist (ECL) content is optionally defined by the aircraft owner and the use of the owner-defined lection dialog box.
ECL content should be reviewed by local FAA Flight Standards District Office (FSDO) for approval prior to use.
Note 2: The Queue selection is
Overview shown automatically when there
1 1. Push the CHKL button on an MKP to show the Checklist format on the center DU. is a checklist in the Queue. The
Funct selection is not a checklist
2 2. Select a checklist icon (Normal, Abnorm, Emer, User, Queue, or Funct). index, it accesses a list of func-
tions to override or reset check-
3. Select a checklist topic.
lists.
4. Push the PUSH ENTER button on the CCP to check off checklist items, or touch the items on the screen to
check them off. Acronyms/Terms
-- End of Select a checklist -- ECL - Electronic Checklist
FSDO - Flight Standards District
Office
Table of Contents

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Select a checklist 4-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.2 Monitor EICAS for engine start Acronyms/Terms

EICAS - Engine Indicating Crew

EICAS description Alerting System
The Engine Indicating Crew Alerting System (EICAS) display is a dedicated display that shows engine parame- ITT - Inter-Turbine Temperature
ters, air temperatures, and system annunciations. The EICAS display shows the elements in the following order: TAT - Total Air Temperature
• N1 reference CAS - Crew Alerting System
• APU running icon
• N1 (fan RPM)
• Inter-Turbine Temperature (ITT)
• N2 (turbine RPM)
• Fuel Flow
• Oil pressure
• Oil temperature
• Fan vibration
• Fuel quantity
• Horizontal stabilizer trim
• Aileron trim
• Rudder trim
• Gear indication
• Flaps setting
• Total Air Temperature (TAT)
• Crew Alerting System (CAS) messages – Warnings (red), Cautions (amber), Advisories (cyan), and Status
(white).

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Monitor EICAS for engine start 4-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 EICAS Display

The engine parameters displayed are color coded to correspond to their respective ranges and limits. While
the parameters are in the normal range the indications will display in green. When reaching, or exceeding, the
parameter limits the display will change to amber or red depending on the nature of the exceedance.

CAS Messaging

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Monitor EICAS for engine start 4-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The CAS messages are shown in order of priority. Warnings at the top of the list followed by Cautions, Advisories,
Note 1: If a checklist is linked
and Status messages. New messages are highlighted in inverse video.
to a CAS message, the checkbox
is shown next to the message in
the CAS list. When the check-
The expand/collapse control may be selected to extend the CAS message list into a pop-up window, and to return list is complete, the box will be
the CAS message list to the normal field. The CAS key on the Multifunction Keypad (MKP) may be selected to checked.
perform the same expand/collapse function.
Acronyms/Terms

Some CAS messages are inhibited during takeoff and landing. MKP - Multifunction Keypad
EIS - Engine Indication System

Avionics CAS messaging is inhibited in certain scenarios.

Systems Synoptic Page

The Systems synoptic page parameters augment the Engine Indication System (EIS) data used for engine start,
takeoff, landing and provides Cabin Pressurization and Environment data. The Systems synoptic page shows
the following elements:
• APU (RPM, EGT)
• Cabin pressurization (Alt, Rate, Change in Pressure)
• Cabin temperature
• Cabin oxygen
• Bleed air pressure
• Fuel temperature (Engine and Bulk)
• Battery voltages (Main and APU)
• Battery loads (Main and APU)

Full description of the Synoptics pages is provided in Appendix 4 of this guide.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Monitor EICAS for engine start 4-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

RTU - Radio Tuning Unit

Systems synoptic page

RTU Engine Indications

The Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) will provide the crew with select engine indications as a backup to the information
provided on the EICAS display. In normal mode, the RTU displays the engine indications page full time. The
following indications are provided by the RTU:
• N1 reference
• N1 (fan RPM)
• ITT
• N2 (turbine RPM)
• Fuel Flow

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Monitor EICAS for engine start 4-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Oil pressure
Table of Contents
• Oil temperature
• Fuel quantity
• Flaps setting
• Gear indication.

RTU engine indications page

-- End of EICAS description --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Monitor EICAS for engine start 4-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.3 Update a flight plan Note 1: Changing a departure in
the flight plan will result in a dis-
Update flight plan for runway and departure changes continuity. Refer to the Resolve
Prerequisites a Discontinuity procedure in this
chapter for more information.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Plan icon selected
Tip 1- The selections for depar-
Flight Plan tab selected ture runway, departure proce-
dure, and transition may be made
Overview in any order. Note, however, that
a selection may filter the remain-
1. Push the Depart button. ing categories to show only those
1 2. Select the departure runway. selections that apply to the op-
tions already selected. In order
1 3. Select the departure procedure. to view all of the choices, push
the View All button.
4. Select the transition.
5. Push Exec.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Update a flight plan 4-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Departures dialog box

-- End of Update flight plan for runway and departure changes --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Update a flight plan 4-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.4 Tune NAV radios
Table of Contents
Tune NAV radios
Prerequisites
MFD display

Overview
1. Enter the NAV frequency using the MKP.
2. Push the QIK TUNE button on the MKP.
3. Select the button from the Quick Tune toolbar that corresponds to the NAV radio to be tuned.

Quick Tune toolbar

-- End of Tune NAV radios --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Tune NAV radios 4-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.5 Tune NAV radios Note 1: The NAV Control dialog
Change NAV radio settings box has settings for the following:
• Active and Preset frequencies
Prerequisites
• DME hold
Tune/DLNK format selected (MKP button) • Marker Beacon sensitivity
NAV icon selected (Low/High)
• Tuning control (Auto/Manual).
Overview
Note 2:
1 1. Select the Ctrl button for the NAV radio to be adjusted. The Auto Tuning selection com-
mands the FMS to tune the NAV
1 2. Select the settings as required on the NAV Control dialog box.
radios automatically.
The system is set for Auto Tuning
upon power-up.
After a NAV-to-NAV tuning, the
system will stay in Manual until
Auto Tuning is re-selected.

Tip 1- When tuning NAV radios

on the Tune format, the station
identifier may be entered instead
of the numeric frequency.

NAV page

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Tune NAV radios 4-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

NAV Control dialog box

-- End of Change NAV radio settings --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Tune NAV radios 4-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.6 Tune NAV radios Note 1: The NAV Source dialog
Choose a NAV source box can also be accessed when
you select the PFD config icon,
Prerequisites then select a NAV source.
PFD display
Table of Contents

Overview
1 1. Select the NAV source data block hot spot on the PFD display.
2. Select a NAV source desired from the NAV Source dialog box.

NAV Source dialog box

-- End of Choose a NAV source --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Tune NAV radios 4-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.7 Set up surveillance radios Note 1: An Ident button is located
on the control yoke, as well as on
Tune transponder code this menu.
Prerequisites
Tune/DLNK format selected (MKP button) Tip 1- The operator may add an
“I” to the ATC code entered to
XPR/TFC icon selected
send an Ident pulse after tuning
the ATC code.
Overview
Acronyms/Terms
Option 1 (Quick tune)
1 1. Enter the 4-digit Air Traffic Control (ATC) code using the MKP. ATC - Air Traffic Control

2. Push the QIK TUNE button on the MKP.

3. Select the tab from the Quick Tune toolbar that corresponds to the transponder to be coded.
Option 2 (TUNE format)
1. Select XPDR1 or XPDR2.
2. Select the Code data entry field.
3. Enter the 4-digit ATC code.
4. Select the ID data entry field.
1 5. Enter the Mode S identification.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

LSK - Line Select Key

XPR/TFC page
Option 3 (RTU)
1. Push the STBY TUN push button located on the pedestal. Result: ACTIVE cyan message is illuminated on
STBY TUN push button, Stby Tuning Act advisory CAS message shows, and RTU display switches from the
Engine Indication page to the Tuning page.
2. Push the Line Select Key (LSK) L3 on the RTU Tuning page two times. Result: ATC page opens.
3. Push LSK L1 to select the active code, then use the RTU tuning knob to select the correct 4–digit ATC code.
4. Push LSK R1 to select the FLT ID, then use the RTU tuning knob to enter the Mode S identification.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 RTU tuning page

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

RTU ATC page

-- End of Tune transponder code --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.8 Set up surveillance radios Acronyms/Terms

TCAS - Traffic Alert Collision

Perform a Transponder/TCAS test
Avoidance System

Prerequisites
Tune/DLNK format selected (MKP button)
XPR/TFC icon selected

Overview
Option 1 (TUNE format)
1. Push the Traffic Test button. Result: TCAS Test is annunciated in cyan letters on the Traffic Status Field.
2. View the results of the transponder and Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) test.

TCAS test

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Option 2 (RTU) Acronyms/Terms
1. Push the STBY TUN push button located on the pedestal. Result: ACTIVE cyan message is illuminated on LSK - Line Select Key
STBY TUN push button, Stby Tuning Act advisory CAS message shows, and RTU display switches from the
Engine Indication page to the Tuning page.
2. Push the Line Select Key (LSK) R3 on the RTU Tuning page two times. Result: TCAS page opens.
3. Push LSK R3 to initiate the TCAS self test. Result: TEST is annunciated in cyan letters on the TCAS page.
4. View the results of the transponder and TCAS test.

RTU tuning page

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

RTU TCAS page

-- End of Perform a Transponder/TCAS test --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up surveillance radios 4-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.9 Set up Flight Guidance System Acronyms/Terms

CPL - Couple
Engage the autopilot
FMA - Flight Mode Annunciator
Prerequisites
FD - Flight Director
Vertical and Lateral mode selected (as desired) FCP - Flight Control Panel
Table of Contents
Overview
1. Ensure the Couple (CPL) indicator Flight Mode Annunciator (FMA) is set to the proper side Flight Director
(FD) guidance.
2. Ensure at least one of the two Yaw Dampers is engaged using the Yaw Damper Control Panel.
3. Ensure the AP DISC▼ bar on the Flight Control Panel (FCP) is in the up position.
4. Push the AP ENG button on the FCP.
5. Ensure the FMA reflects the desired autopilot settings.

Couple indicator arrow

-- End of Engage the autopilot --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.10 Set up Flight Guidance System Acronyms/Terms

YD - Yaw Damper
Disengage the autopilot
AP - Autopilot
Prerequisites
Table of Contents
AP DISC▼ bar in the UP position
Yaw Damper (YD) engaged
Autopilot (AP) engaged

Overview
Option 1 (yoke switch)
1. Push the trim switch to disengage the autopilot.
2. Push the master control switch to disengage the autopilot.
Option 2 (panel switch)
1. Push the AP DISC▼ bar on the FCP to the DOWN position. Result: The autopilot is disconnected.
-- End of Disengage the autopilot --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.11 Set up Flight Guidance System
Table of Contents
Engage yaw damper
Overview
1. Push the YD1 and YD2 buttons on the Yaw Damper Panel. Result: The yellow YD symbol is removed from
the FMA field on the PFD.
-- End of Engage yaw damper --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.12 Set up Flight Guidance System Acronyms/Terms

YD - Yaw Damper
Disengage yaw damper
Table of Contents
Prerequisites
Yaw Damper (YD) engaged

Overview
1. Push the DISC button on the Yaw Damper Panel. Result: The autopilot and yaw damper systems are discon-
nected.
-- End of Disengage yaw damper --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.13 Set up Flight Guidance System Note 1: The Pitch mode does
not engage when the following
Engage pitch mode modes are active:
Prerequisites • Glideslope Approach mode
AP DISC▼ bar in the UP position • Vertical GA mode
Flight Director (FD) selected • Vertical Speed mode
• Overspeed mode (while an
Autopilot (AP) engaged
overspeed condition exists).

Overview Acronyms/Terms
1 1. Operate the DOWN ↕UP wheel on the FCP to select the Pitch mode and set the pitch reference. Result: FD - Flight Director
The message PTCH and the current vertical reference show (in green) in the vertical capture field on the
AP - Autopilot
PFD.
Table of Contents

Pitch mode
-- End of Engage pitch mode --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.14 Set up Flight Guidance System Note 1: Default modes (Roll,
Pitch) do not have dedicated but-
Choose flight guidance options tons on the FCP. To return to the
default mode, push the button
Prerequisites corresponding to the current hor-
Navigation source selected and configured as required izontal or vertical mode to toggle
it off.
AP DISC▼ bar in the UP position

Overview
1. XFR Couple mode, used to select Pilot/Copilot autopilot coupling.
2. AP ENG Autopilot engage/disengage.
3. YD Yaw Damper engage/disengage.
1 4. Select the desired lateral navigation mode. Choose one of the following:
• Roll hold (default)
• HDG (Heading) hold
Adjust the heading with the HDG knob on the FCP.
Push the HDG knob to snap the heading reference to the current aircraft heading.
• NAV (Navigation) hold
When a VOR/LOC NAV source is selected the CRS knobs on the FCP are used to adjust the desired course.
• 1/2 BANK (Half Bank) mode (limits the bank angle commanded by other lateral modes)
• TO (Takeoff) mode (selected with the throttle-mounted GA switch, only when on the ground)
• GA (Go Around) mode (selected with the throttle-mounted GA switch, only when in the air)
• APPR (Approach) mode
• B/C (Back Course) approach mode.
5. Select the desired vertical navigation mode. Choose one of the following:
• Pitch hold (default)
• VS (Vertical Speed) hold

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • VNAV (FMS Vertical Navigation)
Table of Contents
• ALT (Altitude) hold
Use the ALT knob on the FCP to select a new preselect altitude.
The ALT knob can also be pushed to acknowledge preselect altitude deviation alerts.
• TO (Takeoff) mode (selected with the throttle-mounted GA switch, only when on the ground)
• GA (Go Around) mode (selected with the throttle-mounted GA switch, only when in the air)
• FLC (Flight Level Change).
-- End of Choose flight guidance options --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.15 Set up Flight Guidance System Note 1: When Overspeed Mode
is active the FD cannot be dese-
Set up flight guidance displays lected.
Overview
1 1. Push a lateral or vertical mode button on the FCP to show the flight director.

2. Select the PFD Config button.

3. Select the ADI Config option in the PFD Config dialog box.
4. Select the VBar or XPtr option in the ADI Config dialog box.

PFD Config menu

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

ADI Config menu

-- End of Set up flight guidance displays --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.16 Set up Flight Guidance System Note 1: If a VOR/LOC NAV
source is selected, the course
Choose flight director steering source may then be set using the CRS
Prerequisites data entry block in the Nav
Source dialog box or the CRS
AP DISC▼ bar in the UP position
knob on the FCP.
PFD format selected
Acronyms/Terms
Overview HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
1. Select the NAV source data block hot spot on the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) area of the Primary Flight tor
Display (PFD). PFD - Primary Flight Display
1 2. Select the desired NAV source in the Nav Source dialog box. Table of Contents

NAV Source dialog box

-- End of Choose flight director steering source --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Flight Guidance System 4-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.17 Set up flight display Note 1:
FPV Cage locks the flight path
Set up ADI options vector to the pitch ladder. When
Prerequisites enough lateral displacement of
the FPV exists, a smaller Ghost
PFD format selected
FPV will still be positioned in the
unlocked FPV location. The use
Overview for this is to visualize the verti-
cal path reference along the pitch
ladder the user can see the cur-
1. Select the PFD Config button. rent vertical path angle. For ex-
ample, when flying a 3 degree
2. Select the ADI Config. glideslope, the FPV should be at
1 3. Select from Flight Path Vector (FPV), Synthetic Vision System (SVS), Metric Alt, or Flt Director options. 3 degrees on the pitch ladder.
However, if a large crosswind ex-
ists, the FPV will displace away
from the pitch ladder on the ADI.
Caging the FPV will put the ref-
erence back onto the ADI’s pitch
ladder.

Acronyms/Terms

FPV - Flight Path Vector

SVS - Synthetic Vision System
Table of Contents
ADI Config dialog box
-- End of Set up ADI options --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up flight display 4-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.18 Set up flight display Note 1: The HDG Ref selection
is displayed when both the onside
Set up HSI options and cross side attitude/heading
Prerequisites sources provide a source of True
Heading (IRS).
PFD format selected

Overview Tip 1- Select the hot spot corre-

sponding to the HSI to show the
HSI Config dialog box directly.
1 1. Select the PFD Config button.
2. Select the HSI Config from the PFD Config dialog box.
3. Select the Overlay, Format or Wind option as needed from the HSI Config dialog box.
1 4. Set the HDG Ref selection as needed. True heading is recommended for use when magnetic heading is
unreliable (for example, at high latitudes).

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up flight display 4-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

HSI Config dialog box

-- End of Set up HSI options --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up flight display 4-32 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.19 Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff Tip 1- The Vspeeds/Mins dialog
box may also be shown by select-
Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff ing the PFD Config
The Pro Line Fusion® avionics system for Challenger 604 includes the Mobile Enablement feature. This allows
for flight planning to be performed on a Personal Electronic Device (PED), and then the resultant flight plan and
Vspeeds may be sent to the avionics system. Vspeeds can be set manually, or the Vspeeds calculated by the
ARINC Direct app on the PED may be accepted. button and then selecting the
Prerequisites Vspeeds/Mins option on the the
PFD Config dialog box.
PFD format selected
Vspeeds sent from PED Acronyms/Terms

PED - Personal Electronic De-

Overview vice
Option 1 – Set Vspeeds manually CCP - Cursor Control Panel

1 1. Touch the lower half of the airspeed tape on the PFD to show the Vspeeds/Mins dialog box.
2. Select the Takeoff tab.
3. Select the Vspeeds desired to be shown on the Airspeed Indicator by selecting the appropriate check boxes.
4. Set the desired Vspeed by adjusting the value using the Cursor Control Panel (CCP) inner knob.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff 4-33 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Note 1: If the FMS Vspeeds are
not received by a PFD from both
FMS, or if the Vspeeds received
miscompare, a yellow VSPD flag
will be posted to the right of the
Airspeed tape.

Table of Contents

Vspeeds/Mins dialog box (Takeoff tab)

Option 2 – Accept Vspeeds from FMS
1. Select the Takeoff Vspeeds format on the FMS.
2. Enter all performance data (OAT, etc.).
1 3. Press Send once the FMS has computed Vspeeds. Result: Vspeeds will be shown in magenta.
4. Select the Vspeeds desired to be shown on the Airspeed Indicator by selecting the appropriate check boxes.
-- End of Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Vspeeds for Takeoff 4-34 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.20 Set up chart format Note 1: Charts may be displayed
in either a Half (1/2) size or full
Choose airport charts size page.
Prerequisites
Note 2:
Chart format selected (MKP button)
The Chartlink™ feature pop-
ulates the chart list based on
Overview the entered FMS flight plan.
Charts automatically selected by
1 1. Select the Orig icon or select Other to search for an airport that is not in the flight plan.
Chartlink™ are shown in ma-
2 2. Select the chart drop down menu. genta text. Charts manually se-
lected by the pilot are shown in
cyan text.
If two approaches exist for the
same selected runway, the oper-
ator will need to select the appro-
priate chart.

Tip 1- The Task dialog box allows

other options to be selected for
the chart display. To zoom the
chart, place the cursor within the
chart image and use the CCP in-
ner knob.

Chart menu
1 3. Select a chart from the drop down menu, or select Edit... to open a Chart list dialog box for that airport.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up chart format 4-35 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Chart list dialog box

4. Select the eye-shaped view button to the right of the chart name to select the chart. Or, select a category
button (Arrival, Approach, Airport, etc.) to view all the charts in that category for the selected airport.
-- End of Choose airport charts --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up chart format 4-36 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.21 Set up chart format Note 1:
The NOTAMS may also be ac-
Read the chart NOTAMS cessed from the chart window.
Prerequisites • Select the drop down chart
Chart format selected (MKP button) menu
• Select Edit...
Overview • Select Chart NOTAMS from
the chart window.
1. Select the NOTAMS tab at the bottom of the Chart format (on the touch screen toolbar).
1 2. Use the page controls to view the chart NOTAMS.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up chart format 4-37 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Destination chart list dialog box
Select NOTAMS

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up chart format 4-38 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Chart NOTAMS
Select NOTAMS
-- End of Read the chart NOTAMS --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up chart format 4-39 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.22 Set up SXM Graphical Weather
Choose GWX overlays on MFW map
Prerequisites
MAP format selected

Overview
1. Select the Ovly icon. Result: The Overlay dialog box shows.
2. Select SXM GWX from the Overlay dialog box or from the touchscreen toolbar.
3. Select a weather product from the lower section of the Overlay dialog box. The age of the product is shown
to the right of the selection.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up SXM Graphical Weather 4-40 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Map Overlay dialog box

-- End of Choose GWX overlays on MFW map --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up SXM Graphical Weather 4-41 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.23 Set up SXM Graphical Weather Note 1:
The selections for terminal re-
Choose SXM GXW text reports ports and the displayed informa-
Prerequisites tion for SIGMET and AIRMET re-
ports are defined by the active
Map format selected
flight plan. If no flight plan is ac-
tive, the selections and informa-
Overview tion in the text reports will be lim-
ited. Use the Other selection to
1. Push the Ovly icon. Result: The Ovly dialog box shows.
see reports for a non-flight plan
1 2. Select the reports item. airport.
3. Select between Significant Meteorological Information (SIGMET), Airmen’s Meteorological Information
(AIRMET) and terminal weather reports: METAR and Terminal Area Forecast (TAF). Acronyms/Terms

SIGMET - Significant Meteoro-

logical Information
AIRMET - Airmen’s Meteorologi-
cal Information
TAF - Terminal Area Forecast

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up SXM Graphical Weather 4-42 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

GWX Text dialog box

GWX Text dialog box

-- End of Choose SXM GXW text reports --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up SXM Graphical Weather 4-43 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.24 Set up SXM Graphical Weather
Table of Contents
Show the SXM GWX legend
Prerequisites
Map format selected

Overview
1. Push the Ovly icon.
2. Select the Legend/Status item. Result: The Legend/Status dialog box shows.
3. Use the scroll control to show all the data on the Legend/Status dialog box.

SXM GWX Legend

-- End of Show the SXM GWX legend --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up SXM Graphical Weather 4-44 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.25 Set up Data Link Graphical Weather Note 1:
Data Link weather products
Show Data Link GWX observations must be requested through the
Prerequisites Datalink format before they may
be shown on the GWX format.
Quarter (1/4) size page selected
GWX format selected, if installed

Overview
1 1. Select the Obsv icon. Result: The Observation Report dialog box shows.
2. Select an observation report from the menu. The time stamp and age information are shown across the bottom
of the GWX format.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Data Link Graphical Weather 4-45 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

DL Observation Report dialog box

-- End of Show Data Link GWX observations --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Data Link Graphical Weather 4-46 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.26 Set up Datalink Graphical Weather Note 1:
Datalink weather reports must be
Show GWX forecasts requested through the Datalink
Prerequisites format before they may be shown
on the GWX format.
Quarter (1/4) size page selected
GWX format selected

Overview
1 1. Select the Fcst icon.
2. Select a forecast report from the dialog box. The time stamp and age information are shown across the bottom
of the GWX format.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Datalink Graphical Weather 4-47 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Forecast Report dialog box

-- End of Show GWX forecasts --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Datalink Graphical Weather 4-48 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.27 Set up Weather Radar system Acronyms/Terms

WXR - Weather Radar

Choose WXR overlay
WXR+LX - Weather Radar plus
Prerequisites Lightning
MAP format selected

Overview
1. Push the Ovly icon. Result: The Overlay dialog box shows.
2. Select Weather Radar (WXR) or Weather Radar plus Lightning (WXR+LX) from the Overlay dialog box or from
the touchscreen toolbar.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Weather Radar system 4-49 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Overlay dialog box

-- End of Choose WXR overlay --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Weather Radar system 4-50 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.28 Set up Weather Radar system Tip 1- The Radar Mode dialog
box may also be accessed by se-
Perform WXR test lecting the Radar mode legend
Prerequisites hot spot on the HSI format.
PFD or MAP format selected
Acronyms/Terms
Weather Radar (WXR) overlay selected
WXR - Weather Radar
WXR or WXR+LX option selected
Table of Contents

Overview

1. Select the PFD Config button.

1 2. Select Radar Mode in the PFD config dialog box.
3. Select Test in the Radar Mode dialog box.
4. View the test pattern on the map or HSI.
-- End of Perform WXR test --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Weather Radar system 4-51 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.29 Set up Weather Radar system Note 1: The options on the Radar
Mode dialog box may differ, de-
Choose WXR mode pending on the type of weather
radar installed.
Prerequisites
PFD or MAP format selected Tip 1- The Radar Mode dialog
box may also be accessed by se-
Weather Radar (WXR) overlay selected
lecting the Radar mode legend
WXR or WXR+LX option selected hot spot on the HSI format.

Acronyms/Terms
Overview
WXR - Weather Radar
GCS - Ground Clutter Suppres-
1. Select PFD Config button. sion
1 2. Select the Radar Mode from the PFD Config dialog box.

1 3. Select the Radar, Mode, and/or Function from the Radar Mode dialog box as desired. The radar modes
are as follows:
• WX – Weather returns only.
• WX + Turb – Weather and turbulence returns.
• Turb – Turbulence only returns.
• Gnd Map – Ground returns only.

The radar functions is as follows:

• Target Arm – Searches a +/- 15 degree sector in front of the aircraft and provides a TGT or TRB
alert annunciation over the WXR Tilt readout if an area of significant precipitation or turbulence is
detected.
• Sector Scan – Reduces the sweep of the radar antenna from a +/- 60 degree sweep to a +/- 30
degree sweep, for faster refreshes on a specific area.
• GCS – Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) reduces false returns from ground clutter when selected.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Weather Radar system 4-52 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Radar Mode dialog box
4. MultiScan™ Radar (Optional)
5. If the optional RTA-4114 MultiScan™ Radar is installed the Radar Mode dialog box will show different selec-
tions. The Function selections are replaced with the MultiScan™ selections, though the GCS is maintained.
6. The MultiScan™ Function selections are as follows:
• Auto – Automatic Mode. The MultiScan™ Radar is designed to work in the fully Automatic mode at all
times. Operators select only the desired range and operating mode. Tilt and gain inputs are not required.
• Manual – Manual Mode. Manual is intended to be the secondary mode of operation, tilt and gain are
manually controlled. GCS is not available when in Manual mode.
• GCS – Reduces false returns from ground clutter when selected.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Weather Radar system 4-53 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Radar Mode dialog box (Multiscan)

-- End of Choose WXR mode --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Weather Radar system 4-54 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.30 Set up Map Note 1: Terrain data may also
be shown on the HSI display by
Show the Terrain overlay on the map using the following process:
Prerequisites
1. Select the PFD Config
MAP format selected (MKP button)

button .
Overview
2. Select HSI Config in the
1 1. Select the Overlay icon.
PFD Config dialog box.
2 2. Select the Topo Terrain or Relative Terrain option from the Overlay dialog box. The Topo and Rel 3. Select the TAWS option in
options of the Terr button on the Map touchscreen toolbar perform the same functions. the HSI Config dialog box.

Note 2:
The Terrain overlays may be cy-
cled by pressing the Terr button
on the Map touchscreen toolbar.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Map 4-55 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Overlay dialog box

-- End of Show the Terrain overlay on the map --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Map 4-56 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.31 Set up TCAS II Note 1: In Auto mode, the system
will select traffic limits based on
Set up TCAS II vertical speed.
Prerequisites
PFD format selected Acronyms/Terms

HSI Config option selected ID - Identifier

Tune/DLNK format selected (MKP button)

Overview
Transponder Setup
1. Select the XPR/TFC icon. Result: The Traffic tune page is displayed.
2. Enter the desired squawk Code.
3. Set the Identifier (ID) for the Mode S address.
1 4. Choose a Control Mode and Altitude Limit in the Control box.
5. Select a transponder radio button from the XPDR Sel list.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up TCAS II 4-57 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 TFC Tune page

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up TCAS II 4-58 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Traffic overlay on the HSI
Tip 1- The HSI Config dialog box
may also be accessed by select-
ing the HSI overlay legend hot
1. Select the PFD Config button. spot on the HSI.
1 2. Select HSI Config in the PFD Config dialog box.
3. Select the Traffic overlay in the HSI Config dialog box to show TCAS symbols on the HSI display.

HSI Config dialog box

Traffic overlay on the map
1. On the map display, select the Ovly icon.
2. In the Overlay dialog box, select the Traffic Overlay to show TCAS symbols on the moving map display.

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up TCAS II 4-59 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Overlay dialog box

-- End of Set up TCAS II --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up TCAS II 4-60 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
4.32 Set up Video
Table of Contents
Set brightness and contrast
The video format shows one non-selectable video source, if the video option is installed.
Prerequisites
Quarter (1/4) size page selected
Video format selected

Overview
1. Touch the video format screen. Result: The Controls dialog box shows.
2. Use the Controls dialog box or the touchscreen toolbar to adjust the video brightness and contrast.

Controls dialog box

Video touchscreen toolbar

-- End of Set brightness and contrast --

®
4 Engine start/Departure > Set up Video 4-61 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5 Initial climb
5.1 Set up displays for initial climb
Memorized configurations
The display setup for initial climb can be accomplished through the use of the memorized configuration selections.
There are eight memorized display configurations. Configurations 7 and 8 are user defined.
Push the MEM key on the MKP to show the MEM RECALL 1-8 message in the onside scratchpad and show the
memory touchscreen toolbar. Push a number key from 1 to 8 to recall the respective memorized configuration.
Push and hold the MEM key for more than two seconds to show the MEM STORE 7-8 message in the onside
scratchpad and show the memory touchscreen toolbar. Push the number 7 or 8 key to store the current display
configuration.

Memory touchscreen toolbar

The first six memorized configuration slots are defined when the system is installed, but they may be modified
using the Dataload Enable switch.
Table 3 Emer configuration
PFD 1 MFD PFD 2
Full PFD Full Map Full PFD

SVS: Enabled Map orientation: Hdg Up SVS: Enabled

HSI Map range: 50 MFW Map range: 50 HSI Map range: 50
HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS MFW Overlays: Traffic, Topo HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS
Terrain
HSI format: CDI HSI format: CDI

Table 4 Taxi configuration

®
5 Initial climb > Set up displays for initial climb 5-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PFD 1 MFD PFD 2
PFD Chart FMS Chart Chart PFD

SVS: Enabled SVS: Enabled

HSI Map range: 10 HSI Map range: 10
HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS
HSI format: CDI HSI format: CDI

Table 5 T/O configuration

PFD 1 MFD PFD 2
Full PFD FMS Map Full PFD

SVS: Enabled Map orientation: Hdg Up SVS: Enabled

HSI Map range: 10 MFW Map range: 20 HSI Map range: 10
HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS MFW Overlays: Traffic, Relative HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS
Terrain
HSI format: CDI HSI format: CDI

Table 6 Cruise configuration

PFD 1 MFD PFD 2
Full PFD Full Map Full PFD

SVS: Enabled Map orientation: Hdg Up SVS: Enabled

HSI Map range: 50 MFW Map range: 100 HSI Map range: 50
HSI Overlays: Traffic, WXR+Turb MFW Overlays: Traffic, Topo HSI Overlays: Traffic, WXR+Turb
Terrain, SXM GWX
HSI format: CDI HSI format: CDI

Table 7 Descent configuration

®
5 Initial climb > Set up displays for initial climb 5-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PFD 1 MFD PFD 2
Table of Contents
Full PFD FMS Map Full PFD

SVS: Enabled Map orientation: Hdg Up SVS: Enabled

HSI Map range: 50 MFW Map range: 100 HSI Map range: 50
HSI Overlays: WXR+Turb MFW Overlays: Traffic, Topo HSI Overlays: WXR+Turb
Terrain, SXM GWX
HSI format: CDI HSI format: CDI

Table 8 Appr configuration

PFD 1 MFD PFD 2
Full PFD FMS Map Chart PFD

SVS: Enabled Map orientation: Hdg Up SVS: Enabled

MFW Map range: 20 HSI Map range: HSI Map range: 10
10
HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS MFW Overlays: Traffic, Relative HSI Overlays: Traffic, TAWS
Terrain
HSI format: CDI HSI format: CDI

-- End of Memorized configurations --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up displays for initial climb 5-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.2 Set up NAV Note 1: The NAV source area of
the display shows the following:
Choose active NAV source
• NAV source
Prerequisites • NAV source IDENT or fre-
PFD format selected quency
• Desired Track or Course se-
Overview lected
• Time to go - TTG
1. Select the NAV source data block hot spot on the Primary Flight Display (PFD).
• Distance to go - DTG
1 1 2. Select the desired NAV source from the Nav Source dialog box. Not all fields will be populated de-
pendent upon the type of NAV
source selected.

Tip 1- When using a VOR/ILS,

the navigation course can be set
using the CRS knob on the Flight
Control Panel, or the CRS field on
the NAV Source dialog box.

Nav Source dialog box Acronyms/Terms

-- End of Choose active NAV source -- PFD - Primary Flight Display
Table of Contents

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.3 Set up NAV Tip 1- Options include FMS,
VOR, and ADF.
Set up bearing source
Prerequisites Acronyms/Terms
PFD format selected HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
tor
Overview Table of Contents
1. Select the bearing source annunciation data block hot spot on the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI).
1 2. Select the desired bearing source from the Brg Source dialog box.

Bearing Source dialog box

-- End of Set up bearing source --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.4 Set up NAV Note 1: The VNAV mode is auto-
matically deselected if you:
Set up Vertical Navigation (VNAV)
• Select the GA mode
Prerequisites • Select the glideslope capture
Active Flight Plan loaded • Change the NAV source on the
FMS NAV source selected side for the autopilot coupling
• Change the coupled side.
Overview
Acronyms/Terms
1. Make sure that required altitude constraints are entered in the flight plan.
FCP - Flight Control Panel
1 2. Push the VNAV button on the Flight Control Panel (FCP).
VNAV - Vertical Navigation
3. Select the Vertical Mode desired for the Vertical Navigation (VNAV) guidance. VS - Vertical Speed
• Pitch FLC - Flight Level Change
• Vertical Speed (VS) Table of Contents
• Flight Level Change (FLC).
-- End of Set up Vertical Navigation (VNAV) --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.5 Set up NAV Note 1:
The Crossing dialog box may also
Set up speed commands be shown by selecting Crossing
Prerequisites from a Waypoint task menu.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Table of Contents
Fly icon selected
Route tab selected

Overview
1 1. Select the waypoint data area on the Route tab.
2. Enter the speed command in the IAS data entry field in the Crossing dialog box.
3. Push the Exec button.

Crossing dialog box

-- End of Set up speed commands --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.6 Set up NAV Note 1: Parallel offset entry is
also shown at the top of the FMS
Add/change/delete a parallel offset Fly tile Route page.
Prerequisites
Note 2: Enter the direction (L
Flight plan entered and activated
or R) followed by the distance in
MAP display shown (MKP button) tenths of a mile. The operator
may also select the Parallel Offset
data entry field and twist the CCP
Overview
DSK inner knob right or left to set
the offset.
1 1. Select the aircraft symbol on the map. Result: The PPos dialog box shows.
Tip 1- This same process can be
2. Select the Parallel Offset option. used to edit or delete an existing
2 3. Enter the offset direction and distance in the Parallel Offset data entry field. Parallel Offset. To delete an off-
set, select Delete Offset.
1 4. Push Exec.

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PPos dialog box

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Parallel Offset dialog box

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Parallel Offset map view

-- End of Add/change/delete a parallel offset --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up NAV 5-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.7 Tune COM radios Tip 1- There are tabs in the Pre-
Tune radio preset identifier set Frequencies dialog box that
correspond to the Origin, Desti-
Prerequisites nation, Alternate, and User preset
Tune/DLNK MKP button lists. When the tab is selected,
the presets associated with that
COM icon selected part of the flight plan are shown.

Overview Table of Contents

1. Push the Presets button.

1 2. On the COMx Preset Frequencies dialog box, select the preset frequency to be tuned.
3. The presets dialog box will close with the selected preset frequency in the standby. Push the swap arrow
button to switch the entered frequency to the active frequency.

COM1 Preset Frequencies dialog box

-- End of Tune radio preset identifier --

®
5 Initial climb > Tune COM radios 5-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.8 Tune COM radios
Tune radio manual frequency
Prerequisites
Tune/DLNK MKP button
COM icon selected

Overview
1. Enter the new manual frequency in the PRE or RCL data entry field.

2. Push the swap arrow button to switch the entered frequency to the active frequency.

®
5 Initial climb > Tune COM radios 5-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Tune page
-- End of Tune radio manual frequency --

®
5 Initial climb > Tune COM radios 5-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.9 Tune COM radios
Table of Contents
Set COM radio modes
Prerequisites
Tune/DLNK MKP button
COM icon selected

Overview
1. Push the Ctrl button on the COM menu for the radio desired.
2. Select the desired COM options:
• Squelch on/off
• Channel spacing (8.33 or 25).

COM1 Control dialog box

-- End of Set COM radio modes --

®
5 Initial climb > Tune COM radios 5-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.10 Update a flight plan Tip 1- The graphical flight plan-
ning menus available on the map
Change the flight plan (graphical) are the exact same menus avail-
able form the FMS pages (when
Edits to a flight plan can be made in a number of different ways. One of these ways is the use of graphical flight
selecting the waypoint icon to the
planning. What follows is an example of some of the operations that can be performed using graphical flight
left of the waypoint name).
planning.
Tip 2- Flight planning related op-
Prerequisites
erations available in the waypoint
Map display menu include:
Direct-To
Reroute
Overview
Delete
1 1. Select the point of interest on the map. Airways...
Hold...
2 2. Select the operation of interest in the waypoint dialog box. Fly Over
3. Push the Exec button. Vertical Direct-To
Crossing...
PB/D Wpt...
Along Track Wpt
Fix...
Additional options may be avail-
able for selection based on the
type of point selected. Options
not available will show in grey text
and will not be selectable.

®
5 Initial climb > Update a flight plan 5-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Waypoint dialog box

-- End of Change the flight plan (graphical) --

®
5 Initial climb > Update a flight plan 5-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.11 Set up flight display
Table of Contents
Set altitude preselect
Prerequisites
PFD format

Overview
Option 1
1. Set the altitude preselect with the ALT knob on the FCP.
Option 2
1. Touch the upper half of the altitude tape PFD.
2. Use the buttons to set the thousands and hundreds digits of the preselect altitude.

Altitude preselect dialog box

®
5 Initial climb > Set up flight display 5-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 -- End of Set altitude preselect --
Table of Contents

®
5 Initial climb > Set up flight display 5-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.12 Set up flight display Tip 1- The HSI Config dialog box
may be accessed by selecting
Set up Horizontal Situation Indicator any of the hot spot readouts on
Prerequisites the HSI, such as the center of the
HSI (compass), the HSI Overlay
PFD Format selected legend, or the Wind readout.

Overview Table of Contents

1. Select the PFD Config button.

1 2. Select HSI Config option from the PFD Config dialog box.
3. Select Overlay options (Traffic, Relative Terrain, and WXR) as required from the HSI Config dialog box.
4. Select HDG Ref, Wind, and Format options as required.

HSI Config dialog box

®
5 Initial climb > Set up flight display 5-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 -- End of Set up Horizontal Situation Indicator --
Table of Contents

®
5 Initial climb > Set up flight display 5-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.13 Set up flight display Note 1:
When STD is the current BARO
Update barometric pressure correction setting, pushing the SET ↕ STD
Prerequisites knob will change the BARO to the
manual setting.
PFD format selected
This function may be used for
BARO Pre-select. When given
Overview a descent clearance with a pres-
sure correction setting, the crew
Option 1
can enter this setting into the
1 1. Turn the BARO knob to manually set the barometric pressure correction, or push the SET ↕ STD knob to BARO. When the aircraft de-
set the barometric pressure correction to standard pressure. scends through the transition al-
titude, the STD annunciation will
Option 2
turn yellow and flash for 5 sec-
1. Touch the barometric readout area of display. onds. The crew can then push
2 2. Push ↑up or ↓down arrow buttons as needed or select STD. the SET ↕ STD knob to change
the BARO to the manual pres-
Option 3 sure correction setting.

Note 2: The CCP data knob may

1. Select the PFD Config button. also be used to change the value.

2. Select the Baro... option to show the Baro dialog box.

3. Use the data entry field or arrows to set the barometric pressure correction, or select STD.

®
5 Initial climb > Set up flight display 5-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Set BARO dialog box

-- End of Update barometric pressure correction --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up flight display 5-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.14 Set up map Note 1:
Airborne weather radar can be
Select map orientation displayed in either North-up or
Prerequisites Heading up map formats.
When in Heading up mode and
MAP format selected (MKP button)
the Map is panned, the Map
switches to Fixed Heading mode.
Overview In Fixed Heading mode, the Map
is oriented to the heading at the
1 1. Select the Orient icon to toggle between heading and North-up orientation.
time the Map was initially panned.
-- End of Select map orientation --
Table of Contents

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.15 Set up map
Show FMS text window
Prerequisites
MAP format selected (MKP button)

Overview

1. Select Window icon to show the FMS progress text at the bottom of the map.

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

FMS text window

-- End of Show FMS text window --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.16 Set up map
Choose map symbols
Prerequisites
MAP format selected (MKP button)

Overview
1. Select the Symbol icon. Result: Map Symbol dialog box shows.
2. Select the map symbols as desired.

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Map symbol menu

-- End of Choose map symbols --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.17 Set up map Note 1: The Relative terrain over-
lay is mutually exclusive with the
Set up terrain options weather radar overlay. Select-
Prerequisites ing one will deselect the other.
The Topo terrain overlay may be
MAP format selected (MKP button)
shown at the same time as the
weather radar overlay.
Overview
Note 2: Relative terrain high-
1 1 1. Select Ovly icon. Result: Overlay dialog box shows.
lights possible terrain hazards by
2 2. Select the Topo Terrain, Relative Terrain, or Off option. comparing terrain elevation to air-
craft altitude. This feature is pro-
Table 9 Relative terrain colors vided for situational awareness.
Color Meaning Any tactical decision regarding
terrain should be made using the
Red Terrain is 2000 feet above aircraft altitude.
TAWS overlay on the HSI.
Bright yellow Terrain is between 1000 and 2000 feet above aircraft
altitude.
Tip 1- Terrain options may also
Dark yellow (mustard) Terrain is between 500 feet below and 1000 feet
be selected with the Terr button
above aircraft altitude.
on the Map touch screen toolbar.
Bright green Terrain is between 500 and 1000 feet below aircraft This control toggles between to-
altitude. pographic, relative, and Off.
Dark green Terrain is between 1000 and 2000 feet below aircraft
altitude.
Solid black Terrain is at least 2000 feet below aircraft altitude.
Solid blue Water.

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Overlay dialog box

-- End of Set up terrain options --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.18 Set up map Tip 1- The TCAS traffic overlay
may also be toggled on and off
Set up traffic options with the Tfc control on the Map
Prerequisites touch screen toolbar.
MAP format selected (MKP button)

Overview
1 1. Select the Ovly icon on the Map menu bar.
2. Select the Traffic option to toggle the display of TCAS traffic information on and off.

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Overlay dialog box

-- End of Set up traffic options --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up map 5-32 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.19 Set up chart Acronyms/Terms

IFIS - Integrated Flight Informa-

Chart menu
tion System
Chart Menu
Table of Contents
The Chart Menu allows configuration and manipulation of the Integrated Flight Information System (IFIS) Elec-
tronic Charts.
The FMS flight plan origin airport, departure runway and departure procedure, destination airport, arrival proce-
dure and arrival runway are used by the IFIS function to preload the electronic charts for those specific airports.
Additional charts may be accessed at anytime by selecting the empty chart que location and then selecting the
chart desired from the list that appears.
When viewing the charts for any specific airport, the multi-function data knob can be used to scroll through the
charts available for that specific airport.

Chart menu
Select the Task icon on the Chart menu bar to bring up the IFIS chart dialog box which offers additional options.
IFIS charts may be geo-referenced by the chart producer to allow showing the aircraft location on the chart in
view. Not all charts are geo-referenced.
-- End of Chart menu --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up chart 5-33 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.20 Set up Chart Tip 1- NOTAMS may also be ac-
cessed through the Chart menus.
Show chart NOTAMS 1. Select the appropriate icon
Prerequisites from the menu bar.
2. Select the drop down menu.
Chart format selected (MKP button)
3. Select Edit...
4. Select the Chart NOTAMS but-
Overview ton.
5. Select the specific chart NO-
1. Select the icon for the airport of interest (Origin, Destination, Alternate, Other).
TAM to read.
1 2. Select the Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) tab from the Chart touchscreen toolbar.
Acronyms/Terms
3. Select the specific chart NOTAM to read.
NOTAM - Notice to Airmen

®
5 Initial climb > Set up Chart 5-34 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Airport Charts dialog box

®
5 Initial climb > Set up Chart 5-35 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Chart NOTAMS
-- End of Show chart NOTAMS --

®
5 Initial climb > Set up Chart 5-36 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
5.21 SVS overlay Acronyms/Terms

SVS - Synthetic Vision System

Choose SVS overlay
ADI - Attitude Director Indicator
Synthetic Vision System

The Synthetic Vision System (SVS) uses terrain and obstacle data to create a synthetic image of the outside
world to aid in situational awareness.

Synthetic Vision System

The SVS uses a terrain database and current position information to generate a virtual landscape for display on
the Attitude Director Indicator (ADI). The SVS can replace the normal sky/ground depiction that makes up the
background of the ADI.

The SVS database has limitations in some regions. The SVS image will be degraded when flying in areas indi-
cated on the following map:

®
5 Initial climb > SVS overlay 5-37 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 SVS degraded regions

In the above map, the colors indicate the following status:

• Green: best terrain data, within the desired 30-meter accuracy.
• Yellow: terrain data is close to 30-meter accuracy, but may have some outliers beyond.
• Red: worst terrain data, mostly greater than 30-meter accuracy.

The SVS image is shown on the ADI by selecting SVS in the ADI Config dialog box.

The ground shows in a manner that corresponds in its color to the absolute terrain elevation. Water features are
shown to aid in situational awareness.

Obstacles are depicted on the SVS display in two styles, a “building” representation and a “tower” representation.
These representations are shown for all obstacles contained in the obstacle database that are in excess of 200
feet above ground level. The height of the obstacle depiction is proportionate to the obstacle height.

®
5 Initial climb > SVS overlay 5-38 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The SVS field-of-view shows on the Map display by the use of a solid (larger field of view) or dashed (smaller field
Note 1: De-select Synthetic Vi-
of view) grey triangle showing the viewing angle of the SVS representation. When one PFD shows a full PFD
sion the same way in which it is
with SVS and the second display shows the split PFD with SVS, the two different viewing angles will be shown
enabled.
on the map display with two viewing angles superimposed on the map.

The origin, destination, and alternate airports are all communicated from the FMS flight plan to the SVS system.
This allows the SVS system to show these airports for situational awareness of the crew. For approach refer-
ence purposes, the selected runways (cyan outline for the departure runway, magenta outline for the destination
runway) are drawn by the SVS system along with an extended approach center-line with range markers. The
extended center-line will be visible at ranges less than 15NM from the destination airport.

At ranges beyond 5NM the SVS system will draw an opaque, hemispheric dome about the origin (cyan out-
line), destination (magenta outline), and alternate (white outline) airport locations. This hemisphere will gradually
change from opaque to transparent starting at opaque beyond 15NM to transparent at 5NM away from the air-
ports in question.
Prerequisites
PFD display

Overview

1. Select the PFD Config button.

2. Select the ADI Config option.
1 3. Select the SVS option on the ADI Config dialog box.

®
5 Initial climb > SVS overlay 5-39 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

ADI Config menu

-- End of Choose SVS overlay --

®
5 Initial climb > SVS overlay 5-40 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6 Cruise
6.1 Set up flight guidance Note 1: When FMS is the navi-
gation source and the FMS “No
Set up flight guidance for cruise Fpln” (No Flight Plan) condition
Prerequisites exists, the FMS1/2 annuncia-
tion in the Flight Director lateral
Active Flight Plan loaded
mode area may remain green,
NAV source selected indicating a valid source of nav-
igation even though the FMS is
no longer following a flight plan.
Overview
This can happen, for example,
1. Select the desired vertical mode. when the last waypoint of a flight
1 2. Select the desired lateral mode. plan has been sequenced. The
crew should remain alert to the
3. Engage the autopilot as desired. No Fpln FMS message, and cor-
rect the situation or change to a
different navigation source if that
occurs.

®
6 Cruise > Set up flight guidance 6-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Flight mode annunciators

-- End of Set up flight guidance for cruise --

®
6 Cruise > Set up flight guidance 6-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.2 Perform hold operations Note 1: Select the waypoint icon
on the map or FMS formats to
Set up a hold show the waypoint dialog box.
Prerequisites
Active Flight Plan loaded Acronyms/Terms

EFC - Expect Further Clearance

Overview
1 1. Select the PPOS aircraft symbol or waypoint icon for the location of the desired hold.
2. Select Hold on the waypoint dialog box.
3. Verify or Enter hold values into the appropriate data entry fields.
4. Enter Expect Further Clearance (EFC) Time into the EFC Time data entry field.
5. Push Exec.

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Hold selection

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Hold dialog box

-- End of Set up a hold --

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.3 Perform hold operations
Table of Contents
Change a hold
Prerequisites
Active Flight Plan loaded with a Hold

Overview
1. Select the hold at waypoint.
2. Select the Hold option from the waypoint dialog box.
3. Edit the data in the data entry fields of the Hold dialog box.
4. Push Exec.

Do not modify a charted hold unless the deviation is approved by Air Traffic Control.
-- End of Change a hold --

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.4 Perform hold operations
Table of Contents
Enter a hold
Prerequisites
Active flight plan entered
Hold contained in the flight plan

Overview
1. A hold may be activated using any of the following methods:
• Automatic sequence to the Hold waypoint
• Make the hold waypoint the active waypoint
• Perform a Direct-To the hold waypoint
• Make the hold waypoint the FROM waypoint.
-- End of Enter a hold --

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.5 Perform hold operations Tip 1- The Hold dialog box can
also be accessed using the fol-
Exit a hold lowing steps:
Prerequisites • Navigate to the Route page in
the FMS format.
FMS format selected (MKP button) • Select the HOLD AT waypoint.
Fly icon selected • Select the Hold dialog box op-
tion.
Route tab selected • Select the Exit Hold button.
Active flight plan • Push Exec.
Hold pattern active

Overview
1 1. Push the Exit Hold button on the Route tab or on the FMS text window on the Map.

Exit hold
To cancel the exit of a hold:
1. Select the Cncl Exit button on the Route tab.
2. Push Exec.

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Cancel exit
-- End of Exit a hold --

®
6 Cruise > Perform hold operations 6-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.6 Search NAV database Note 1: The following data is dis-
Find airport data played on the airport data page:
• Ident - The airport Identifier
Prerequisites and region
FMS format selected (MKP button) • Long Rwy- Longest Runway
Search icon selected • ARP Location – Airport Refer-
ence Point Location
Overview • Runway Length – The units
for runway length display, se-
1 1. Enter the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) airport identifier in the Ident data entry field. lectable for either feet or me-
ters
2 2. Select the tab for the data desired, Localizers, Runways, Term Wpts, or Term NDBs.
• Mag Var – Magnetic Variation
from the navigation database
• Name -The name of the airport
• ARP Elev - Airport Reference
Point Elevation, in feet.

Note 2: If a tab is disabled

(greyed out), none of those items
exist in the database for the en-
tered airport.

Acronyms/Terms

ICAO - International Civil Avia-

tion Organization

®
6 Cruise > Search NAV database 6-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Airport data page

-- End of Find airport data --

®
6 Cruise > Search NAV database 6-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.7 Search NAV database Note 1: Depending on the type
Find a waypoint of waypoint entered, the data dis-
played varies.
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button) Table of Contents
Search icon selected

Overview
1 1. Enter the waypoint identifier in the Ident data entry field.

Search for a waypoint

-- End of Find a waypoint --

®
6 Cruise > Search NAV database 6-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.8 Search NAV database Tip 1- The Pilot Waypoint identi-
View pilot waypoints fier may be entered in the Ident
field on the FMS Search page to
Prerequisites view detailed information.
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Search icon selected

Overview
1. Push the Pilot Waypoints button.
1 2. The existing pilot waypoints show in the Pilot Waypoints dialog box.

®
6 Cruise > Search NAV database 6-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Pilot Waypoints dialog box

-- End of View pilot waypoints --

®
6 Cruise > Search NAV database 6-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.9 Monitor NAV Acronyms/Terms

Position report TTG - Time To Go

Prerequisites DTG - Distance To Go

FMS format selected (MKP button)

Fly icon selected
Pos Report tab selected

Overview
1. View the position report details.
Details are shown for the following flight plan waypoints:
• Previous waypoint and midpoint of the current leg
• “To” waypoint
• Next waypoint.
Additional data shown at the bottom of the page:
• Destination airport identifier
• Time To Go (TTG)
• Time aloft
• Distance To Go (DTG)
• Distance flown
• FMS fuel remaining
• FMS fuel used.

®
6 Cruise > Monitor NAV 6-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Position report
-- End of Position report --

®
6 Cruise > Monitor NAV 6-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.10 Update a flight plan Note 1: There are three options
to select a waypoint:
Add along-track offset
• Option 1: Select the waypoint
Prerequisites on the Map display.
Active Flight Plan loaded • Option 2: Select the waypoint
icon on the FMS Flight Plan
Option 1: Map format selected (MKP button)
tab.
Option 2: FMS format selected (MKP button) • Option 3: Select the waypoint
Option 3: Flight Plan tab OR Route tab selected icon on the FMS Route tab.

Note 2: When using the along

Overview track waypoint function, positive
1 1. Select the desired waypoint. (+) distance values place the new
reference waypoint AFTER the
2 2. Enter the along-track distance in the Along Track Wpt data entry field. selected waypoint. Negative (-)
distances place the new refer-
3. Push Exec.
ence waypoint BEFORE the se-
-- End of Add along-track offset -- lected waypoint.

Table of Contents

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.11 Update a flight plan Acronyms/Terms

LOP - Line of Position

Fix menu
TTG - Time To Go
Fix menu
Table of Contents
The fix menu is used to set a number of fixes that the pilot can use as reference points related to the current flight
plan. These fixes, once defined, may also be inserted into the active or secondary flight plans. Fixes may also
be used as the basis of a pilot waypoint.
The fix page allows the pilot to specify the basis or root of the fix to be created. This is often an existing NAV
database point or NAVAID. A variety of options may then be selected to determine where the existing flight plan
crosses this fix Line of Position (LOP).
Reference waypoint, Radial Crossing, Distance crossing, Time Offset, Along Track ETA, Latitude crossing, and
Longitude crossing fields may all be designated individually to determine the point of intersection. Abeam Refer-
ence and Insert As Waypoint are selectable options once the fix is defined.
At the bottom of the Fix dialog box shows the calculated direct-to distance and Time To Go (TTG).

Fix dialog box

-- End of Fix menu --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.12 Update a flight plan Note 1: A maximum of 10 fixes
may be added to a flight plan.
Set a fix Once 10 fixes have been entered,
Prerequisites the operator must delete one of
the 10 in order to create a new fix.
Active flight plan loaded
Refer to the following procedure,
Erase a fix.
Overview
Table of Contents
1. Select a reference waypoint from the Map or from the FMS Fly tile Route page.
2. Select Fix from the Waypoint dialog box.
1 3. Enter the fix description in the Fix dialog box.
-- End of Set a fix --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.13 Update a flight plan
Table of Contents
Erase a fix
Prerequisites
Active flight plan loaded

Overview
1. Open the Fix dialog box from the Map or the FMS Fly tile Route page.
2. Select the fix to be deleted.
3. Select Clear.

Fix dialog box

-- End of Erase a fix --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.14 Update a flight plan Acronyms/Terms

IAS - Indicated Airspeed

Set waypoint crossing constraints
VPA - Vertical Path Angle
Prerequisites
Active flight plan loaded
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Fly icon selected
Route tab selected

Overview
1. Select the waypoint attribute field from the Route tab. Result: Tthe Crossing dialog box shows.

Waypoint attribute field

2. Select the type of altitude constraint, enter the altitude limit in the Altitude data entry field.
3. Enter the speed constraint in the Indicated Airspeed (IAS) data entry field.
4. Enter the Vertical Path Angle (VPA) constraint in the VPA data entry field.
5. Push Exec.

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Crossing “Between” constraint

Crossing “At” constraint

-- End of Set waypoint crossing constraints --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.15 Update a flight plan Note 1: Once the Exec button is
pushed the leg beginning at the
Set up a course leg intercept waypoint entered into the From
position becomes active. Guid-
In order to set up a course leg intercept the leg itself must be the ‘active’ leg. This is accomplished by making
ance is given along that leg to the
the waypoint at the beginning of the leg in question the “From” waypoint. This will make the leg following this
new To waypoint.
waypoint itself the active leg.
Prerequisites Note 2: Guidance is then given
to follow the heading selected un-
FMS format selected (MKP button)
til it intersects the active course
Fly tile selected leg. Provided that the NAV mode
Route tab selected is armed on the FCP, guidance
is then given to follow the active
course leg.
Overview
1. Select the waypoint that starts the leg to be intercepted. Table of Contents
2. Copy the waypoint name by selecting Copy once selected.
3. Select the From waypoint position.
4. Paste the waypoint name into the From waypoint field.
1 5. Push the Exec button.

2 6. Select a heading that intercepts the course leg using the HDG knob on the FCP.
-- End of Set up a course leg intercept --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.16 Update a flight plan Note 1: The FMS always cal-
culates a course to the direct-to
Set up a lateral direct-to waypoint.
Overview

1 1. Push the key on the MKP. Result: The Direct-to dialog box is opened. Tip 1- Selecting a waypoint on the
Plan, Route, or Map accesses the
1 2. Enter a waypoint or select the desired waypoint from the waypoints in the Flight Plan. waypoint menu. The Direct-To
option can then be selected.
3. Push Exec.
Table of Contents

Direct-to dialog box

-- End of Set up a lateral direct-to --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.17 Update a flight plan Note 1:
A vertical Direct-to may also be
Set up a vertical direct-to performed from the Direct-to di-
Overview alog box as well as by using the
1 1. Select the waypoint from the FMS Plan, Fly, or Map formats. Result: The Waypoint dialog box shows. key on the MKP.

2 2. Select Vertical and enter an altitude constraint. Note 2: The vertical Direct-to will
only function for a descent to a
3. Push Exec. lower altitude.
-- End of Set up a vertical direct-to --
Table of Contents

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.18 Update a flight plan Note 1:
The airport list shows airports in
Set up a direct-to nearest airport order of nearest to furthest dis-
tance. You can select the Update
Airports tab at anytime to force a
Prerequisites
recalculation.
FMS format selected (MKP button) Each of the five nearest airports is
selected (option 2) provided with a (Direct-to)
button.
Overview
Tip 1- The Nearest Airports dialog
1 1. Push the key on the MKP. Result: The dialog box shows. box may also be accessed from
the FMS format. Select Nearst
1 2. Select Nearest Airports. Result: A list of five nearest airports shows.
Arpts from the FMS touchscreen
2 3. Select an airport from the list. toolbar.

4. Push Exec. Tip 2- Enter a value into the Min

Rwy Length to filter the Nearest
Airports.

Direct-to dialog box

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Nearest Airports dialog box

-- End of Set up a direct-to nearest airport --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.19 Update a flight plan Tip 1- Subsequent pushes of
the DEP/ARR key will toggle
Choose or change a STAR the menu through destination
Overview arrivals, origin departures, and
origin arrivals.
1 1. To show the Arrivals dialog box:
Tip 2- The selections for transi-
• Push the DEP/ARR key on the Multifunction Keypad (MKP), or
tion, STAR, transition, and ap-
• Select the DEP/ARR tab from the FMS touchscreen toolbar, or proach may be made in any or-
der. Note, however, that a selec-
• Select the airport (circle) icon next to the destination airport on the FMS Fly tile Route page.
tion may filter the remaining cat-
egories to show only those selec-
2 2. Select a Standard Terminal Arrival Route (STAR) from the Arrival dialog box. tions that apply to the options al-
3. Select a transition from the Trans field. ready selected. In order to view
all of the choices, push the View
4. Select an approach from the Appr field. All button.
5. Push Exec.
Acronyms/Terms

MKP - Multifunction Keypad

STAR - Standard Terminal Arrival
Route
Table of Contents

Arrivals dialog box

-- End of Choose or change a STAR --

®
6 Cruise > Update a flight plan 6-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
6.20 Monitor flight status Acronyms/Terms

OAT - Outside Air Temperature

Position report and history description
ATA - Actual Time of Arrival
Position report
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival
The position report (Pos Report) display indicates all of the required data to provide ATC with a position report. DTG - Distance To Go
Additional data regarding the overall status of the flight is also shown.
At the top of the page are shown the system date, time and route name, if applicable. The previous leg’s midpoint
crossing shows, followed by the previous waypoint, active waypoint, and the next following waypoint.
The previous leg’s midpoint shows the following associated data:
• Latitude/Longitude position
• Wind direction and speed
• Outside Air Temperature (OAT).
The previous waypoint shows the following associated data:
• Latitude/Longitude position
• Altitude upon crossing
• Wind direction and speed
• OAT
• Fuel on board upon passing
• Actual Time of Arrival (ATA)
• Planned fuel required
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA).
Each of the waypoints shows the following associated data:
• Latitude/Longitude position
• Course
• Distance for the leg
• Distance To Go (DTG)

®
6 Cruise > Monitor flight status 6-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Fuel on board Acronyms/Terms
• ETA ETE - Estimated Time Enroute
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE). TTG - Time To Go
The bottom of the page shows several overall flight plan details: FOB - Fuel On Board

• Destination IDENT
• Time To Go (TTG) to complete the flight
• Time aloft
• DTG to complete the flight
• Distance Flown
• FMS Fuel Used
• FMS Fuel On Board (FOB).

®
6 Cruise > Monitor flight status 6-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Position report
-- End of Position report and history description --

®
6 Cruise > Monitor flight status 6-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
7 Descent
7.1 Set up FMS performance for descent Note 1: The Speed Schedule will
default to the setting entered in
Review takeoff and landing data the VNAV tab under the Setup
Prerequisites icon, Defaults tab.
FMS format selected (MKP key) Note 2: Up to two Speed/Altitude
Calc icon selected limits may be set for a descent.

Acronyms/Terms
Overview
1 1. Set the desired Descent Speed. VPA - Vertical Path Angle

2. Set the required transition flight level (Trans FL). Table of Contents
3. Adjust the Vertical Path Angle (VPA).
2 4. Enter/adjust the Spd/Alt Limit.
-- End of Review takeoff and landing data --

®
7 Descent > Set up FMS performance for descent 7-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
7.2 Set up terminal weather Note 1: The Origin, Destination
and Alternate airport fields will au-
Get terminal weather tomatically be populated based
Prerequisites on the flight plan that is active in
the FMS at the time the Text dia-
Flight plan entered and active
log box is accessed.Text weather
data for Other airports can be ac-
Overview cessed by first entering the airport
ID into the Other data entry field,
1. Push the Ovly icon.
then selecting the Other button in
2. Select SXM GWX from the dialog box. the Text dialog box.
3. Select the Reports item.
Table of Contents
1 4. Select the button for the airport Terminal Reports of interest shown in the Text dialog box.

GWX Text dialog box

-- End of Get terminal weather --

®
7 Descent > Set up terminal weather 7-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
7.3 Set up chart for descent Note 1:
Normally, this chart will be pre-
Choose destination airport charts populated in the chart main menu
Prerequisites based on the data entered in the
flight plan. If no arrival was des-
Flight plan entered and active in the FMS
ignated in the flight plan then the
Chart format selected (MKP button) pilot can select the desired chart
from the drop down list.
Overview If two approaches exist for the
same selected runway, the oper-
1. Select the Dest icon. ator will need to select the appro-
1 1 2. Select the arrival chart. priate chart.

Tip 1- The desired chart may also

be selected by using the Prev
Chart or Next Chart tab from the
Chart touchscreen toolbar.

®
7 Descent > Set up chart for descent 7-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Destination charts
-- End of Choose destination airport charts --

®
7 Descent > Set up chart for descent 7-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
7.4 Access airport terminal weather Note 1: Display of Data Link
GWX on the moving map requires
View SXM or DLK Graphical Weather overlay the NEXRAD image for the USA
Prerequisites region to be available.
Flight plan entered and active
Table of Contents
Map format selected (MKP button)

Overview
1. Select the Ovly icon.
2. Select the SXM GWX or DLK GWX option as appropriate to the subscription.
1 3. Select the GWX weather product desired for overlay on the map.
-- End of View SXM or DLK Graphical Weather overlay --

®
7 Descent > Access airport terminal weather 7-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
7.5 Set up synthetic vision for descent
Table of Contents
Set up synthetic vision for descent procedure
The SVS image shows the destination airport, selected runway, runway extended centerline, terrain and obsta-
cles. This display allows greater situational awareness and easier visual acquisition of the airport and runway
environment.
Prerequisites
PFD format
Flight plan entered and active

Overview

1. Push the PFD Config icon.

2. Select ADI Config option on the PFD Config dialog box.
3. Select the SVS option.

ADI Config dialog box

-- End of Set up synthetic vision for descent procedure --

®
7 Descent > Set up synthetic vision for descent 7-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
7.6 Use of flight guidance for approach Acronyms/Terms

ILS - Instrument Landing System

Flight display option description
FCS - Flight Control System
Approach process description
IAF - Initial Approach Fix
The Approach phase is often the busiest portion of the flight for the pilot. The Pro Line Fusion® system is designed FPV - Flight Path Vector
to ease the pilot’s workload through automation.
To perform a NAV to NAV approach, the approach procedure must be entered into the active flight plan. The FMS
will indicate the required course, altitude, and speed requirements for the flight plan approach. RNAV/LPV and
Instrument Landing System (ILS) approaches may be flown, but the procedures differ slightly.
• RNAV/LPV approach – Select the APPR mode on the Flight Control System (FCS) once cleared for the
approach. The FMS will sequence to the approach when the capture criteria are met.
• Before the approach, the FCS is in VNAV/ALT mode, even though APPR has been selected. APPR mode
is armed (in this example, LPV mode).
• Once past the Initial Approach Fix (IAF), the altitude constraint changes to the runway altitude (indicated as
RWY).
• Once the LPV glidepath is captured, the FCS changes the vertical approach mode (in this example, GP
mode) and the lateral mode to APPR.
• ILS approach – NAV tuning is automatic in the terminal area. Select the APPR mode on the FCS once
inbound to final (on a vector less than 90 degrees from final approach course). The FMS sequences auto-
matically.
• The FCS must be manually set to APPR mode.
Flight Display Options
Several options may be used to assist in the flying of instrument approaches.
• HSI format on the ADI: This is selectable through the HSI Config dialog box accessed by touching the HSI
compass portion of the flight display.
• Flight Director cues: Cues are available on the ADI display by pushing the FD button on the Flight Control
Panel.
• Flight Path Vector: Two varieties of the Flight Path Vector (FPV) are available. A “free” FPV that moves both
vertically and laterally in response to the changing flight path of the aircraft. A “caged” FPV is also available

®
7 Descent > Use of flight guidance for approach 7-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 which allows normal vertical movement of the FPV while restricting the lateral motion of the FPV. This option
is selected through the ADI Config dialog box accessed through the PFD Config menu. Table of Contents
• Chart display: The Arrival or Approach chart may be placed on one of the multifunction windows to assist
with situational awareness and to keep track of approach progress. Charts are accessed by pushing the
Chart MKP button.
-- End of Flight display option description --

®
7 Descent > Use of flight guidance for approach 7-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8 Approach
8.1 Set up NAV for approach Note 1: This tuning operation
may also be accomplished by us-
Manually tune Localizer (LOC) ing the TUNE format on any of the
flight displays. When using the
NAV tuning is automatic in the terminal area. Use this procedure if manual tuning of the Localizer is required.
TUNE format, the NAV identifier
Overview may be entered instead of the fre-
quency.
1. Enter the Localizer (LOC) frequency in the scratchpad using the Multifunction Keypad (MKP) keyboard.
1 2. Push the QIK TUNE key on the MKP. Acronyms/Terms
3. Select the Navigation (NAV) radio to be tuned from the quick tune buttons at the bottom of the Multifunction LOC - Localizer
Display (MFD).
MKP - Multifunction Keypad
-- End of Manually tune Localizer (LOC) -- NAV - Navigation
MFD - Multifunction Display
Table of Contents

®
8 Approach > Set up NAV for approach 8-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8.2 Set up flight display for approach Tip 1- The Vspeeds/Mins dialog
box may also be shown by select-
Set altitude minimums ing the PFD Config
Prerequisites
PFD format

Overview button and then selecting the

Vspeeds/Mins option on the PFD
1 1. Touch the lower half of the altitude tape on the PFD to show the Vspeeds/Mins dialog box Minimums tab. Config dialog box.
2. Select the Baro or RA radio button to enable the Barometric (BARO) or Radio Altitude (RA) minimums.
Acronyms/Terms
3. Set the desired minimum by adjusting the minimum value using the Cursor Control Panel (CCP) inner knob.
BARO - Barometric
RA - Radio Altitude
CCP - Cursor Control Panel
Table of Contents

Vspeeds/Mins dialog box

-- End of Set altitude minimums --

®
8 Approach > Set up flight display for approach 8-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8.3 Set up flight display for approach Tip 1- The Vspeeds/Mins dialog
box may also be shown by select-
Change landing data (Vspeeds) ing the PFD Config
Vspeeds can be set manually, or the Vspeeds calculated by the FMS may be accepted.
Prerequisites
PFD format selected
button and then selecting the
Vspeeds/Mins option on the the
Overview PFD Config dialog box.
Option 1 – Set Vspeeds manually
1 1. Touch the lower half of the airspeed tape on the PFD to show the Vspeeds/Mins dialog box.
2. Select the Approach tab.
3. Position the cursor over the desired Vspeed with the CCP joystick, and adjust the value by using the CCP
inner knob.
4. Select the Vspeeds desired to be shown on the Airspeed Indicator by selecting the appropriate check boxes.

®
8 Approach > Set up flight display for approach 8-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Vspeeds/Mins dialog box (Approach tab)

-- End of Change landing data (Vspeeds) --

®
8 Approach > Set up flight display for approach 8-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8.4 Set up flight display for approach Note 1: Charts may be displayed
in either a Half (1/2) size or full
Choose approach and airport charts size page.
Prerequisites
Note 2:
Chart format selected (MKP button)
The Chartlink™ feature pop-
ulates the chart list based on
Overview the entered FMS flight plan.
Charts automatically selected by
1 1. Select the Dest icon. Or, select Other to search for an airport.
Chartlink™ are shown in ma-
2 2. Select the chart drop down menu. genta text. Charts manually se-
lected by the pilot are shown in
cyan text.
If two approaches exist for the
same selected runway, the oper-
ator will need to select the appro-
priate chart.

Tip 1- The Task dialog box allows

other options to be selected for
the chart display. To zoom the
chart, place the cursor within the
chart image and use the CCP in-
ner knob.

Chart menu
1 3. Select a chart from the drop down menu, or select Edit... to open a Chart list dialog box for that airport.

®
8 Approach > Set up flight display for approach 8-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Chart list dialog box

4. Select the eye-shaped view button to the right of the chart name to select the chart. Or, select a category
button (Arrival, Approach, Airport, etc.) to view all the charts in that category for the selected airport.
-- End of Choose approach and airport charts --

®
8 Approach > Set up flight display for approach 8-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8.5 Set up a visual approach Note 1: You may need to scroll
through the list of approaches
Set up a visual approach procedure to select the desired runway for
Prerequisites a visual approach. Visual ap-
proaches are shown with an “RW”
DEP/ARR MKP button
followed by the runway number.
(for example, RW27).
Overview It may be necessary to push the
1 1. Select the runway desired for the visual approach. DEP/ARR button more than once
to access the Arrivals for the des-
1 2. Modify the Runway Extension (RWY EXT) distance as required. tination airport. Multiple pushes
of the DEP/ARR button should
3. Push Exec. cycle between the Departures
-- End of Set up a visual approach procedure -- and Arrivals pages for the airports
in the flight plan.

Tip 1- The default Rwy Ext dis-

tance is 5.0 NM. The range avail-
able is 0.1 to 25.0 NM.

Acronyms/Terms

RWY EXT - Runway Extension

Table of Contents

®
8 Approach > Set up a visual approach 8-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8.6 Select or change an approach Note 1: The available ap-
proaches are listed from highest
Choose an approach and transition precision to lowest with visual ap-
Prerequisites proaches at the bottom of the list.
DEP/ARR MKP button Note 2:
Flight plan entered and active Select the Appr Details button to
choose between LPV and Baro
RNP, or to view additional details
Overview
about the approach.
1 1. Push the DEP/ARR button on the MKP.

2 1 2. Select the specific approach and approach transition from the list. Tip 1- When airborne and en-
route, selecting the Dep/Arr menu
2 3. Push Exec. should bring up the Arrivals dia-
log box. The Departures dialog
box is accessible by pushing the
DEP/ARR button again.
Tip 2- The selections for transi-
tion, STAR, transition, and ap-
proach may be made in any or-
der. Note, however, that a selec-
tion may filter the remaining cat-
egories to show only those selec-
tions that apply to the options al-
ready selected. In order to view
all of the choices, push the View
Arrivals dialog box All button.
-- End of Choose an approach and transition --
Table of Contents

®
8 Approach > Select or change an approach 8-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
8.7 Set up flight guidance for approach Note 1: When capture criteria are
met the lateral and vertical modes
Start an approach will transition to active states.
Prerequisites If the active NAV source is FMS
and the capture criteria are not
Active flight plan with Approach and Transition selected
met, a NO APPR message will
Autopilot engaged in NAV (or VNAV) and ALT modes display on the PFD in the vicinity
of the NAV source data block.
Overview
Table of Contents
1. Select the NAV sensor appropriate to the approach to be flown.
1 2. Once established on the Approach course, push the APPR button on the FCP. Result: GP (VNAV) or GS
(LOC) vertical flight guidance mode is armed, APPR lateral mode is armed.
-- End of Start an approach --

®
8 Approach > Set up flight guidance for approach 8-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
9 Go-Around
9.1 Missed approach Acronyms/Terms

GA - Go-Around
Missed approach description
Table of Contents
Missed approach
As the Final Approach fix is passed the FMS waypoint sequencing changes from Auto to Inhibit. This allows for
completion of the approach without the FMS sequencing to the waypoints in the missed approach procedure until
the missed approach is commenced.
Upon commencing a missed approach the pilot must ensure that the FMS has returned to Automatic waypoint
sequencing. Deselecting Inhibit waypoint sequencing is accomplished using any of the following methods.
• Select Go-Around (GA) mode by using the GA button on the power levers
• Direct-To another waypoint
• By de-selecting Seq Inhibit on the FMS Fly tile Route page, or on the FMS text window on the Map.
The pilot should ensure that once the missed approach is initiated that the waypoint sequencing is again in Auto
mode in order to receive course guidance along the missed approach procedure for the approach that is entered
in the FMS.
-- End of Missed approach description --

®
9 Go-Around > Missed approach 9-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
9.2 Missed approach Note 1: If performing an ILS
approach with automatic NAV-to-
Start missed approach steps NAV transfer, the FMS will be pre-
Prerequisites selected as the NAV source for
the Go-Around.
Approach procedure loaded and activated
Note 2: If performing an FMS
Overview approach, the active lateral mode
will be FMSx following selection
1 1. Press Go-Around (GA) button on the power lever. of GA.
2. Ensure that waypoint sequencing is no longer in Seq Inhibit mode.
Note 3: In order to get guidance
3. Fly the aircraft through the initial steps of the missed approach procedure. through the missed approach pro-
3 4. Re-engage the autopilot with the desired lateral and vertical navigation modes. cedure, ensure that FMS is se-
lected as the active lateral NAV
source and that the flight director
NAV mode is selected.
It is the pilot’s responsibility to execute the Go-Around, maintain positive control of the aircraft and maintain
a safe flying speed. Ensure Go-Around pitch attitude is established prior to re-engaging NAV. The initial vertical
Acronyms/Terms
mode upon re-engaging NAV is Pitch hold.
-- End of Start missed approach steps -- GA - Go-Around
Table of Contents

®
9 Go-Around > Missed approach 9-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
9.3 Missed approach
Table of Contents
Set up FCS for missed approach
Overview
1. Select GA using the power lever mounted Go-Around button.
2. Once the Go-Around is initiated, select the desired vertical and lateral flight director modes.
3. Engage the autopilot.
-- End of Set up FCS for missed approach --

®
9 Go-Around > Missed approach 9-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
10 Arrival/Engine shutdown
10.1 Set up flight display Note 1: When the aircraft is
on the ground, the Chart format
Select airport chart for arrival (when selected for display) will
Prerequisites automatically show the airport
chart.
Chart format selected (MKP button)
Dest icon selected Table of Contents

Overview
1 1. Select airport chart from airport dialog box.
-- End of Select airport chart for arrival --

®
10 Arrival/Engine shutdown > Set up flight display 10-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
10.2 Set up flight display Note 1: When in automatic oper-
ation, the TCAS will default to Alt
Set TCAS mode to standby On mode when the aircraft is on
the ground.
The Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) control defaults to automatic. If manual mode control is
required, follow this process.
Acronyms/Terms
Prerequisites
TCAS - Traffic Alert Collision
Tune/DLNK format selected (MKP button) Avoidance System
XPR/TFC icon selected Table of Contents

Overview
1 1. Select the Auto check box to toggle it to OFF.
2. Select desired transponder and TCAS modes.
-- End of Set TCAS mode to standby --

®
10 Arrival/Engine shutdown > Set up flight display 10-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
10.3 Review flight history
Review flight history
Prerequisites
FMS format selected (MKP button)
Fly icon selected

Overview
1. Select the History tab.

®
10 Arrival/Engine shutdown > Review flight history 10-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

History page
-- End of Review flight history --

®
10 Arrival/Engine shutdown > Review flight history 10-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
10.4 Save maintenance reports
Table of Contents
Save maintenance report procedure
Prerequisites
USB stick inserted into the Left PFD
Half (1/2) size page selected
Maint format selected
Adv mode selected
Report icon selected

Overview
1. Select report from the Type drop down menu.
2. Select target range from Leg Range drop down menu.
3. Select save location from Write To drop down menu.
4. Select Start button.
-- End of Save maintenance report procedure --

®
10 Arrival/Engine shutdown > Save maintenance reports 10-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11 Abnormal procedures
11.1 Flags and annunciators
Flag and annunciator description
Various flags are used within the Challenger 604 Fusion Avionics system to denote the failure and status of
different functions. Certain conventions are used in the display of flags and annunciations.
There are several display conventions that come into play when observing flags and annunciators. Unless oth-
erwise noted the following conventions apply.
• Numerical readouts will be displayed without leading zeroes.
• Fail Flag indications will flash for 5 seconds then show steady ON.
• Miscompare Flag indications will flash for 5 seconds then show steady ON.
• Newly selected sensor sources will flash for 5 seconds then show steady ON.
• Color conventions:
• Red – warning
• Yellow – caution
• Cyan – advisory
• White – status.
The ► symbol is used in this section to denote suggested crew remedy actions.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PFD warning flags

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 10 PFD warning flags Acronyms/Terms
Flag Priority Meaning AP - Autopilot
IAS Warning The IAS warning flag is shown in place of the airspeed pointer and digital readout AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
when airspeed data is missing or invalid. The airspeed digital readout, airspeed System
scale, trend vector, overspeed marker, low speed markers, airspeed bug, and CNFG - Configuration
Vspeed bugs are all removed when the IAS flag is being shown.
FD - Flight Director
ALT Warning The ALT flag is shown in place of the barometric altitude pointer and digital
readout when altitude data is missing or invalid. The barometric altitude scale,
digital readout, and metric altitude indication are all removed when the ALT flag is
being shown.
AOA Warning The AOA warning flag is shown when both sources of normalized AOA signal to
the display are missing.
AP Warning When the Autopilot (AP) is manually disconnected by the pilot, the AP annunciation
in the AFCS mode field changes color to red and flashes for 1.5 seconds and is
then removed. When the AP is automatically disconnected by the Automatic Flight
Control System (AFCS), the AP annunciation changes color to red and flashes
until the pilot pushes the AP engage or disengage button. The AP disengage
warning is accompanied by a tone or voice alert (“AUTOPILOT”).
ATT Warning The ATT flag is shown in place of the attitude indicator when attitude data is
missing or invalid. The attitude indicator, pitch tape, roll scale, and roll pointer are
all removed when the ATT flag is being shown.
CNFG Warning The Configuration (CNFG) flag will appear over the airspeed tape when there is a
mismatch in the aircraft parameters stored across the three displays. This flag
also shows over the engine gauges on the EIS and Engine System format.
Disp Warning The Disp Conf-Do Not T/O flag shows when the aircraft parameters are
Conf-Do mismatched between the displays or if a software mismatch is detected between
Not T/O the displays.
FD Warning The FD flag is shown in the left side of the attitude indicator when path or roll
guidance from the on-side AFCS is invalid. The Flight Director (FD) command
bars are removed when the FD flag is being shown.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
FMS Warning The FMS flag is shown in the Navigation (NAV) source data block when data from NAV - Navigation
the selected Flight Management System (FMS) map source is missing or invalid. FMS - Flight Management Sys-
The FMS flag shows as FMS1 or FMS2 to indicate the failed source. tem
GS Warning The Glideslope (GS) flag is shown at the lower end of the vertical deviation scale GS - Glideslope
when a Localizer (LOC) is the active NAV source and the vertical deviation input LOC - Localizer
from the active NAV source is missing or invalid. The diamond vertical deviation
TAWS - Terrain Awareness
pointer is removed when the GS flag is being shown.
Warning System
HDG Warning A boxed red HDG flag is shown in place of the digital heading readout and lubber
VOR - VHF Omnidirectional Ra-
line pointer box when heading data from the selected attitude/heading source is
dio Range
missing or invalid. The compass card, map data, and the lubber line are removed
(only cardinal points are displayed) when the HDG flag is being shown. VNAV - Vertical Navigation

LOC Warning The LOC flag is shown above and to the right of the lateral deviation pointer when
the LOC lateral deviation data is missing or invalid. The lateral deviation pointer is
removed when the LOC flag is being shown.
RAD Warning The RAD flag is shown instead of the radio altitude digital readout when radio
altitude data is missing or invalid. The RAD flag is shown in the same location as
the RAD comparator and has priority over the RAD comparator.
PULL UP Warning The PULL UP annunciation is shown below the FD command bar when the Terrain
Awareness Warning System (TAWS) detects an excessive descent rate or rapidly
rising terrain. The PULL UP warning flag is accompanied by an aural alert.
VOR Warning The VOR flag is shown above and to the right of the lateral deviation pointer when
the VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range (VOR) lateral deviation data is missing or
invalid. The lateral deviation pointer is removed when the LOC flag is being shown.
VS Warning The VS flag is shown in place of the vertical speed scale when vertical speed data
is missing or invalid. The vertical speed digital readout, vertical speed scale, and
pointer are all removed when the VS flag is in view.
VNV Warning The VNV flag is shown at the upper end of the vertical deviation scale when
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) data from the FMS is missing or invalid. The VNAV
deviation pointer is removed when the VNV flag is being shown.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PFD caution flags

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 11 PFD caution flags Acronyms/Terms
Flag Priority Meaning ADS - Air Data System
ADS1 Caution The ADS common source annunciation is a caution to the flight crew that both FMA - Flight Mode Annunciator
ADS2 sides of the flight deck are using a common air data source. The Air Data System ADI - Attitude Director Indicator
(ADS) common source annunciation is shown in the Flight Mode Annunciator
ADC - Air Data Computer
(FMA) field of the Attitude Director Indicator (ADI) followed by a 1 or 2 to indicate
the common source.
ATT Caution The ATT, PIT, or ROL comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the pitch or
PIT roll (or both) data being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other.
ROL
IAS Caution The IAS comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the indicated airspeed
data being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other. Each ADI
compares the airspeed data from the on-side Air Data Computer (ADC) to the
airspeed data from the cross-side ADC full-time. When the difference between
the two airspeed values is greater than 10 knots, a boxed yellow IAS airspeed
comparator flag is shown above the airspeed tape.
The indicated airspeed comparator is disabled if:
• Either ADC has failed
• On-side indicated airspeed is less than 90 knots
• A common air data source is selected.
ALT Caution The ALT comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the altitude data being
shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other.
Each ADI compares the altitude data from the on-side ADC to the altitude data
from the cross-side ADC full-time. When the difference between the two pressure
altitude values is not within a pre-determined limit, the boxed yellow ALT altitude
comparator flag is shown above the barometric altitude indicator.
The altitude comparator limit is variable and is a function of altitude.
The altitude comparator is disabled if:
• Either ADC is failed
• A common air data source is selected.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
ENG Caution The ENG comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that an engine data LPV - Localizer Precision Vertical
miscompare condition exists. FPV - Flight Path Vector
FD Caution ►Monitor pilot and copilot flight director commands.
The FD comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the flight director steering
commands being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other during
a monitored approach.
During a monitored approach, each ADI compares the Flight Director steering
commands from the on-side AFCS to the Flight Director steering commands from
the cross-side AFCS. When the difference between the two commands is not
within pre-defined limits, a boxed yellow FD miscompare flag is shown in the upper
portion of the attitude indicator display.
The FD comparator is disabled if:
• The TCAS RA path cues are active
• An unmonitored approach is being performed
• Glideslope capture has not occurred.
FMS Caution ►Consider abandoning approach or changing to a non-FMS approach such as
Localizer.
The FMS Localizer Precision Vertical (LPV) lateral deviation comparator flag is a
caution to the flight crew that the FMS LPV lateral deviation being shown on the
ADI may be in error on one side or the other.
FPV Caution The caution FPV comparator shows when the Flight Path Vector (FPV) is displayed
and any of the following is true:
• Difference is greater than 2 degrees for the horizontal or vertical angle
when the radio altitude is <=200 ft. For radio altitudes >200 ft and < 600 ft,
increases linearly from 2 degrees to 4.46 degrees, and for radio altitudes
>=600 ft, greater than 4.46 degrees.
• Any other ADI declares this condition.
• FPV horizontal or vertical angle is different by more than 4.46 degrees with
both radio altitude sources invalid.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
GND Caution The yellow GND PROX caution alert overwrites the pitch scale in the lower half EGPWS - Enhanced Ground
PROX of the attitude display when the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System Proximity Warning System
(EGPWS) computer determines that a terrain threat exists that requires immediate IRS - Inertial Reference System
pilot attention.
The GND PROX and PULL UP alerts share the same display field, so only one can
show at a time. The PULL UP caution alert has priority.
GS Caution ►Monitor pilot and copilot glideslope deviation information.
The GS comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the glideslope deviation
information being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other.
During a monitored approach, each ADI compares the glideslope deviation from the
on-side NAV receiver to the glideslope deviation from the cross-side NAV receiver.
When the glideslope compare function is active and the difference between the
two glideslope deviations is not within the predefined limit, a boxed yellow GS
glideslope miscompare flag is shown below the vertical deviation scale.
The glideslope deviation comparator is disabled:
• during unmonitored approaches, or
• when radio altitude is less than either the RA MIN setpoint or 100 feet,
whichever is greater.
HDG Caution The HDG comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the heading data being
shown may be in error on one side or the other.
IRS1 Caution The IRS common source annunciation is a caution to the flight crew that both
IRS2 sides of the flight deck are using a common attitude heading source. The Inertial
Reference System (IRS) common source annunciation is shown in the FMA field of
the ADI followed by a 1 or 2 to indicate the common source.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
LOC Caution The LOC comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the localizer deviation HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
information being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other. tor
During a monitored approach, each ADI compares the localizer deviation from the LDS - Lightning Detection Sys-
on-side receiver to the localizer deviation from the cross-side receiver. When the tem
localizer compare function is active and the difference between the two localizer
BARO - Barometric
deviations is not within a predefined limit, a boxed yellow LOC miscompare flag
is shown to the left of the horizontal deviation scale. RA - Radio Altitude
The localizer deviation comparator is disabled: TCAS - Traffic Alert Collision
Avoidance System
• during unmonitored approaches, or
• when radio altitude is less than either the RA MIN setpoint or 100 feet,
whichever is greater.
LX FAIL Caution A yellow LX FAIL annunciation message is shown in the overlay fault above the
aircraft symbol on the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) when the Lightning
Detection System (LDS) is reporting itself failed.
When the LX FAIL message is being shown, the LDS lightning bolt icons are
removed from the display.
The message shows WXR FAIL if a WXR and LDS fault are to be shown
simultaneously.
MIN Caution The altitude minimum alert is shown when either of the following conditions is true:
• When the Barometric (BARO) minimum is selected and the barometric
altitude is at or below the BARO minimum value.
• When the Radio Altitude (RA) minimum is selected and the radio altitude is
at or below the RA minimum value.
The MIN alert is removed when the current RA or BARO altitude is greater than 50
feet above the selected minimum value.
NO ATT RA Caution A yellow NO ATT RA annunciation message is shown in the Traffic Alert Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS) data block on the right side of the HSI if any data for
TCAS revolution advisories is not available.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
RA1 Caution The RA common source annunciation is a caution to the flight crew that both sides RA - Radio Altitude
RA2 of the flight deck are using a common radio altitude source. The Radio Altitude
(RA) common source annunciation is shown in the FMA field of the ADI followed by
a 1 or 2 to indicate the common source.
RAD Caution The RAD comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the radio altitude data
being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other.
Each ADI compares the on-side radio altitude to the cross-side radio altitude
whenever the radio altitude is less than 2450 feet AGL. When the radio altitude
compare function is active and the difference between the radio altitude supplied
to the on-side and cross-side ADI is not within the pre-defined limit, a boxed
yellow RAD radio altitude miscompare flag is shown at the bottom of the attitude
indicator display.
The RAD comparator limit is variable and is a function of altitude.
TCAS FAIL Caution A yellow TCAS FAIL annunciation message is shown in the TCAS data block on
the right side of the map and HSI if the TCAS system has failed. A TCAS that is
turned off is considered failed. Failures related exclusively to the traffic display
cause this message to be shown when the TCAS overlay is selected.
VNAV Caution The VNAV comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the VNAV reference
values being shown on the ADI may be in error on one side or the other.
The VNAV comparator is disabled if FMS generated VNAV references are not
being posted to the ADI.
VSPD Caution The VSPD comparator flag is a caution to the flight crew that the Vspeed sent by
the two FMS differed by an amount large enough to trigger the comparator, or the
display received Vspeed data from only one FMS.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
WXR FAIL Caution A yellow WXR FAIL annunciation message is shown in the overlay fault field above WXR - Weather Radar
the aircraft symbol on the HSI when the Weather Radar (WXR) is not reporting
mode information and the weather overlay is selected.
Weather radar operating mode data is removed when this message is being shown.
WXR Caution A yellow WXR FAULT annunciation message is shown to the left of the WXR mode
FAULT on the HSI when the WXR is reporting itself failed.
CTRL When the WXR FAULT message is being shown, the weather radar display may be
FAULT degraded in a manner that is not obvious to the pilot. Some faults may cause the
ATT FAULT weather radar to cease providing reflectivity information to the display.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 PFD advisory flags

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 12 PFD advisory flags Acronyms/Terms
Flag Priority Meaning IRS - Inertial Reference System
ATT/Hdg Advisory ►Do not taxi or move the aircraft. SVS - Synthetic Vision System
Aligning Do The ATT/Hdg Aligning Do Not Taxi flag is shown when the Inertial Reference AP - Autopilot
Not Taxi System (IRS) is in alignment mode on the ground.
FD - Flight Director
FD Off Advisory The FD Off flag is shown when a pilot has taken action to remove the onside
flight director cues.
FPV Fail Advisory The FPV fail annunciation is shown to the left of the attitude indicator when flight
path data is missing or invalid.
FPV indications are removed when the FPV fail annunciation is being shown.
Sel Inactive Advisory The Sel Inactive flag is shown when an input is made by a pilot but that control is
inactive.
SVS Fail Advisory If Synthetic Vision System (SVS) is selected, a SVS fail annunciation is shown to
the left of the altitude scale when SVS data is missing or invalid.
Deselecting SVS removes the SVS flag.
SVS Init Advisory The SVS Init flag is shown when the display unit is starting up but the SVS image
is not ready.
SYNC Advisory The SYNC annunciation flag indicates the Autopilot (AP)/Flight Director (FD)
synchronization feature is active.
True Advisory The True advisory indicates the aircraft is flying with a true north reference.
WXR Advisory The WXR Range flag shows when the onboard weather radar is selected for
Range XXX display and the map is set to a range that is not supported by the weather radar.
NM

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 MFW map flags

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 13 MFW map flags
Flag Priority Meaning
True Advisory The True advisory indicates the aircraft is flying with a true north reference.
FMS Map Caution The FMS Map caution indicates FMS data cannot show on the map.
No Fpln Status The No Fpln status message indicates that no active flight plan exists.
Discon Status The Discon status message indicates the active flight leg in the flight plan has a
Discontinuity.
SEQ INHIB Status The SEQ INHIB status message indicates that automatic sequencing within the
active flight plan has been inhibited.
FMS A3 Caution Refer to FMS message description.
Message
Field
WXR+LX Caution ►Make sure both the weather radar and lightning circuit breakers are both
Fail engaged.
This shows when both the Weather and Lightning overlays are selected, but
data from neither one is being shown.
WXR FAIL Caution This shows when the Weather overlay is selected, but there is no valid weather
data going into the AFD. If the weather radar data shows on the cross-side AFD,
the WXR bus going to the display has failed. If the overlay fails on both AFD,
either both buses have failed, or the weather radar itself has failed.
Turn off the Weather overlay to remove the message.
LX FAIL Caution This shows when the Lightning overlay is selected, but there is no valid lightning
data going into the display. Either the bus or the LDS LRU has failed. Turn off the
Lightning overlay to remove the message.
Topo Fail Caution When the MFW terrain overlay is set to topographical, the Topo Fail caution shows
when the topographic terrain is selected for display and the terrain function has
experienced a failure condition that cannot display. The Topo Fail caution also
shows if the topographic terrain database is not loaded or is corrupted.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Flag Priority Meaning Acronyms/Terms
RTerr Fail Caution When the MFW terrain overlay is set to Relative, the RTerr Fail caution shows GPU - GPS Processing Unit
when a GPS Processing Unit (GPU) failure has occurred or terrain data or sensor
Table of Contents
data is invalid or unavailable.
WXR Status The WXR Range status shows when the onboard weather radar is selected for
Range display and the map is set to a range that is not supported by the weather radar.
XXXNM
Pan Advisory The Pan advisory shows when the map center is not locked to the aircraft position.
To re-center on the aircraft, select the Center AC touchscreen toolbar button.
Stale GWX Caution The Stale GWX Data caution shows when graphical weather overlays are selected
Data for display and the graphical weather data is out of date.
Processing Status The Processing Request status shows while the map is in the process of updating
Request overlays.

-- End of Flag and annunciator description --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flags and annunciators 11-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.2 CAS messages Acronyms/Terms

ADG - Air Driven Generator

CAS message description
GLC - Generator Line Contactor
Table 14 AC electrical power
AC - Alternate Current
CAS Category Meaning APU - Auxiliary Power Unit
Message
Emer Pwr Warning Air Driven Generator (ADG) is deployed and no power is available from AC
Only bus 1 or 2.
AC 1 Auto Caution Bus tie contactor 1/3 failed.
Xfer
AC 2 Auto Caution Bus tie contactor 2/3 failed.
Xfer
AC Bus 1 Caution Generator Line Contactor (GLC) 1 not valid (powered) generator or transfer
position when Alternate Current (AC) power is in use.
AC Bus 2 Caution GLC 2 not valid (powered) generator or transfer position when AC power is in
use.
AC Ess Bus Caution AC essential bus is off or failed.
APU Gen Caution Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) generator is off line and APU turbine speed (N)>
Off 95%.
APU Gen Caution Overload condition found in APU generator control unit (load > 35 kVA).
Ovld
Gen 1 Off Caution Generator 1 off-line when left engine is running.
Gen 1 Ovld Caution Overload condition found in generator control unit 1 (load > 35 kVA).
Gen 2 Off Caution Generator 2 off-line when right engine is running.
Gen 2 Ovld Caution Overload condition found in generator control unit 2 (load > 35 kVA).
AC Ess Altn Status AC-essential bus-tie contactor is in alternate position.
AC Util 1 Off Status Utility bus 1 voltage < 90 volts.
AC Util 2 Off Status Utility bus 2 voltage < 90 volts.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 15 Air conditioning and pressurization
CAS Category Meaning
Message
Cabin Alt Warning Cabin altitude > 10 000 feet.
Diff Press Warning Cabin differential pressure > 9.07 PSI.
Autopress Caution The two automatic pressurization systems or the two ARINC 429 buses are
failed, and CABIN PRESS MAN is not selected.
Cabin Alt Caution Cabin altitude greater than 8500 feet and less than 10 000 feet.
CPAM Fail Caution Cabin pressure acquisition module (CPAM) or ARINC 429 bus failed.
Emer Caution Emergency depressurization is selected.
Depress
L Pack Hi Caution Left PACK failed (high-pressure event). (Latched until left pack selected off
Press then on.)
L Pack Hi Caution Left PACK failed (not high-pressure event or latched condition).
Temp
L Pack Not Caution Left PACK not turned off.
Off
R Pack Hi Caution Right PACK failed (high-pressure event). (Latched until right pack selected
Press off then on.)
R Pack Hi Caution Right PACK failed (not high-pressure event or latched condition).
Temp
R Pack Not Caution Right PACK not turned off.
Off
Landing Alt Caution The aircraft has landed at an airfield above 8000 feet with battery bus powered,
Hi parking brake set and both engines running.
Ckpt Ht Fan Status Indicates the cockpit heater fan has failed.
Fail
Exhaust Status Indicates the exhaust fan has failed.
Fan Fail

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 16 Air Data System (ADS) Acronyms/Terms
CAS Category Meaning ADC - Air Data Computer
Message
AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
Air Data 1 Advisory Air Data Computer (ADC) 1 has failed and is not the active source on any PFD. System
Inop To reduce redundant messages, this CAS is not displayed when associated Air
Data fail flag is displayed on the affected PFD.
Air Data 2 Advisory Indicates that the Air Data 2 is failed and is not the active source for any PFD.
Inop

Table 17 Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)

CAS Category Meaning
Message
AFCS Msgs Warning No valid Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) message data available from
Fail either IAPS side.
Config AP Warning All the following are present:
• Autopilot engaged and on ground.
• Both engines N1> 70%.
• No thrust reverser command.
AP Pitch Caution Autopilot pitch trim failure alert bit sent by any IAPS quadrant.
Trim
AP Trim is Caution Mistrim condition found by any IAPS quadrant in roll axis (left wing down).
LWD
AP Trim is Caution Mistrim condition found by any IAPS quadrant in pitch axis (nose down).
ND
AP Trim is Caution Mistrim condition found by any IAPS quadrant in pitch axis (nose up).
NU
AP Trim is Caution Mistrim condition found by any IAPS quadrant in roll axis (right wing down).
RWD

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
Yaw Caution The two yaw damper channels 1 and 2 are off, or all IAPS input busses are System
Damper invalid. FD - Flight Director
AFCS 1 Status Indicates Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) 1 is inop. YD - Yaw Damper
Inop IRS - Inertial Reference System
AFCS 2 Status Indicates AFCS 2 is inop.
Inop
FD 1 Fail Status Indicates Flight Director (FD) 1 has failed.
FD 2 Fail Status Indicates FD 2 has failed.
IAPS Status Indicates IAPS is degraded.
Degraded
YD 1 Inop Status Indicates Yaw Damper (YD) 1 is inop.
YD 2 Inop Status Indicates YD 2 is inop.

Table 18 Autothrottle
CAS Category Meaning
Message
ATS Fail Caution Autothrottle system has failed.
ATS Fault - Advisory Autothrottle system is not receiving required N1 data.
N1
ATS Fault - Advisory Autothrottle system is not receiving required Inertial Reference System (IRS)
IRS data.

Table 19 Auxiliary power unit

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
SOV - Shutoff Valve
APU Warning APU turbine speed > 107%.
Overspeed
APU Warning Either of the following conditions occur:
Overtemp
• APU EGT > 730 °C when APU N > 87%, or
• APU EGT > 850 °C at any time
APU LCV Caution APU load control valve failed.
Fail
APU Neg-G Caution APU negative G shutoff valve.
SOV
APU Oil Caution APU low oil pressure condition found.
Press
APU Oil Caution APU high oil temperature condition found during pre-start procedure.
Temp
APU Pump Caution APU fuel pump failed.
APU SOV Caution APU Shutoff Valve (SOV) not in confirmed position (open or closed) (five second
time delay).
APU SOV Advisory Indicates APU SOV is closed.
Clsd

Table 20 Communications

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message AOC - Airline Operational Com-
ACARS Advisory ►Open and review the Active Advisory ACARS message and take appropriate munications
Message action. CMU - Communication Manage-
Indicates that an Airline Operational Communications (AOC) uplink message ment Unit
is received.
CVR - Cockpit Voice Recorder
ATC Advisory ►Open and review the Active Advisory ATC message and take appropriate
Msg/Alert action.
Message is initiated by DLCA and displayed for multiple reasons including
CPDLC Uplink received (ATN or FANS) or aircraft flies in/out of coverage,
logon/logoff activity, loss of link.
CPDLC Fail Advisory ►If seen prior to dispatch, alternate routing/clearance may be required.
Indicates the Communication Management Unit (CMU) is functioning, and
ACARS is operating, but the CPDLC/DLCA function has failed.
Data Link Advisory Indicates that a Data Link CMU reports a CMU failure. When the CMU is failed,
Fail there will be no CPDLC (ATN or FANS) or ACARS datalink operation.
Data Link Advisory No air to ground data link connectivity, and the data link system is powered
Lost and working. This failure results in the loss of ACARS Messages and ATC
Messages/Alerts.
CVR Fail Status Indicates the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) has failed.
SATCOM Status Indicates the SATCOM has failed.
Fail
VHF Status Indicates the 3rd VHF radio used for data link has failed.
Datalink Fail

Table 21 Comparator

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
Eng Comp Caution EICAS comparator inoperative.
Inop
L Eng Caution This message is displayed when one or more of the following conditions occurs:
Miscomp
• Left Eng Fan RPM N1 miscompare > 5%
• Left Eng ITT > 200°C and miscompare > 40°C
• Left Eng Turb RPM N2 miscompare > 5%
• Left N1, Left ITT, or Left N2 inputs failed.
R Eng Caution This message is displayed when one or more of the following conditions occurs:
Miscomp
• Right Eng Fan RPM N1 miscompare > 5%
• Right Eng ITT > 200°C and miscompare > 40°C
• Right Eng Turb RPM N2 miscompare > 5%
• Right N1, Right ITT, or Right N2 inputs failed.
PFD Caution ►Monitor data across the flight deck to determine the valid source. Revert the
Compare AFDs as appropriate.
Fail Display comparator monitor is not able to perform the comparison on one or
more of the critical flight parameters: ALT, IAS, ROL, PIT, HDG, RA, FPV, LPV,
or LOC.
DCU PFD Caution ►Monitor data across the flight deck to determine the valid source. Revert the
Comp Fail AFDs as appropriate.
Due to loss of data from one or more PFDs, the DCU is reporting that the system
is not able to perform comparisons on the critical flight parameters.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
PFD Caution ►Monitor data across the flight deck to determine the valid source. Revert the
Miscompare AFDs as appropriate.
A miscompare on one or more of the critical flight parameters is detected. An
associated miscompare flag will be displayed on the PFD to indicate what
parameter(s) are in miscompare.
CAS Advisory ►Monitor CAS messages and revert as appropriate.
Miscompare EICAS detects a miscompare of CAS messages between EICAS applications
across the displays for more than 20 seconds.

Table 22 DC electrical power

CAS Category Meaning
Message
APU Battery Caution APU battery not available (28 volts DC is not present).
Off
Battery Bus Caution Battery bus not powered.
DC Bus 1 Caution DC bus 1 is not energized when AC bus 1 or 2 is powered.
DC Bus 2 Caution DC bus 2 is not energized when AC bus 1 or 2 is powered.
DC Emer Caution DC emergency bus is not energized.
Bus
DC Ess Bus Caution Essential DC bus is not energized.
Main Caution Main battery is not available (28 volts DC is not present).
Battery Off
APU Batt Status APU battery charger failed.
Chg Fail
Ess TRU 1 Status All the conditions that follow are present:
Fail
• Essential TRU 1 output voltage < 18 V DC.
• Essential AC bus is energized.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
ADC - Air Data Computer
Ess TRU 2 Status All the conditions that follow are present:
Fail
• Essential TRU 2 output voltage < 18 V DC.
• Essential AC bus is energized.
Main Bat Status Main battery charger is not charging.
Chg Fail

Table 23 Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFIS)

CAS Category Meaning
Message
CCP 1-2 Caution ►Both the CCPs have failed. Use alternate means for controlling the displays
Fail (touch screen).
Both CCPs failed. Discrete outputs controlling Air Data Computer (ADC)
reversion lost and may result in misleading data with dual CCP failure and ADC
failure or reversion. Consider this no dispatch condition.
Check Caution ►Review if aircraft is safe for dispatch.
Mainte- This message is displayed on ground only, when any of the following conditions
nance occur:
• FDR Fail
• CVR Fail
• Watchdog Inhibit set
• Ethernet Xtalk Fail
• APM Fail
• Any ARINC input to an AFD is Off/No Output
• Any display processor is failed.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message MKP - Multifunction Keypad
Common Caution An auto-reversion to a common source has occurred within the system.
Source This message is displayed when one of the following flight deck conditions occur:
• AHRS Auto-Reversion and 3rd IRS Not Installed
• ADC Auto-Reversion
• FMS Auto-Reversion
• RA Auto-Reversion.
Load Switch Caution The Safe To Load On switch is active.
On Indicates the Safe To Load is On and either engine is running. Takeoff with Load
Switch On causes Ethernet to be reconfigured and results in erroneous CAS
messages and Application Not Available Msgs.
MFD Caution ►MFD windows should be accessed using the outboard AFDs only.
Control The AFD-3 Xtalk bus is broken resulting in the loss of touch and CCP control
to the C-AFD.
PFD 1 Caution ►Pilot should use the Center AFD as the primary flight display.
Control The AFD-3 Xtalk bus broken; loss of touch and CCP control to the L-AFD.
Failure is accompanied by C-AFD reverting to display the L-PFD.
PFD 2 Caution ►Co-Pilot should use the Center AFD as the primary flight display.
Control The AFD-3 Xtalk bus broken; loss of touch and CCP control to the R-AFD.
Failure is accompanied by C-AFD reverting to display the R-PFD.
CCP 1 Inop Advisory ►CCP 1 has failed. Use alternate means for controlling the displays (touch
screen, CCP 2).
CCP 2 Inop Advisory ►CCP 2 has failed. Use alternate means for controlling the displays (touch
screen, CCP 1).
MFD Fan Advisory Possible display power-down due to over-heating.
Inop Indicates both of the fans in the center display have failed.
MKP 1 Inop Advisory Indicates Multifunction Keypad (MKP) 1 has failed.
MKP 2 Inop Advisory Indicates MKP 2 has failed.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
RTU - Radio Tuning Unit
MKP 1–2 Advisory Indicates MKP 1 and MKP 2 have failed.
Fail
PFD 1 Fan Advisory Possible display power-down due to over-heating.
Inop Indicates both of the fans in the left display have failed.
PFD 2 Fan Advisory Possible display power-down due to over-heating.
Inop Indicates both of the fans in the right display have failed.
Stby Tuning Advisory Indicates backup tuning by the Radio Tuning Unit (RTU) is selected.
Act
Cursor 1 Status Cursor control is inhibited.
Control The Cursor Control inhibit switch for the CCP 1 is active. The joystick is disabled.
Cursor 2 Status Cursor control is inhibited.
Control The Cursor Control inhibit switch for the CCP 2 is active. The joystick is disabled.
Load Switch Status Indicates Safe To Load On switch is active and neither engine is running.
On
MFD Touch Status The touch screen is disabled on the MFD.
PFD 1 Status The touch screen is disabled on the PFD 1.
Touch
PFD 2 Status The touch screen is disabled on PFD 2.
Touch

Table 24 Doors
CAS Category Meaning
Message
Passenger Warning Passenger door not confirmed ready or unlocked.
Door
Baggage Caution Baggage door open.
Door

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message APR - Automatic Performance
Pax Door Caution Passenger door pin/cam unlatched and door safe. Reserve
Latch
Pax Door Caution Passenger door safe and outer handle unlocked (5 second delay).
Out Hndl
Pax Door Caution Passenger door not ready and door safe (5 second delay).
Stow
Door Closed Advisory Passenger door is closed and locked.
Extrnl Door Status External door open.
Open

Table 25 Emergency lighting

CAS Category Meaning
Message
Emer Lts Off Caution Emergency lights are off.
Emer Lts On Status Emergency lights are on.

Table 26 Engine controls

CAS Category Meaning
Message
APR Cmd Caution Automatic Performance Reserve (APR) command set.
Set
APR Inop Caution APR is not Armed, or APR is Armed and one or more of the following:
• Left or Right Engine ECU fails
• 1 of 2 DCU has APR FAIL or DCU INOP
• 2 of 3 DCUs have APR FAIL or DCU INOP.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
APR Arm Advisory All the conditions that follow are present:
• APR ARM - TEST 3 switch set to ARM
• Both engines N1 speed > 79%
• Flaps position < 25 degrees
• Airplane is on ground
• Left and right engine electronic control units (ECU) are serviceable.
Latched until one of the conditions that follow occurs:
• Both left and right N1 < 79 or
• APR Arm true for less than 5 Min. or
• APU Arm input not set or
• Left engine ECU fail set or Right engine ECU fail set or
• Two DCU are Serviceable (means one DCU fail when two DCUs are
installed or two DCUs failed when three are installed).
APR Test 1 Advisory DCU1 APR test successful (the two engines are set to idle and the two left and
OK right ECU APR outputs are triggered).
APR Test 2 Advisory DCU2 APR test successful (the two engines are set to idle and the two left and
OK right ECU APR outputs are triggered).
APR Test 3 Advisory DCU3 APR test successful (the two engines are set to idle and the two left and
OK right ECU APR outputs are triggered).
DCU 1 APR Status APR relay is not energized by DCU 1 during test (latch until test is repeated).
Fail
DCU 2 APR Status APR relay is not energized by DCU 2 during test (latch until test is repeated).
Fail

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Eng ECU Status APR relay is energized during APR test with both engines at idle, but APR
Fail output not triggered from left ECU (latched until triggered).
R Eng ECU Status APR relay is energized during APR test with both engines at idle, but APR
Fail output not triggered from right ECU (latched until triggered).

Table 27 Engine indication systems

CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Eng Oil Warning Left engine low oil pressure condition is found (<25 PSI relative to sump).
Press
R Eng Oil Warning Right engine low oil pressure condition is found (< 25 PSI relative to sump).
Press
L Eng Start Warning Left engine start SOV open and engine is running.
SOV
R Eng Start Warning Right engine start SOV open and engine is running.
SOV
Engine Warning Engine exceedance detected.

Table 28 Fire protection

CAS Category Meaning
Message
Galley Ovht Warning Galley overheat condition is found.
APU Fire Warning APU fire detection, temperature > 238°C overall, or > 358°C at a distance of 1
foot.
L Engine Warning Left engine fire condition is found, temperature > 262°C overall, or > 358°C
Fire at a distance of 1 foot.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Jetpipe Warning Left jetpipe overheat condition is found, temperature > 472°C overall or > 604°C
Ovht at a distance of 1 foot.
MLG Bay Warning Main landing gear bay overheat condition is found.
Ovht
R Engine Warning Right engine fire condition is found, temperature > 262°C overall or > 358°C
Fire at a distance of 1 foot.
R Jetpipe Warning Right jetpipe overheat condition is found, temperature > 472°C overall or >
Ovht 604°C at a distance of 1 foot.
Smoke Warning Smoke found in baggage compartment.
Baggage
Bay
Smoke Warning Smoke found in toilet compartment
Toilet
APU Bottle Caution APU fire bottle at low pressure.
Lo
APU Fire Caution Fault found in APU fire detection system.
Fail
Eng Bottle 1 Caution Fire bottle 1 at low pressure.
Lo
Eng Bottle 2 Caution Fire bottle 2 at low pressure.
Lo
L Fire Fail Caution Fault is found in left engine fire-detection system.
L JPipe Caution Fault is found in left jetpipe overheat-detection system.
Ovht Fail
MLG Ovht Caution Fault is found in overheat detection system of main landing-gear bay.
Fail
R Fire Fail Caution Fault is found in right engine fire-detection system.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
R JPipe Caution Fault is found in right jetpipe overheat-detection system.
Ovht Fail
APU Squib Advisory APU fire bottle number 1 squib is good (indication only present during APU
1 OK BOTTLE 1 TEST).
APU Squib Advisory APU fire bottle number 2 squib is good (indication only present during APU
2 OK BOTTLE 2 TEST).
L Eng Squib Advisory Left engine fire bottle 1 squib good (indication only present during ENGINE
1 OK BOTTLE 1 TEST).
L Eng Squib Advisory Left engine fire bottle 2 squib good (indication only present during ENGINE
2 OK BOTTLE 2 TEST).
R Eng Squib Advisory Right engine fire bottle 1 squib good (only present during ENGINE BOTTLE
1 OK 1 TEST).
R Eng Squib Advisory Right engine fire bottle 2 squib good (only present during ENGINE BOTTLE
2 OK 2 TEST).

Table 29 Flight control

CAS Category Meaning
Message
Config Warning All the conditions that follow are present:
Flaps
• Flaps not in takeoff range and on ground
• Both engines N1 > 70%
• No thrust reverser command.
Config Warning All conditions are present:
Spoilers
• Spoilers not in takeoff configuration (all down), and on ground
• Both engines N1 > 70%
• No thrust reverser command.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-32 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
AGL - Above Ground Level
Config Stab Warning All conditions are present:
• Stabilizer pos not in green band or both inop, and on ground
• Both engines N1 > 70%
• No thrust reverser command.
Aileron PCU Caution Aileron PCU failed.
Alt Comp Caution Altitude comparator failed.
Fail
Flaps Fail Caution Flap failure detected.
Flt Splrs Caution Flight spoilers failed.
Flt Splrs Caution All conditions are present:
Deploy
• A/C is Airborne
• Any flt splr deployed (position > 2 degrees)
• 10 ft < Radio Altitude <= 800 ft
• Either Engine Fan RPM N1 > 79%.
Gnd Splrs Caution Ground spoilers failed.
Gnd Splrs Caution Any ground spoiler deployed in the air and above 10 feet Above Ground Level
Deploy (AGL) (radio altimeter).
Gnd Splrs Caution All the conditions that follow are present:
Not Arm
• Ground lift dump not armed
• Airplane in landing configuration, or on ground, with both engines N1
speed > 70%.
Mach Trim Caution Mach trim status is invalid (failed).
Stab Trim Caution The two stab trim channels 1 and 2 are not engaged.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-33 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message SPS - Stall Protection System
Stall Fail Caution Either Stall Protection System (SPS) channel 1 or 2 failed or either ARINC
429 bus not valid
Elevator Caution Left and right elevator position differs > 5.0 degrees.
Split
Flt Splrs Advisory All the conditions that follow are present:
Deploy
• Any flight spoiler deployed (angle > 3 degrees) or flight spoiler handle set
at > 5 degrees
• Airplane is in air
• Radio altitude > 10 feet, but ≤300 feet radio altitude > 10 feet and any
engine N1 speed > 79%.
Gnd Splrs Advisory Any ground spoiler deployed in the air and above 10 feet above ground level
Deploy (AGL) (radio altimeter).
Aileron Mon Advisory All the aileron PCUs are OK.
OK
T/O Config Advisory All the conditions that follow are present:
OK
• Airplane is on ground
• Both engines running
• No left or right thrust reverser command
• Autopilot not engaged
• Flaps in take-off position
• Spoilers in take-off position
• Parking brake not set
• Rudder trim < ±1.0 degree
• Aileron trim < ±1.0 degree

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-34 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
HSTCU - Horizontal Stabilizer
• Stabilizer trim is in the green band. Trim Control Unit
Flaps Motor Status Flaps motor is overheated.
Ovht
Stab Ch1 Status Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Control Unit (HSTCU) (STAB TRIM) channel 1 not
Inop engaged with channel 2 engaged.
Stab Ch2 Status HSTCU (STAB TRIM) channel 2 not engaged with channel 1 engaged.
Inop

Table 30 Flight Management System (FMS)

CAS Category Meaning
Message
FMS 1 Inop Advisory FMS 1 has failed and is not the active Nav source on any PFD.
FMS 2 Inop Advisory FMS 2 has failed and is not the active Nav source on any PFD.

Table 31 Fuel systems

CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Fuel Lo Caution Left fuel temperature < 5 °C when left engine is running.
Temp
R Fuel Lo Caution Right fuel temperature < 5 °C when right engine is running.
Temp
Auto Tail Xfr Caution Automatic function of the tail tank transfer has failed.
AutoTail Xfr Caution Automatic function of the tail tank transfer has been inhibited.
Inhb
Aux Tank Caution AUX tank has excessive fuel compared to the TAIL tank.
Heavy

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-35 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
Bulk Fuel Caution Bulk fuel temperature < -40 °C.
Temp
Fuel Caution Fuel imbalance greater than 800 LB is found.
Imbalance
L Eng SOV Caution Left engine (fuel) SOV not in confirmed position after 5 second time delay.
L Fuel Filter Caution Left fuel filter in or almost in bypass mode.
L Fuel Lo Caution Left engine inlet fuel-pressure is low when left engine fuel SOV not confirmed
Press closed (4 second time delay)
L Fuel Pump Caution Left fuel boost-pump fault (low pressure) found or pump not selected on (5
second time delay).
L Scav Caution Left scavenge ejector at low pressure when left engine is running.
Ejector
Pri Tail Xfr Caution In manual mode, the primary transfer pump has failed.
Pump
R Eng SOV Caution Right engine (fuel) SOV not in confirmed position after 5 second time delay.
R Fuel Filter Caution Right fuel filter in or almost in bypass mode.
R Fuel Lo Caution Right engine inlet fuel-pressure is low when right engine fuel SOV is not
Press confirmed closed (4 second time delay).
R Fuel Caution Right fuel boost-pump fault (low pressure) found or pump not selected on (5
Pump second time delay).
R Scav Caution Right scavenge ejector at low pressure when right engine is running.
Ejector
Sec Tail Xfr Caution In manual mode, the primary transfer pump failed.
Pump
Tail Dump Caution Tail dump shutoff valve failed.
SOV

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-36 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
Tail Tank Caution Tail tank has excessive fuel compared to the AUX tank fuel.
Heavy
Tail Xfr SOV Caution Tail transfer shutoff valve failed.
Tail Xfr SOV Caution Tail transfer shutoff valve closed.
Clsd
Tail Xfr SOV Caution Tail transfer shutoff valve open.
Open
Dump Valve Caution Dump valve open.
Open
Fuel Xflw Caution Fuel cross-flow shutoff valve is open.
SOV Opn
L Eng SOV Advisory Left engine shutoff valve closed.
Clsd
L Fuel Pump Advisory Left fuel pump on.
On
R Eng SOV Advisory Right engine shutoff valve closed
Clsd
R Fuel Advisory Right fuel pump on.
Pump On
Fuel Ch 1 Status Either of the conditions that follow occurs:
Fail
• Fault is found in fuel-quantity computer channel 1
• ARINC 429 bus is not valid.
Fuel Ch 2 Status Either of the conditions that follow occurs:
Fail
• Fault is found in fuel-quantity computer channel 2
• ARINC 429 bus is not valid.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-37 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
Fuel Qty Status Fuel quantity has degraded accuracy.
Accuracy
Fuel Qty Att Status Fuel quantity loss of attitude correction.
Corr
L Main Ejctr Status Left main fuel ejector failed.
Fail
Pri Tail Xfr Status Primary tail transfer pump failed.
Fail
R Main Ejctr Status Right main fuel ejector failed.
Fail
Sec Tail Xfr Status Secondary tail transfer pump failed.
Fail
Tail RFL Status Tail RFL shut off valve open.
SOV Open

Table 32 Hydraulic power

CAS Category Meaning
Message
Hyd 1 Hi Caution High temperature condition (temperature > 96 °C) is found in hydraulic system 1.
Temp
Hyd 1 Lo Caution The engine driven pump 1 and electric pump 1B are at low pressure.
Press
Hyd 2 Hi Caution High temperature condition (temperature > 96 °C) is found in hydraulic system 2.
Temp
Hyd 2 Lo Caution The engine driven pump 2 and electric pump 2B are at low pressure.
Press

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-38 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
Hyd 3 Hi Caution High temperature condition (temperature > 96 °C) is found in hydraulic system 3.
Temp
Hyd 3 Lo Caution The electric pumps 3A and 3B are at low pressure.
Press
Hyd EDP 1A Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
• Left engine running
• Engine driven pump 1 is at low pressure
• Left hydraulic SOV not closed
• Electric pump 1B is not at low pressure.
Hyd EDP 2A Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
• Right engine running
• Engine driven pump 2 is at low pressure
• Right hydraulic SOV not closed
• Electric pump 2B is not at low pressure.
Hyd Pump Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
1B
• Electric pump 1B at low pressure
• Eng-driven pump 1 not at low pressure
• AC bus 2 energized
• Right gen not off or airplane on ground and Electric pump switch 1B on
or flaps are > 5°.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-39 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message ADG - Air Driven Generator
Hyd Pump Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions occur:
2B
• Electric pump 2B at low pressure
• Eng-driven pump 2 not at low pressure
• AC bus 1 energized
• Left gen not off or airplane on ground and Electric pump switch 2B is on
or flaps are > 5°.
Hyd Pump Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
3A
• Electric pump 3A is at low pressure
• AC bus 2 is on
• Electric pump 3A is selected on
• Electric pump 3B is not at low pressure.
Hyd Pump Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
3B
• Electric pump 3B at low pressure
• Electric pump 3A not at low pressure
• Either Air Driven Generator (ADG) is deployed or (AC bus 1 on, Elect.
pump 3B on or (Flaps > 5° and either main generator is online)).
Hyd SOV 1 Caution Hydraulic SOV 1 not closed and left engine fire condition is found (10 second
time delay).
Hyd SOV 2 Caution Hydraulic SOV 2 not closed and right engine fire condition is found (10 second
time delay).
Hyd SOV 1 Advisory Hydraulic SOV 1 is closed.
Clsd
Hyd SOV 2 Advisory Hydraulic SOV 2 is closed.
Clsd

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-40 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 33 Ice and rain protection Acronyms/Terms
CAS Category Meaning AOA - Angle of Attack
Message
Anti-Ice Warning Bleed leaks found from either left or right fuselage or wing anti-ice ducts.
Duct
Wing Ovht Warning Left or right wing overheat condition is found.
Aux AOA Caution Auxiliary Angle of Attack (AOA) vane heater failed.
Vane Heat
Ice Caution This message is displayed when one or more of the following conditions has
occurred:
• Icing found by system 1 or 2, and left or right sufficient heat not found when
no thrust reversers commanded or
• Left or right engine operates with cowl anti-ice not on.
Ice Caution Ice detectors 1 and 2 have failed.
Detectors
L AOA Heat Caution Left AOA vane heat not active.
L Cowl A/Ice Caution Fault found in left cowl anti-ice system (3 second time delay).
L Pitot Tube Caution Left pitot heat not active.
Heat
L Probe Caution Left pitot, static, standby pitot, or AOA failed, left probe heat is off.
Heat Off
L Static Caution Left static heat not active.
Heat
L Window Caution No heat found in left window or test signal present for more than 10 seconds.
Heat

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-41 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Wing A/Ice Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
• Left wing Anti-Ice fault when ON (low press)
• No left sufficient heat found (temp < 88°C)
• No thrust reverser command.
L Wshld Caution No heat found in left windshield or test signal present for more than 10 seconds,
Heat and AC bus 1 on.
R AOA Heat Caution Right AOA vane heat not active and AC bus 1 on.
R Cowl Caution Fault is found in right cowl anti-ice system (3 second time delay).
A/Ice
R Pitot Tube Caution Right pitot tube heat not active.
Heat
R Probe Caution Right pitot, static, or AOA failed, right probe heat is off.
Heat Off
R Static Caution Right static heat not active and DC bus 1 on.
Heat
R Window Caution No heat is present in right window or test signal is present for more than 10
Heat seconds and AC bus 2 is on.
R Wing Caution This message is displayed when the following conditions are present:
A/Ice
• Right wing Anti-Ice fault when ON (low press)
• No right sufficient heat found (temp < 88°C)
• No thrust reverser command.
R Wshld Caution No heat is present in right windshield or test signal is present for more than 10
Heat seconds and AC bus 2 is on.
Stby Pitot Caution Standby pitot heat not active.
Heat

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-42 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
TAT - Total Air Temperature
TAT Probe Caution Total Air Temperature (TAT) probe heat not active and AC bus 1 on.
Heat
Wing A/Ice Caution Fault is found in wing anti-ice sensor.
Snsr
Aux AOA Caution Auxiliary AOA case heater failed.
Case Heat
L Pitot Base Caution Left pitot base heat failed.
Heat
R Pitot Base Caution Right pitot base heat failed.
Heat
Cowl A/Ice Advisory Cowl anti-ice is on.
On
Ice Advisory Ice detected and anti-ice systems are operating.
L Window Advisory Heat is present in left window.
Heat OK
L Wshld Advisory Heat is present in left windshield.
Heat OK
R Window Advisory Heat is present in right window.
Heat OK
R Wshld Advisory Heat is present in right windshield.
Heat OK
Wing A/Ice Advisory Wing anti-ice test is good (left and right sufficient heat, wing overheat and
OK low-pressure fault all present).
Wing A/Ice Advisory Wing anti-ice is on.
On
Wing/Cwl Advisory Wing/Cowl anti-ice is on.
A/Ice On

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-43 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Cowl A/Ice Advisory Left cowl anti-ice is on.
On
R Cowl Advisory Right cowl anti-ice is on.
A/Ice On
Ice Detect 1 Status Ice detector 1 has failed.
Fail
Ice Detect 2 Status Ice detector 2 has failed.
Fail

Table 34 Integrated Flight Information System (IFIS)

CAS Category Meaning
Message
PFD 1 IFIS Advisory Terminal charts or Enhanced Maps are installed and failed on the associated
Inop display.
MFD IFIS Advisory Terminal charts or Enhanced Maps are installed and failed on the associated
Inop display.
PFD 2 IFIS Advisory Terminal charts or Enhanced Maps are installed and failed on the associated
Inop display.

Table 35 Ignition systems

CAS Category Meaning
Message
Ignition A Advisory Left or right ignition A system is on.
Ignition A/B Advisory All the conditions that follow are present:
• Left or right ignition A system is on
• Left or right ignition B system is on
Ignition B Advisory Left or right ignition B system is on.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-44 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 36 Indicating and recording system Acronyms/Terms
CAS Category Meaning DCU - Data Concentrator Unit
Message
FDR - Flight Data Recorder
FDR Event Advisory FDR EVENT switch is pressed.
Loop A Test Advisory Loop A test passed.
OK
Loop B Test Advisory Loop B test passed.
OK
DCU 1 Aural Status Data Concentrator Unit (DCU) 1 aural is inop.
Inop
DCU 1 Inop Status DCU 1 is inop.
DCU 2 Aural Status DCU 2 aural is inop.
Inop
DCU 2 Inop Status DCU 2 is inop.
FDR Fail Status Flight Data Recorder (FDR) has failed.
IAPS Status Over temperature condition found by any IAPS quadrant.
Overtemp

Table 37 Landing gear and brakes

CAS Category Meaning
Message
Gear Warning Disagreement found between landing gear handle and actual gear positions with
Disagree time delays to prevent warning for normal operation.
Nose Door Warning Nose compartment door open for more than 10 seconds, or when IAS > 250
Open knots.
Parking Warning Aircraft is airborne and parking brake set, or N1>70% and parking brake set.
Brake
A/Skid Inbd Caution Fault found in antiskid inboard system and parking brake not set.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-45 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message WOW - Weight On Wheels
A/Skid Caution Fault found in antiskid outboard system and parking brake not set. PSEU - Proximity Sensor Elec-
Outbd tronic Unit
Inbd Brake Caution Inboard brake pressure < 1000 PSI and DC bus 2 powered.
Press
Outbd Caution Outboard brake pressure < 1000 PSI and DC bus 2 powered.
Brake Press
Park Brake Caution This message is displayed when one or more of the following conditions occur:
SOV
• Parking brake SOV is failed
• Parking brake SOV closed when not set.
Steering Caution Steering system fault is found or system switched off.
Inop
WOW Input Caution Any Weight On Wheels (WOW) sensor is in a state that does not agree with the
other WOW sensors for more than 10 seconds.
WOW Caution This message is displayed when one or more of the following conditions occur:
Output
• Critical WOW outputs do not agree > 20sec.
• Continuous built-in test found a WOW critical output fault.
Prox Sys Caution Proximity system failure.
Parking Advisory Parking brake is on.
Brake On
A/Skid In Advisory Anti-skid system test on.
Test
Prox Sys Status Proximity Sensor Electronic Unit (PSEU) failure.
Fault

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-46 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
WOW Status Either of the following conditions occur:
Output Fail
• PSEU-1 WOW outputs do not agree, or
• PSEU-1 WOW outputs do not agree and WOW output not true.
Steering Off Status Nosewheel Steering is Off and aircraft is below 2000 feet AGL.

Table 38 Navigation
CAS Category Meaning
Message
IRS 1 Inop Advisory IRS 1 is failed and is not active source on any PFD.
To reduce redundant messages, this CAS is not displayed when the associated
IRS fail flags are displayed on the affected PFD.
IRS 2 Inop Advisory IRS 2 is failed and is not active source on any PFD.
To reduce redundant messages, this CAS is not displayed when the associated
IRS fail flags are displayed on the affected PFD.
IRS 3 Inop Advisory IRS 3 is failed and is not active source on any PFD.
To reduce redundant messages, this CAS is not displayed when the associated
IRS fail flags are displayed on the affected PFD.
IRS 3 Advisory Indicates IRS 3 is aligning.
Aligning
NAV 1 Inop Advisory NAV 1 has failed and is not the active Nav source on any PFD.
NAV 2 Inop Advisory NAV 2 has failed and is not the active Nav source on any PFD.
IRS 1 DC Status DC/battery voltage low.
Fail
IRS 1 In Att Status IRS 1 in attitude mode.
IRS 1 On Status IRS 1 on battery power.
Batt

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-47 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
IRS 1 Status IRS 1 overheated.
Overtemp
IRS 2 DC Status DC/battery voltage low.
Fail
IRS 2 In Att Status IRS 2 in attitude mode.
IRS 2 On Status IRS 2 on battery power.
Batt
IRS 2 Status IRS 2 overheated.
Overtemp
IRS 3 DC Status DC/battery voltage low.
Fail
IRS 3 In Att Status IRS 3 in attitude mode.
IRS 3 On Status IRS 3 on battery power.
Batt
IRS 3 Status IRS 3 overheated.
Overtemp

Table 39 Oxygen
CAS Category Meaning
Message
Oxy Lo Caution Crew oxygen-bottle pressure < 1100 PSI (displayed).
Press
Pax Oxy On Caution Passenger oxygen system activated.

Table 40 Pneumatic systems

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-48 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
L 10th Duct Warning Duct leak condition found at left 10th stage manifold (temperature > 154 °C).
L 14th Duct Warning Duct leak condition found at left 14th stage pylon (temperature > 195.5 °C
overall or > 246 °C at a distance of 1 foot).
R 10th Duct Warning Duct leak condition found at right 10th stage manifold (temperature > 154 °C).
R 14th Duct Warning Duct leak condition found at right 14th stage pylon (temperature > 195.5 °C
overall, or > 246 °C at a distance of 1 foot).
Duct Test Advisory Duct (bleed leak detection) test successful (all duct failure warnings (5 total)
OK set during test).

Table 41 Synthetic Vision System (SVS)

CAS Category Meaning
Message
PFD 1 SVS Advisory SVS Obstacles have failed and are not available for display on the Left Display.
Obst
MFD SVS Advisory SVS Obstacles have failed and are not available for display on the Center
Obst Display.
PFD 2 SVS Advisory SVS Obstacles have failed and are not available for display on the Right Display.
Obst
PFD 1 SVS Advisory SVS Runways have failed and are not available for display on the Left Display.
Runway
MFD SVS Advisory SVS Runways have failed and are not available for display on the Center Display.
Runway
PFD 2 SVS Advisory SVS Runways have failed and are not available for display on the Right Display.
Runway
SVS Advisory If the GPS Altitude is more than 75 feet off the expected altitude from the
Degraded Baro-corrected Altitude and temperature-compensated ADC altitude, the Alt
Alt Monitor Fail bit is set.
The SVS image will not be removed.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-49 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 42 Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS) Acronyms/Terms
CAS Category Meaning GPWS - Ground Proximity Warn-
Message ing System
TAWS Caution Indicates the TAWS Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) function is FLTA - Forward Looking Terrain
GPWS Fail failed. Aural alerts and visual warnings and cautions may not be provided. Avoidance
TAWS Caution Indicates the TAWS Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA), Premature PDA - Premature Descent Alert
Terrain Fail Descent Alert (PDA) function is failed or unavailable or the TAWS terrain map RWS - Reactive Windshear
overlay function is failed.
TAWS Caution ►Maintain terrain awareness and vigilance.
System Fail Indicates TAWS has failed. TAWS FLTA, PDA, GPWS, Reactive Windshear
(RWS) and Terrain Maps are all failed. Message is accompanied by a TAWS
Fail message on the PFD.
Windshear Caution Indicates the TAWS RWS function is failed and is not available.
Fail

Table 43 Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)

CAS Category Meaning
Message
TCAS Fail Caution ►Maintain traffic awareness and vigilance.
• If this message is displayed along with XPDR 1-2 Fail Caution CAS
message, then Air Traffic Control (ATC) and other aircraft will not be
receiving secondary surveillance information from the transponder (alt,
squawk code, mode S address).
• If this message is displayed with a single XPDR Fail CAS message,
then confirm the operational transponder is selected so ATC can receive
secondary surveillance information from the transponder (alt, squawk
code, mode S address).

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-50 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Message
ATC - Air Traffic Control
Indicates Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) has failed. The Traffic
TCAS - Traffic Alert Collision
overlay, Resolution Advisory (RA)/Traffic Advisory (TA) tones and symbols, and
Avoidance System
resolution advisory pitch cue are removed.
RA - Resolution Advisory
TCAS Off Advisory ►Set the TCAS and transponder to the correct operating modes for the current
TA - Traffic Advisory
phase of flight.
Indicates when the TCAS system is OFF and the aircraft is in the air.

Table 44 Thrust reversers

CAS Category Meaning
Message
L Rev Caution This message is displayed when left thrust reverser is unlocked and either of the
Unlocked 2 conditions that follow occurs:
• Left thrust reverser not armed.
• No valid deployment command set.
L Rev Caution Left thrust reverser unsafe to arm (deploy command sets but not armed or
Unsafe unlocked).
R Rev Caution This message is displayed when right thrust reverser unlocked and either of the
Unlocked 2 conditions that follow occurs:
• Right thrust reverser not armed
• No valid deployment command set.
R Rev Caution Right thrust reverser unsafe to arm (deploy command sets but not armed or
Unsafe unlocked).
L Rev Advisory Left thrust reverser is armed.
Armed
R Rev Advisory Right thrust reverser is armed.
Armed

Table 45 Topographical (TOPO) map

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-51 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message
PFD 1 Topo Advisory Topo function has failed and is not available for the Left Display.
Fail
MFD Topo Advisory Topo function has failed and is not available for the Center Display.
Fail
PFD 2 Topo Advisory Topo function has failed and is not available for the Right Display.
Fail
PFD 1 Rel Advisory Relative Terrain Topo function has failed and is not available for the Left Display.
Terr
MFD Rel Advisory Relative Terrain Topo function has failed and is not available for the Center
Terr Display.
PFD 2 Rel Advisory Relative Terrain Topo function has failed and is not available for the Right
Terr Display.

Table 46 Transponder
CAS Category Meaning
Message
XPDR 1-2 Caution ►Maintain traffic awareness and vigilance.
Fail Both Transponders failed.
Traffic overlay, RA/TA tones/symbols, and RA pitch cue removed. ATC and
other aircraft will not be receiving secondary surveillance info (alt,squawk
code,mode S addr).
XPDR 1 Fail Caution ►Select transponder 2 to be active transponder. Maintain traffic awareness
and vigilance.
Active Transponder 1 failed.
Traffic overlay, RA/TA tones/symbols, and RA pitch cue removed. ATC and
other aircraft will not be receiving secondary surveillance info (alt,squawk
code,mode S addr).

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-52 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 CAS Category Meaning
Message Table of Contents
XPDR 2 Fail Caution ►Select transponder 1 to be active transponder. Maintain traffic awareness
and vigilance.
Active Transponder 2 failed.
Traffic overlay, RA/TA tones/symbols, and RA pitch cue removed. ATC and
other aircraft will not be receiving secondary surveillance info (alt,squawk
code,mode S addr).
XPDR 1 Caution ►Select the valid transponder.
ADS-B Fail ADS-B Out functionality is inoperative in Transponder 1. ADS-B Function Failure
as defined in AC 20-165.
XPDR 2 Caution ►Select the valid transponder.
ADS-B Fail ADS-B Out functionality is inoperative in Transponder 2. ADS-B Function Failure
as defined in AC 20-165.
XPDR 1 Advisory Inactive Transponder 1 has failed. ADS-B Device Failure as defined in AC
Inop 20-165.
TCAS and ATC secondary surveillance information are still operational since the
operational Transponder 2 is active.
XPDR 2 Advisory Inactive Transponder 2 has failed. ADS-B Device Failure as defined in AC
Inop 20-165.
TCAS and ATC secondary surveillance information are still operational since the
operational Transponder 1 is active.
XPDR 1 Advisory ADS-B Out functionality is inoperative in the inactive Transponder 1. ADS-B
ADS-B Inop Function Failure as defined in AC 20-165.
XPDR 2 Advisory ADS-B Out functionality is inoperative in the inactive Transponder 2. ADS-B
ADS-B Inop Function Failure as defined in AC 20-165.

-- End of CAS message description --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > CAS messages 11-53 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.3 FMS messages
FMS message description
Description of FMS messages
FMS messages are shown on the PFD in the A1 and A2 message fields. “Msg” is shown on the A2 line of each
PFD when any unread FMS messages exist.

FMS message fields

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-54 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 47 FMS A1 messages Acronyms/Terms
FMS Message Meaning RNP - Required Navigation Per-
<Approach name indicator> Appr (white) <Approach name indicator> can be LPV, Required formance
Navigation Performance (RNP) does not exist for NDB - Non-Directional Radio
VOR or Non-Directional Radio Beacon (NDB) type Beacon
approaches (NAVAID based approaches).
Shows when Approach mode is active.
<Approach name indicator> Arm (white) <Approach name indicator> can be LPV or RNP.
<Approach name indicator> does not exist for
VOR or NDB type approaches (NAVAID based
approaches).
LPV ARM shows when the approach is LPV and
the aircraft is within the terminal area (31 NM of the
airport ARP).
RNP ARM shows when the approach is RNP and
the aircraft is within the terminal area (31 NM of the
airport ARP).
IRS Only Shows when the FMS is using the IRS sensors for
position estimation and the calculated position error
exceeds 0.442 NM.
Chk Pos (yellow) ►Check the navigation sensors for any fault
indications.
Shows when the FMS position accuracy is outside
predefined limits.
Discon (white) Shows when the aircraft is within 2 minutes of
sequencing a discontinuity in the active flight plan.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-55 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
FMS DR (yellow) ►Check the individual navigation sensors for any DR - Dead Reckoning
fault indications. The FMS is not receiving any GNSS - Global Navigation Satel-
position updates. lite System
Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
IRS - Inertial Reference System
• Aircraft is airborne for more than 2 minutes. SBAS - Space Based Augmenta-
• The FMS does not show any NAV invalid tion System
indications.
• The FMS has been in Dead Reckoning
(DR) mode for at least 60 seconds in the
oceanic/remote area of flight, 30 seconds in
the en route or terminal area of flight, or 10
seconds in the approach area of flight.
• FMS Navigation mode is DR for more than 5
minutes while the aircraft is airborne.
The pilot should take immediate action to see why
the FMS is in DR mode. The autopilot does not
automatically disengage from the flight director when
the FMS is in DR mode.
GPS Only (white) ►Check the Global Navigation Satellite System
(GNSS) sensor for any fault indications.
Shows when NAVAIDs or Inertial Reference System
(IRS) sensors are not available for use by the FMS,
the aircraft is not in the approach area of flight,
the approach is not Space Based Augmentation
System (SBAS)/LPV, and the FMS NAV mode is
NAVIGATION.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-56 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
No Appr (yellow) Shows when FMS is the NAV source, the aircraft
is on the approach segment, and the required
navigation accuracy is lost. The approach should
not be attempted.
A yellow Appr Not Available message will be
displayed on the FMS message page along with
this message. The presence of either message
indicates that the approach should not be attempted.
Consider missed approach procedures.
NAV-to-NAV will not function with No Appr
annunciated.
No Appr (white) ►Check for the correct approach loaded into the
active flight plan or the correct LOC frequency
loaded.
►Check the GNSS status for each installed sensor.
Shows in the approach ARM area for a GNSS
based approach, when FMS is the NAV source and
the GNSS accuracy of the final approach segment
cannot be met. In a NAV-to-NAV setup No Appr
shows when the LOC frequency has not been tuned.
NAV-to-NAV will not function with No Appr
annunciated.
No RNP (yellow) ►If prior to starting the approach, select a different
approach with higher minimums. If on approach,
be prepared to execute a missed approach if the
runway is not in sight.
►Check the GNSS status for each installed sensor.
Shows when the current navigation source is FMS,
and either the GNSS Horizontal Protection Limit
(HPL) is greater than the Horizontal Alert Limit
(HAL), or the Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU)
is greater than the RNP. The aircraft may not be able
to maintain the required RNP accuracy when this

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-57 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
message shows. This message is displayed along HPL - Horizontal Protection Limit
with the UNABLE RNP message in the Enroute, or HAL - Horizontal Alert Limit
Terminal phases of flight.
EPU - Estimated Position Uncer-
No RNP (white) ►Monitor position and contact ATC for further tainty
clearance.
RNP AR - Required Navigation
►Check the GNSS status for each installed sensor.
Performance Authorization Re-
Shows when the GNSS is disabled and an UNABLE
quired
RNP condition exists.
MAP - Missed Approach Point
Ref Appr (white) Shows when flying an approach without the GNSS
overlay, with the GNSS sensor enabled. The GNSS
sensor must be disabled to clear the message.
RNP MA (white) Shows during Required Navigation Performance
Authorization Required (RNP AR) approach when
the FMS has sequenced to the Missed Approach
Point (MAP).
Seq Inhib (yellow) ►Switch the mode to AUTO if able on the Fly icon,
Route tab.
Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• CRS TO FAF >45 DEG message shows, and
• The sequencing mode is set to Seq Inhib on
the Fly icon, Route tab, and
• Any of the items that follow are true:
• The aircraft is on the approach and
guidance is ready to sequence the Final
Approach Fix (FAF) (less than 1 second),
or
• The aircraft is on the FROM side of the
waypoint, or

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-58 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms

• The aircraft has passed the turn initiation FAF - Final Approach Fix
point. BOC - Bottom of Climb
Seq Inhib (white) ►Switch the mode to AUTO if able on the Fly icon,
Route tab.
Shows when Seq Inhibit is selected on the Fly icon,
Route tab, or the aircraft is ready to sequence the
FAF (time to sequence is less than 1 second), or the
aircraft is on the FROM side of the waypoint, or the
aircraft has passed the turn initiation point.
V/D Only (white) Shows when the FMS is using a single VOR/DME
for position estimation and the NAVAID is less than
40 NM away from the current position.

Table 48 FMS A2 messages

FMS Message Meaning
Alt (yellow) Shows when the aircraft is unable to meet altitude
constraints during a climb or descent. Message
clears when viewed on the Messages dialog box.
BOC (flashing) (white) Shows when the aircraft is 5 seconds prior to the
Bottom of Climb (BOC).
Hold (white) Shows when the holding pattern is active.
Msg (white) Shows when a white crew awareness message is
active and ready to be viewed on the Messages
dialog box.
Msg (yellow) Shows when a yellow crew awareness message
is active and ready to be viewed on the Messages
dialog box.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-59 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Ofst (flashing) (white) Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• FMS is the active NAV source.
• A parallel offset is active.
• The sequenced leg of the flight plan does not
support a parallel offset.
Ofst (steady) (white) Shows when the aircraft parallel offset is active.
Message clears when viewed on the Messages
dialog box.
Spd (yellow) Shows when the items that follow are true:
• VNAV is valid and the current speed limit is
associated with a holding pattern that is active
within 2 minutes, or
• VNAV speed limit due to a speed constraint
exists and the speed is more than 20 knots
IAS or 0.03 Mach above the VNAV computed
required speed.
This message also shows when the aircraft is
decelerating to meet a speed constraint, or all of the
items that follow are true:
• A speed constraint segment of the flight plan
is active.
• VNAV is active and the constant speed segment
equals the VNAV reference speed.
• The actual speed compared to the VNAV
reference speed with the difference exceeds ±
20 knots IAS or ± 0.03 Mach.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-60 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
TOD (steady) (white) Shows when all of the items that follow are true: TOD - Top of Descent
• The active VNAV sub-mode is VPATH and the
level sub-mode is active.
• VPATH conditions for capture are satisfied.
• Bottom of current descent path is below
barometric altitude.
• VNAV reference altitude equals altitude
constraint at the bottom of the descent path.
• Hold pattern is not between aircraft and Top
of Descent (TOD).
• Time to dynamic TOD is less than or equal to
60 seconds to capture the descent path.
• A vertical Direct-To command has not been
received within the last 10 seconds.
TOD (flashing) (white) Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• The active VNAV sub-mode is VPATH and the
level sub-mode is active.
• VPATH conditions for capture are satisfied.
• Bottom of current descent path is below
barometric altitude.
• VNAV reference altitude equals altitude
constraint at the bottom of the descent path.
• Hold pattern is not between aircraft and TOD.
• Time to dynamic TOD is less than or equal to 5
seconds to capture the descent path.
• A vertical Direct-To command has not been
received within the last 10 seconds.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-61 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The FMS A3 message field is shown on the Map format. Acronyms/Terms
Table 49 FMS A3 messages ACT - Active
FMS Message Meaning FPLN - Flight Plan
Appr Not Availbl (yellow) ►Switch to another approach procedure if available. ALTN - Alternate
Shows when any of the conditions that follow is true:
• The aircraft is in the arrival area and the FMS
Navigation mode is not GNSS based, or
• The SBAS service provider is not available, or
• The GNSS accuracy is less than required for
the approach.
For a NAVAID approach, the message is shown
when the NAVAID frequency has not been tuned or
is not being received.
Chk Fuel At Altn (yellow) Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• The predicted fuel for the Active (ACT) Flight
Plan (FPLN) Alternate (ALTN) airport is less
than the specified reserve fuel.
• The aircraft is not between 2 NM prior to the
FAF and the arrival runway on an ILS approach.
• Any of the items that follow are true:
• Perf mode is Predicted, or
• Perf mode is Measured-Manual with a
pilot entered fuel flow, or
• Perf mode is Measured-Manual and the
aircraft is not climbing (vertical velocity
greater than 250 fpm).
If the condition for CHECK FUEL AT DEST exists,
this message is suppressed.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-62 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Chk Fuel At Dest (yellow) Informs the pilot that the computed fuel for the ACT
FPLN destination airport is less than the specified
reserve fuel and one of the items that follow is true:
• Perf mode is Predicted, or
• Perf mode is Measured-Manual with a pilot
entered fuel flow, or
• Perf mode is Measured-Manual and the aircraft
is not climbing (vertical velocity greater than
250 fpm).
Chk Pos (yellow) ►Do a position update of the FMS (if required).
►If a failed sensor caused the problem, disable the
failed sensor.
►Select a VOR/DME station within 40 NM of the
aircraft, or exclude selected NAVAIDs outside of 40
NM using the NavAid Inhibit dialog box.
Shows when the FMS has determined that a
navigation sensor is not meeting the accuracy
requirements for the current phase of flight. This
message is usually followed by another message
showing the affected sensor.
DR Exceeds 5Min (white) ►Make sure navigation sensors are enabled.
Enable them if they are not. The FMS is not
receiving any position update information.
►Do a position update of the FMS with data from a
known good sensor.
Another reason for this message could be that the
FMS position was not properly initialized.
The FMS continues to give steering input to the
autopilot even with all of the navigation sensors not
providing data to the FMS.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-63 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
The pilot should take immediate action when the
FMS is in DR mode.
FMS DR (yellow) ►Make sure that all navigation sensors are enabled
and AUTO tuning mode is selected. Enable them
if they are not. The FMS is not receiving position
updates.
►Do a position update of the FMS with data from a
known good sensor.
Shows when the aircraft is airborne for at least 2
minutes and the FMS has been in DR mode for at
least:
• 60 seconds in an oceanic or remote
environment.
• 30 seconds in the en route or terminal
environment.
• 10 seconds in the approach environment.
Another reason for this message could be that the
FMS position was not properly initialized.
The FMS continues to give steering input to the
autopilot even with all of the navigation sensors not
providing data to the FMS.
The pilot should take immediate action when the
FMS is in DR mode.
FMS Nav Invalid (white) ►Check the NAV sensors to be sure they are
enabled.
►Check for a heading or airspeed sensor failure.
►Switch to another NAV source, if possible.
Shows when the FMS does not have a valid
source for navigation sensors, heading data, and
groundspeed for 30 seconds while airborne (more
than 2 minutes after takeoff).

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-64 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
LPV Not Availbl (yellow) ►Switch to another approach procedure if available, LNAV - Lateral Navigation
or switch to the LNAV/VNAV BARO level of service,
or only descend to the Lateral Navigation (LNAV)
minimum on the approach procedure.
Shows when any of the conditions that follow is true:
• The aircraft is in the arrival area and the FMS
Navigation mode is not GNSS based, or
• The SBAS service provider is not available, or
• The GNSS accuracy is less than required for
the approach.
L/V Not Availbl (yellow) ►Switch to another approach procedure if available,
or switch to the LNAV/VNAV BARO level of service,
or only descend to the LNAV minimum on the
approach procedure.
Shows when any of the conditions that follow is true:
• The aircraft is in the arrival area and the FMS
Navigation mode is not GNSS based, or
• An SBAS service provider is not available, or
• The GNSS accuracy is less than required for
the approach.
Unable RNP (yellow) ►Switch to another approach that does not require
SBAS information if prior to FAF. After FAF, consider
missed approach procedures.
►Check the GNSS status for each installed sensor.
►For an LPV approach, switch to another approach
that does not require SBAS information prior to
the FAF. After FAF, consider missed approach
procedures.
►For an RNP approach, consider missed approach
procedures.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-65 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Shows when the current navigation source is FMS, HPL - Horizontal Protection Limit
and either the GNSS Horizontal Protection Limit HAL - Horizontal Alert Limit
(HPL) is greater than the Horizontal Alert Limit
(HAL), or the Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU) EPU - Estimated Position Uncer-
is greater than the RNP. The aircraft may not be able tainty
to maintain the required RNP accuracy when this
message shows.

Table 50 FMS annunciation messages

FMS Message Meaning
Discontinuity (white) ►Remove the discontinuity or be ready for wings
level flight after the aircraft flies past the last point
before the discontinuity shows.
Shows when the flight plan contains a discontinuity.
No Flt Plan (white) ►Enter a flight plan.
The message shows when a flight plan has not been
loaded.
Seq Inhib (white) ►Switch the mode to AUTO if able on the Fly icon,
Route tab.
Shows when Seq Inhib is selected on the FMS
format, or the aircraft is ready to sequence the FAF
(time to sequence is less than 1 second), or the
aircraft is on the FROM side of the waypoint, or the
aircraft has passed the turn initiation point.

The FMS annunciations are shown in the Messages dialog box on the FMS format and on the HSI. The highest
priority messages are shown on the HSI, and are cleared from the HSI after being viewed in the Messages dialog
box. In the Messages dialog box, previously viewed (but still active) messages are moved to the Old Messages
section.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-66 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table 51 FMS annunciations
FMS Message Meaning
<Approach LNAV Indicator Text> Available (yellow) ►Switch to another approach procedure if available,
or switch to the LNAV/VNAV-BARO level of service,
or only descend to the LNAV minimum on the
approach procedure.
Shows when LPV navigational accuracy does
not support LPV minimums but supports LNAV
minimums as published. This condition exists when
all of the items that follow are true.
• The FMS is in SBAS-VNAV Approach mode.
• The LNAV level of service is authorized for the
selected approach.
<Appr Type> Not Available (yellow) ►Switch to another procedure if available.
Shows when any of the conditions that follow is true:
• The aircraft is in the arrival area and the FMS
Navigation mode is not GNSS based, or
• The SBAS service provider is not available, or
• The GNSS accuracy is less than required for
the approach.
For a NAVAID approach, the message is shown
when the NAVAID frequency has not been tuned or
is not being received.
ADC Temp Disagree (yellow) ►Check correct temperature between the currently
selected ADC sources. Discontinue using the ADC
that is causing temperature disagreement through
ADC reversion.
Shows when two static air temperatures differ by
more than 4º C.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-67 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
IRS Only Shows when the FMS is using the IRS sensors for
position estimation and the calculated position error
exceeds 0.442 NM.
IRS Reverted ►Monitor the IRS position for drift and realign it if
needed.
This message shows if two or more IRS are enabled,
and one or more is not in use because the data is
invalid, which is causing IRS reversion. Normal IRS
usage is defined as:
• Blended with three IRS enabled.
• Highest priority single IRS with two IRS
enabled.
The priority of usage is: same-side, center, and
cross-side.
The most common cause of reversion is IRS position
errors exceeding 2.5 NM/HR over the duration of
flight, or 5.0 NM over the first hour of flight.
IRS Disabled (white) ►Re-enable the IRS sensors (select the check box
next to the IRS) unless there is a problem with the
sensor.
IRS navigation sensors are disabled by the crew for
use by the Setup icon, Sensors tab, IRS tab. This
can degrade FMS navigation capability. This does
not cause a message to appear on the Messages
dialog box or the MSG button to become active.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-68 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
IRS-FMS Disagree (yellow) ►Determine if a position update can correct the BOC - Bottom of Climb
problem, or if the IRS sensor should be disabled. TOD - Top of Descent
The IRS position determination is different from
that of the FMS. This message shows when the
difference is either:
• 5 NM or greater within the first half hour of flight.
• Greater than 2.5 NM multiplied by the duration
of flight (T), plus 3.75 NM, up to a limit of 25
NM [(2.5 x T) + 3.75 = X and X is ≤ 25 NM]
after the first half hour of flight.
If the FMS and IRS positions differ by more than 25.0
NM and the FMS NAV mode is NOT a valid GNSS
Navigation mode (Navigation, SBAS, SBAS-PA).
Check Alt Sel (white) ►Lower altitude preselector to allow requested
VNAV descent at the TOD or raise altitude
preselector to allow requested VNAV climb at the
BOC.
VNAV is active and either of the items that follow
is true.
• (Climb) The preselected altitude is not higher
than the current barometric altitude of the
aircraft and the aircraft is within 45 seconds of
a Bottom of Climb (BOC).
• (Descent) The preselect altitude is not lower
than the current barometric altitude of the
aircraft, and the aircraft is within 45 seconds
of a Top of Descent (TOD) and approach
condition is not active.
• The aircraft is within 45 seconds of the start
point of a step climb and the Preselect altitude
is not dialed to the defined step altitude.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-69 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Check Airport OAT (yellow) ►Enter a valid Outside Air Temperature (OAT) for OAT - Outside Air Temperature
the airport associated with the approach. TEMP COMP - Temperature
►Select Temperature Compensation (TEMP Compensation
COMP) to OFF if temperature compensation is not
necessary for the approach.
Shows when all of the conditions that follow are true:
• TEMP COMP option is available and is selected
ON.
• An approach is in the flight plan and the aircraft
position is within the terminal area for the
approach.
• An OAT has not been entered for the airport
associated with the approach.
The message is automatically cleared when the
aircraft leaves the terminal area for the approach,
TEMP COMP is set to OFF, or an OAT for the arrival
airport is entered.
Check DME/DME Use (white) ►On the Setup icon, Sensors tab, VOR/DME tab,
set DME/DME to YES.
Shows when the aircraft is within the terminal area,
an approach has been enabled that requires the
DME sensor, and the DME/DME use is set to NO on
the Setup icon, Sensors tab, VOR/DME tab.
Check FPLN Alt (white) ►Check flight plan altitude constraints shown in
yellow on the FMS format.
Shows when there is an error in an altitude
constraint because it results in a reversal of a
climb or descent altitude (VNAV), the aircraft has
exceeded a down-track altitude constraint, or an
altitude constraint in the FPLN is greater than the
cruise altitude.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-70 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Check Fuel At Altn (yellow) Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
MFW Map: Chk Fuel At Altn (yellow)
• The predicted fuel for the ACT FPLN-ALTN
airport is less than the specified reserve fuel.
• The aircraft is not between 2 NM prior to the
FAF and the arrival runway on an ILS approach.
If the condition for CHECK FUEL AT DEST exists,
this message is suppressed. Disregard any CHECK
FUEL AT ALTN messages that show after landing.
Check Fuel At Dest (yellow) Informs the pilot that the computed fuel for the ACT
MFW Map: Chk Fuel At Dest (yellow) FPLN destination airport is less than the specified
reserve fuel.
Disregard any CHECK FUEL AT DEST messages
that show after landing.
Check Heading Reference (yellow) ►Check the heading reference. It needs to match
the area of operation.
Shows when aircraft heading reference does not
match the TO waypoint heading reference OR a
True North heading reference approach is entered
and the aircraft heading source reference cannot
support the approach.
Check Loc Tuning (white) ►Manually tune the correct localizer frequency if
necessary before making the approach.
Shows when the aircraft is at or within the terminal
area of the destination airport, a localizer-based
approach (for example, an ILS approach) is selected,
FAF is in the active FPLN, and the navigation
frequency does not match the tuned value of the
FMS.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-71 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Check Nav DB Dates (white) ►Select the current navigation database cycle RAIM - Receiver Autonomous In-
on the Setup icon, Status tab, Database tab. If a tegrity Monitoring
current database cycle does not exist, load a current
navigation database.
Shows when the NAV database is out of date.
Check Nav Source (white) ►Set the navigation source to FMS or LOC.
Shows when VNAV is selected and the navigation
source is not LOC after the FMS initiated ILS
capture.
Check Nav Tuning (white) ►Make sure that DME/DME and VOR/DME use
is set to YES on the Setup icon, Sensors tab,
VOR/DME tab.
►Select the correct VOR/DME for the approach.
►Select the AUTO tuning mode for the NAV radios
when able.
►Fly outside the terminal area (31 NM radius from
the airport) and select a different approach.
Shows when the aircraft is at or within 31 NM of the
destination airport, Approach mode and a RNAV
approach is selected, the FMS message NO NPA
RAIM shows, and the FMS could not tune the
referenced NAVAID. If the correct VOR/DME is
not available and GNSS non-precision approach
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is
unavailable, the approach is not authorized.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-72 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Check Speed (yellow) ►Reduce aircraft speed. VPA - Vertical Path Angle
►Make sure the correct MAX SPD Hold is selected
(ICAO/FAA).
Shows when the FMS is the selected NAV source
and either condition that follows is true:
• The current airspeed is 20 knots or 0.03 Mach
greater than a VNAV speed restriction.
• The aircraft is within 2 minutes of a hold and the
current indicated airspeed is 20 knots or 0.03
Mach greater than the maximum recommended
holding airspeed (FAA or ICAO selected).
The CHECK SPEED message does not show for
configuration speeds, for example 250 knot terminal
speed or 200 knot approach speed.
Check VOR/DME Use (white) ►Set INCLUDE VOR/DME to YES on the Setup
icon, Sensors tab, VOR/DME tab.
Shows when Approach mode is enabled, a RNAV
approach is selected, the aircraft is within a 31 NM
radius of the airport, and NO (disabled) is selected
for INCLUDE VOR/DME on the Setup icon, Sensors
tab, VOR/DME tab.
Check VPA Entry (white) ►Check the Vertical Path Angle (VPA) entered on
the Fly icon, Route tab.
Shows when a VPA entry is between the VPA limit
and the aircraft maximum VPA.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-73 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Chk Pos (yellow) ►Do a position update of the FMS (if required).
MFW Map: Chk Pos (yellow) ►If a failed sensor caused the problem, disable the
failed sensor.
►Select a VOR/DME station within 40 NM of the
aircraft, or exclude selected NAVAIDs outside of 40
NM using the NavAid Inhibit dialog box.
Shows when the FMS has determined that a
navigation sensor is not meeting the accuracy
requirements for the current phase of flight. This
message is usually followed by another message
showing the affected sensor.
Chk SBAS Svc Prvdr (yellow) ►Enable the required SBAS Service Provider on
the SBAS Services dialog box and execute the flight
plan change if applicable.
Shows for ANY of the conditions that follow:
• A SBAS LPV approach is selected, the aircraft
is within the terminal area (31 NM radius of the
selected approach airport), and the required
Service Provider is disabled.
• A SBAS-VNAV approach is selected, the
aircraft is within the terminal area (31 NM
radius of the selected approach airport), and
the GNSS receiver is not using the required
Service Provider.
• The GNSS receiver is using a disabled Service
Provider.
• All SBAS Service Providers are disabled or
unusable.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-74 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Crs Reversal In FPLN (yellow) ►Edit the flight plan to eliminate the course reversal. STAR - Standard Terminal Arrival
►Ignore the message if the flight plan course Route
reversal is intentional. SEC - Secondary
Shows when the flight plan route contains a course
reversal of more than 160 degrees at the TO
waypoint or at the junction between two different
procedures (for example, Standard Terminal Arrival
Route (STAR) and approach junction). Its purpose
is to identify a possible error in a flight plan.
Crs To FAF>45 Deg (yellow) ►Adjust aircraft course to make the intercept angle
45 degrees or less.
Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• The aircraft intercept angle to the FAF-MAP
course line is greater than 45 degrees
preventing FAF sequencing for the approach
and the flight plan Sequence mode on the Fly
icon, Route tab, is set to Seq Inhb (as a result).
• The aircraft is flying Direct-To the FAF.
• The aircraft is not flying ATC vectors to the FAF.
Decelerate (white) ►Set engine power or add drag as needed to slow
the aircraft.
Shows when flight phase is descent, the descent
path type is VPA and the current airspeed is ≥2 knots
greater than the FMS reference speed.
DL FPLN Loaded (white) ►Go to the Secondary (SEC) FPLN format to view
the flight plan and clear the message.
Shows when the Data Link flight plan that was
requested by the pilot has been loaded and not yet
viewed.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-75 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
DL Winds Updated (white) ►Go to the Fly icon, Route tab for the MOD flight MOD - Modified
plan to view the winds. DR - Dead Reckoning
►Cancel the Modified (MOD) FPLN.
The Data Link flight plan wind update that the pilot
requested has been loaded into the active flight plan,
creating a MOD FPLN that has not yet been viewed.
DME/DME Disabled (white) ►Set INCLUDE DME/DME to YES on the Setup
icon, Sensors tab, VOR/DME tab.
Shows when INCLUDE DME/DME is set to NO
(disabled) on the Setup icon, Sensors tab, VOR/DME
tab and the FMS is trying to use DME/DME for
position information (default DME/DME use is
ENABLED).
DR Exceeds 5 Min (yellow) ►Make sure navigation sensors are enabled.
MFW Map: DR Exceeds 5 Min (yellow) Enable them if they are not. The FMS is not
receiving any position update information.
►Do a position update of the FMS with data from a
known good sensor.
Another reason for this message could be that the
FMS position was not properly initialized.
The FMS continues to give steering input to the
autopilot even with all of the navigation sensors not
providing data to the FMS.
The pilot should take immediate action when the
FMS is in Dead Reckoning (DR) mode.
Excess IRS Motion (white) ►Make sure that the aircraft is not in motion and
restart IRS alignment.
The IRS has detected excessive motion during
alignment. This message occurs usually because
the aircraft is taxied or towed during alignment.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-76 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Exec FPLN Mod (yellow) ►Do any of the actions that follow to remove the MKP - Multifunction Keypad
message:
• Continue the modification.
• Make sure the current change is correct and
push EXEC on the Multifunction Keypad (MKP)
or select the EXEC button at the bottom of the
flight planning format page to execute the flight
plan.
• Push the CNCL on the MKP or select the CNCL
button at the bottom of the page to cancel the
modification in progress.
Shows when a modified flight plan exists and no
activity has been observed for 15 seconds.
FMS DR (yellow) ►Make sure that all navigation sensors are enabled
MFW Map: A3 FMS DR and AUTO tuning mode is selected. Enable them
if they are not. The FMS is not receiving position
updates.
►Do a position update of the FMS with data from a
known good sensor.
Shows when the aircraft is airborne for at least 2
minutes and the FMS has been in DR mode for at
least:
• 60 seconds in an oceanic or remote
environment.
• 30 seconds in the en route or terminal
environment.
• 10 seconds in the approach environment.
Another reason for this message could be that the
FMS position was not properly initialized.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-77 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
The FMS continues to give steering input to the
autopilot even with all of the navigation sensors not
providing data to the FMS.
The pilot should take immediate action when the
FMS is in DR mode.
FMS-FMS Disagree (yellow) Shows when the following conditions are present:
• Cross-side FMS mode is GNSS, DME/DME,
VOR/DME, or IRS Only.
• On-side FMS mode is GNSS, DME/DME,
VOR/DME, IRS Only, or DR.
• Both the on-side and cross-side FMS status
are valid.
• The on-side FMS and cross-side FMS present
positions differ by more than the cross-side
maximum expected position error.
FMS Independent Op (yellow) ►If the communications failure was due to a power
fluctuation, the FMS automatically re-synchronizes.
►FMS data must be entered into each FMS (SPLIT
mode), or single FMS must be used.
Shows when in a multiple FMS installation, a
communications failure between the FMS has
occurred and the FMS cannot operate in the
synchronized mode.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-78 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
FMS Nav Invalid (yellow) ►Check the NAV sensors to be sure they are
MFW Map: A3 FMS Nav Invalid (white) enabled.
►Check for a heading or airspeed sensor failure.
►Switch to another NAV source, if possible.
Shows when the FMS does not have a valid
source for navigation sensors, heading data, and
groundspeed for 30 seconds while airborne (more
than 2 minutes after takeoff).
FPLN Discontinuity (yellow) ►Modify the flight plan as required.
Shows when the flight plan has sequenced past,
or is within 2 minutes of sequencing past, the last
waypoint before a flight plan discontinuity.
Fuel Flow Not Avail (white) Shows when fuel flow data has been invalid for at
least 2 minutes. FMS performance calculations are
unavailable.
GNSS Disabled (white) ►If the GNSS sensors are valid, enable the GNSS
sensors on the Setup icon, Sensors tab, GNSS tab.
Shows when the pilots disable all the GNSS
sensors for use by the FMS. This can degrade FMS
navigation performance.
GNSS Not Available (yellow) ►Select an approach which does not require GNSS.
Shows when the FMS is not using GNSS position
data as part of its calculations to determine position.
Shows if none of the enabled GNSS sensors are
available.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-79 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
GNSS Not Available (white) ►Monitor other sensors for an accurate position. IFR - Instrument Flight Rules
Shows when the FMS is not using GNSS position
data as part of the calculations to determine position.
Shows when the GNSS has been unavailable for at
least 5 minutes in the oceanic, remote, or en route
environment. Shows when crew action has disabled
all GNSS sensors.
GPS Only (white) ►Enable other sensors if available.
Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• The aircraft is not within 31 NM of the
destination airport, and
• The GNSS is the only navigation sensor being
used for FMS position estimation, and
• No other NAVAIDs are available for use, and
• The FMS is not configured for GNSS primary
means of navigation for Instrument Flight Rules
(IFR) flight, and
• IRS sensors are not available for use.
GNSS Reverted (white) Shows when the FMS is using the cross-side GNSS
sensor, instead of the same-side sensor, while the
same-side sensor is enabled. This could be the
result of invalid data from the same-side GNSS
sensor or a failed same-side sensor.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-80 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Half Bank Selected (yellow) ►Deselect HALF-BANK. FCP - Flight Control Panel
Shows when the FMS is selected as a navigation EFC - Expect Further Clearance
display source, any FMS is the active NAV source,
HALF-BANK mode is selected on the Flight Control
Panel (FCP), and one of the items that follow is true:
• The active waypoint is a hold fix, but the holding
pattern is not yet active, and the time to the
active waypoint is less than 1 minute or any
holding pattern is active.
• The active waypoint is a procedure turn fix and
the time to the procedure turn is less than 1
minute or any procedure turn is active.
• The aircraft is within 31 NM radius of the arrival
airport for the selected approach.
An overshoot of the path can occur when
HALF-BANK mode is selected. This is dependent
on the aircraft autopilot installation.
When the FMS is the NAV source and NAV or APPR
is selected on the FCP, the HALF-BANK selection
is inhibited below the aircraft half-bank transition
altitude (31 600 ft).
Hold EFC Expired (white) ►Enter a new Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time
on Hold dialog box or obtain clearance to exit the
hold.
Shows when the EFC time has expired and the
aircraft has not exited the hold. This message is for
situation awareness only (reminder for the pilot).
The end of the EFC time does not change the hold
parameters or cause the aircraft flight control system
to make any changes.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-81 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Initialize Position (yellow) ►Initialize the FMS from the Setup icon, Status tab,
FMS tab.
Shows when the FMS and IRS sensors have not
been initialized and the aircraft is still on the ground.
The IRS initializes in the Navigation mode once the
FMS is initialized successfully.
Invalid SBAS Config (white) ►Switch to a different approach that does not
require SBAS service or switch SBAS service
providers if able.
Shows when the selected approach does not match
the service providers selected or the FMS is not
receiving GNSS SBAS data. Switch approach
to use non-SBAS information (if available). This
message can show when an SBAS approach is
selected and the GNSS sensor is not SBAS capable.
Maintenance action may be required.
Last Waypoint (yellow) ►Insert the next waypoint into the flight plan if the
aircraft has not reached the destination.
►Select an arrival and/or approach on the Arrivals
dialog box for the destination airport if it is not
already accomplished.
Shows when the on-side FMS is the selected NAV
source, the aircraft has passed, or is within 2 minutes
of passing, the last waypoint in the flight plan, and
that waypoint is not the runway for a visual approach.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-82 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
LNAV Available (yellow) ►Switch to another approach procedure if available, EPU - Estimated Position Uncer-
or switch to the LNAV/VNAV-BARO level of service, tainty
or only descend to the LNAV minimum on the
approach procedure.
Shows when LPV navigational accuracy does
not support LPV minimums but supports LNAV
minimums as published. This condition exists when
all of the items that follow are true:
• The FMS is in SBAS-VNAV Approach mode.
• The LNAV level of service is authorized for the
selected approach.
Loc Will Be Tuned (white) Shows when the FMS is within 30 seconds of
automatically tuning the localizer and the navigation
radio Tuning mode is set to MAN. This notifies
the crew that the FMS tunes the radio even when
Manual Tuning mode is set. After the radio is tuned
by the FMS, the Tuning mode remains in MAN. This
is normal for the FMS to accomplish a NAV-to-NAV
transfer for localizer based approaches.
Low Pos Accuracy (white) ►Check the Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU)
against the required RNP.
Shows when GNSS is disabled and EPU-I or
EPU-D is greater than RNP. Use this for situational
awareness. This only shows when using a NAV
sensor that is not GNSS.
Max VPA Exceeded (white) ►Select another approach or obtain amended
approach clearance.
Shows a descent angle specified in the selected
approach that exceeds the maximum VPA for the
aircraft.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-83 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
No Appr-Reversion (white) For localizer-based approaches, the message MAP - Missed Approach Point
shows when all of the following conditions are true:
• The aircraft is inside the arrival terminal circle.
• The Missed Approach Point (MAP) is a
down-track waypoint.
• FMS is the selected onside navigation source.
• The installation has more than one navigation
source selection panel.
• The display control is reverted on either side.
No Flight Plan (white) ►Create and execute a new flight plan, or activate
and execute an existing flight plan.
Shows when the FMS does not have an active flight
plan (no legs loaded and executed).
No Nav Data Base (white) ►Load a navigation database into the FMS.
Shows when the FMS has no navigation database
stored.
No NPA RAIM (white) ►Select an approach that does not require the
GNSS for navigation.
Shows when all of the conditions that follow are true:
• A non-precision GNSS approach is in the active
flight plan, and
• The approach is enabled and the aircraft is in
the terminal area (31 NM radius of the airport),
and
• P-RAIM status at the destination is
UNAVAILABLE, and
• The FMS navigation mode is GNSS.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-84 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Select the Setup icon, Sensors tab, GNSS tab to TAE - Track Angle Error
see the P-RAIM information.
No Vpath Condition (white) ►Change the autopilot to another vertical mode,
other than VPTCH.
Shows when VPATH mode automatically reverts
to VPTCH mode. This occurs because either the
aircraft crossed a vertical discontinuity in the descent
path, or a flight plan edit occurred that caused
the active descent path to move. Passing the last
altitude constraint on the descent path clears this
message.
No Vpath-Pilot Cmd (white) ►Turn VNAV off then back on or select another
vertical mode.
Shows when selection of a vertical autopilot mode
while flying VPATH. VPATH automatically recaptures
only after vertical deviation exceeds one dot, and the
aircraft is maneuvered back to the VNAV path.
No Vpath-TKE (white) ►Turn the aircraft to fly along the FMS course line.
►Select a vertical mode other than VPTCH.
Shows when VPATH mode has automatically
reverted to VPTCH mode because the Track Angle
Error (TAE) has exceeded the specified limits.
No Vpath This Leg (white) ►Change the autopilot to a mode other than
VPTCH.
►Change to a leg that is not a holding pattern.
Shows when the flight plan sequences to a new leg
that is a holding pattern. When this occurs, VPATH
automatically changes to VPTCH.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-85 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
No Vpath-Vectors (white) ►Change the autopilot to a mode other than
VPTCH.
Shows when VPATH or VGP is unable to capture
because there is a heading leg in the down-track
flight plan.
No Vpath-XTK (white) ►Reduce the cross-track distance to within the
specified limit.
►Select a vertical mode other than VPTCH.
Shows when VPATH mode has automatically
reverted to VPTCH mode because the cross-track
deviation has exceeded the specified limits.
No Vpath-VPA (yellow) ►Lower the preselector setting and perform a
Vertical Direct-to.
Shows when the VPA is greater than the default
setting and the flight guidance mode is Alt Hold.
Non Wgs 84 Airport (white) Shows when the selected approach requires GNSS
information and the airport is not using the WGS-84
or NAD83 Datum information. All GNSS required
approaches must be based on either of these
datums.
Not On Intercept TRK (yellow) ►Turn the aircraft to intercept the FMS track.
►If the FMS is steering the aircraft, this condition
is corrected automatically. Assess any potential
airspace violations during the maneuver.
Shows when the conditions that follow exist for more
than 2 minutes:
• The aircraft is airborne and the guidance
function is armed or actively steering.
• The FMS is not steering the aircraft back to the
active leg.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-86 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
• The aircraft is more than 5 NM from the track
and flying away from the track.
Also, any one of the conditions that follow must be
true:
• The current flight path does not intercept the
active flight plan leg before the downtrack point
(1 NM after the active waypoint).
• The aircraft is flying away from the active leg.
• The aircraft is flying in a reverse direction
almost parallel to the active track (within 5
degrees).
Offset Terminated (white) Shows when the aircraft has reached the end of a
parallel offset leg of the flight plan, the FMS is the
NAV source, and the active flight plan sequences to
a leg that does not support a parallel offset.
Offset Will End (white) Shows when the aircraft is within 2 minutes of the
end of a parallel offset track and the TO waypoint
is not the last waypoint in the flight plan. The FMS
is the NAV source.
Path Below A/C (white) ►Descend or increase the rate of descent to capture
the defined path.
Shows when the current descent path is below the
aircraft, the aircraft is in a holding pattern, and does
not intercept the descent path unless the aircraft
descends.
Perf Init Invalid (white) ►Check the FMS Setup page for missing cruise
altitudes or fuel weights.
Shows when a valid flight plan exists and the CRZ
ALT, zero fuel weight, or the fuel on board are not
loaded.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-87 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Program Differ (white) Shows when multiple FMS software programs are
installed, and the software identifiers and received
data do not match.
Re-Enter Set Pos (yellow) ►On the FMS Setup page, load the IRS position.
Shows when the optional IRS is not initialized or
there is a fault and the IRS needs the position again.
Reselect Approach (yellow) ►Re-select the approach from the Arrivals dialog
box. The FMS is not allowing the approach to be
used from history.
Shows when a lateral Direct-To is executed to a
history waypoint up-track of the approach segment
or both a copy ACT FPLN and activate SEC FPLN
commands are executed. The operator is trying to
use the same approach after the FAF has sequenced
or the approach is cancelled or disabled. This is
especially true of SBAS (LPV) approaches.
Reset Initial Pos (yellow) ►Re-initialize the FMS position on the Setup icon,
Status tab, FMS tab. Select the LOAD button again.
Shows when the position entered during position
initialization is greater than 40 NM from the last
known FMS position. Because of this, the FMS
is requesting that the initial position be reentered
for verification. Make sure the entered position is
correct.
SBAS Disabled (white) ►Enable the SBAS service providers on the SBAS
Services dialog box if able.
Shows when all of the SBAS service providers are
disabled and each GNSS service provider usage
is disabled.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-88 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
SBAS Not In Use (white) ►If outside SBAS coverage area, select NO on
Setup icon, Defaults tab.
►If in the terminal area, select an approach other
than a GNSS approach.
Shows when a SBAS-capable GNSS sensor is
installed, the aircraft is within SBAS coverage, SBAS
and SBAS service providers are not disabled, and
the FMS is not in a SBAS NAV mode (SBAS or
SBAS-PA) for at least 5 minutes.
SBAS PA Not Ready (white) ►If outside SBAS coverage area, select NO on
Defaults page.
►Select an approach other than a GNSS approach.
Shows when all SBAS-capable equipment is working
correctly but not using the SBAS-PA mode for
navigation. The aircraft is in the arrival terminal
circle.
Set Mag Hdg (yellow) ►Go to the Setup icon, Sensors tab, IRS tab and
enter a heading value into the Set IRS Hdg data field.
IRS requires a heading value to continue to supply
heading in the Attitude mode and a position update
has been requested at least once.
Unable Next Alt (yellow) ►Correct the flight plan altitude constraint.
►Change the climb or descent profile to comply with
the current constraint.
Shows when the next altitude constraint cannot be
cleared in the flight plan at the present rate of climb
or descent. This message shows when the climb or
descent is insufficient for at least 1 minute or more.
Also shows that an automatic vertical Direct-To
has been attempted, and it cannot be performed
because the required descent path exceeds the

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-89 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
maximum VPA for the aircraft. This message does HPL - Horizontal Protection Limit
not show when the FMS is in an altitude hold mode. HAL - Horizontal Alert Limit
Unable RNP (yellow) ►Check the GNSS status for each installed sensor. EPU - Estimated Position Uncer-
MFW Map: A3 Unable RNP (yellow) ►For an LPV approach, switch to another approach tainty
that does not require SBAS information if prior
to FAF. After FAF, consider missed approach
procedures.
►For RNP approaches, consider missed approach
procedures.
Shows when the current navigation source is FMS,
and either the GNSS Horizontal Protection Limit
(HPL) is greater than the Horizontal Alert Limit
(HAL), or the Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU)
is greater than the RNP. The aircraft may not be able
to maintain the required RNP accuracy when this
message shows.
UNABLE RNP (white) ►Check the GNSS status for each installed sensor.
Shows when the GNSS is disabled and an UNABLE
RNP condition exists.
Unable RNP FAF MAP (yellow) ►Switch to another approach that does not require
GNSS.
Shows while in the arrival area prior to passing the
FAF if the HPL exceeds the FAF-MAP HAL.
Unable Temp Comp (yellow) ►Set TEMP COMP to OFF.
Shows when the ISA Δ is greater than 0 degrees for
the airport entered OAT. The TEMP COMP function
only provides corrected altitudes for ISA Δ less than
0 degrees.
Unable To Seq FPLN (white) The navigation source is unable to sequence the
active flight plan because the terminating point of the
active leg is indeterminate.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-90 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning Acronyms/Terms
Vnav Sensor Fail (white) ►Determine which is the invalid or failed sensor, CTD - Crosstrack Deviation
and select a reversion mode to provide valid data
to the FMS.
Shows when the sensor data for VNAV functions is
not available or is invalid from any of the items that
follow:
• Preselector altitude
• Barometric altitude
• Groundspeed
• Vertical speed
• True airspeed
• Vertical acceleration.
Vnav Warn - TKE (white) ►Steer the aircraft back onto the flight plan or select
a different vertical flight guidance mode if required.
Shows when the track angle error exceeds specified
limits and the items that follow are true:
• The VPATH or VGP mode is armed or active,
• The coupled VNAV status is valid, and
• The AFCS VNAV is armed.
Vnav Warn - XTK (white) ►Steer the aircraft back onto the flight plan or select
a different vertical flight guidance mode if required.
Shows when all of the items that follow are true:
• The VPATH or VGP mode is armed or active,
• The Crosstrack Deviation (CTD) has exceeded
the specified limits,
• The coupled VNAV status is valid, and
• The AFCS VNAV is armed.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-91 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS Message Meaning
Table of Contents
VOR/DME Disabled (white) ►Select a VOR/DME sensor on the Setup icon,
Sensors tab, VOR/DME tab.
Shows when the VOR/DME navigation sensors are
disabled for use by the FMS on the Setup icon,
Sensors tab, VOR/DME tab.
This message appears on the Messages dialog box
without an accompanying MSG indication on the
PFD HSI.
VOR/DME Dist > 40NM (yellow) ►Monitor navigation sensors for proper position.
Shows when the FMS is navigating within a terminal
area using a single collocated VOR/DME for
determining position and the NAVAID is greater than
40 NM from the present position.
VOR/DME Only (white) Shows when the FMS is using a single VOR/DME
whose distance is less than or equal to 40 NM for
determining position.
XTALK FAIL (white) ►Check the installed FMS software is the same for
each installed FMS.
►Check that the navigation database dates are
the same between each FMS. FMS data must be
entered on each FMS, or single FMS must be used.
Shows in a multiple FMS installation when two
systems have had a communications failure and
cannot operate in the Synchronized mode. The
mode changes from SYNC to SPLIT.

-- End of FMS message description --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > FMS messages 11-92 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.4 TCAS aural warnings Acronyms/Terms

TCAS - Traffic Alert Collision

TCAS aural warning description
Avoidance System
TCAS aural warnings
The Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) provides a variety of aural, voice warnings and alerts. These
alerts are triggered by specific conditions.
Table 52 TCAS II Traffic Advisory (TA)
VOICE MESSAGE PILOT RESPONSE
“TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC” Gain visual contact with traffic. Check the TCAS II display for range and
bearing of the traffic if necessary. Assess the threat and prepare to execute
the evasive maneuver if a Resolution Advisory (RA) is subsequently issued.

Table 53 TCAS II Resolution Advisory (RA)

VOICE MESSAGE PILOT RESPONSE
“CLIMB, CLIMB, CLIMB” Change vertical speed to 1500 fpm climbing or as indicated by the green
(corrective) box on the ADI.
“CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB, Same as previous except that this message indicates that flight paths will
CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB” cross at some altitude.
(corrective)
“INCREASE CLIMB, This follows a CLIMB voice message. The climbing vertical speed is
INCREASE CLIMB” typically increased to 2500 fpm as shown by the green box on the ADI.
(corrective)
“ADJUST VERTICAL Reduce climbing vertical speed to that shown on the ADI.
SPEED, ADJUST”
(corrective)
“DESCEND, DESCEND This follows a CLIMB voice message. This message indicates that a
NOW” (corrective) reversal of vertical speed from a climb to a descent is needed to provide
adequate separation.
“DESCEND, DESCEND, Change vertical speed to 1500 fpm descending or as indicated by the
DESCEND” (corrective) green box on the ADI.

®
11 Abnormal procedures > TCAS aural warnings 11-93 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 VOICE MESSAGE PILOT RESPONSE
Table of Contents
“DESCEND, CROSSING Same as previous except that this message indicates that flight paths will
DESCEND, DESCEND, cross at some altitude.
CROSSING DESCEND”
(corrective)
“INCREASE DESCENT, This follows a DESCENT voice message. The descending vertical speed is
INCREASE DESCENT” typically increased to 2500 fpm as shown by the green box on the ADI.
(corrective)
“ADJUST VERTICAL Reduce descending vertical speed to that shown on the ADI.
SPEED, ADJUST”
(corrective)
”CLIMB, CLIMB NOW” This follows a DESCEND voice message. This message indicates that a
(corrective) reversal of vertical speed from a descent to a climb is needed to provide
adequate separation.
“CLEAR OF CONFLICT” Resume normal flight. Apparent conflict of airspace has been resolved.
(corrective)
“MONITOR VERTICAL Be alert for approaching traffic, Ensure that the aircraft symbol does not
SPEED” (preventative) enter the red area shown on the ADI.
“MAINTAIN VERTICAL Maintain present vertical speed and direction. Ensure that the aircraft
SPEED” (preventative) symbol does not enter the red area shown on the ADI.
“MAINTAIN VERTICAL A flight path crossing is predicted, but being monitored by the TCAS II.
SPEED, CROSSING, Maintain present vertical speed and direction. Ensure that the aircraft
MAINTAIN” (preventative) symbol does not enter the red area shown on the ADI.
“ADJUST VERTICAL Indicates a weakening of the RA. This allows the pilot to start returning to
SPEED, ADJUST” an assigned altitude.
(preventative)

-- End of TCAS aural warning description --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > TCAS aural warnings 11-94 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.5 TAWS aural warnings Note 1: The list of aural alerts will
vary based on the type of TAWS
TAWS aural warning description unit installed.
TAWS aural warnings
1 The Terrain Awareness and Warning System provides a variety of aural, voice warnings and alerts. These
alerts are triggered by specific conditions.
Table 54 GPWS aurals
Mode Function PFD Caution Voice Alert PFD Warning Voice
Message (Yellow) Message (Red) Warning
1 Excessive GND PROX “Sink Rate” PULL UP “Pull Up”
Descent Rate
2 Excessive GND PROX “Terrain, PULL UP “Pull Up”
Closure on Terrain”
Terrain
3 Altitude Loss GND PROX “Don’t Sink, N/A N/A
After Takeoff Don’t Sink”
4a Unsafe Terrain GND PROX “Too Low N/A N/A
Clearance Gear”
5 Excessive GND PROX “Glideslope” N/A N/A
Glideslope
Deviation
6 Excessive Bank N/A “Bank Angle” N/A N/A
Angle
6 Altitude Callouts N/A “1000, 500” N/A N/A
6 Minimums N/A “Minimums, N/A N/A
Approach Minimums”
Altitude
(RA/BARO MIN)

Table 55 EGPWS aurals

®
11 Abnormal procedures > TAWS aural warnings 11-95 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Function PFD Caution Voice Alert PFD Warning Voice Warning
Message (Yellow) Message (Red) Table of Contents
Terrain Alerting GND PROX “Caution Terrain, PULL UP “Terrain, Terrain,
and Display Caution Terrain” Pull Up”
Obstacle Alerting GND PROX “Caution Obstacle, PULL UP “Obstacle,
and Display Caution Obstacle” Obstacle, Pull Up”
Terrain Alerting GND PROX “Too Low, Terrain” N/A N/A
and Display
Terrain Alerting GND PROX “Too Low, Terrain” N/A N/A
and Display

-- End of TAWS aural warning description --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > TAWS aural warnings 11-96 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.6 Flight guidance aural warnings
Table of Contents
Flight guidance aural warning description
Flight guidance aural warnings
The Flight Guidance System provides aural warning. This warning is triggered by the deactivation of the autopilot
system regardless of if the autopilot is automatically or manually deactivated. When manual deactivation occurs
an approximate 1.5 second warning tone (calvary charge) will sound. When automatic deactivation occurs, the
aural warning continues until the crew acknowledges the disconnect or the AP is re-engaged. The deactivation
will also be evidenced by the red AP flight mode annunciator located at the top of the PFD display.
-- End of Flight guidance aural warning description --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Flight guidance aural warnings 11-97 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.7 Radio tune failure Note 1:
Response to radio tune failure procedure If the frequency is shown in am-
ber, the tuning application cannot
Prerequisites confirm that the frequency dis-
TUNE/DLNK button on the MKP played is being tuned by the ra-
dio.
COM or NAV icon selected (as appropriate) If the radio display is replaced
with a placard stating “Display
Overview Tuning Inoperative”, the tuning
application cannot confirm what
1 1. Observe if the selected radio shows a failure condition. frequency is being sent to the ra-
2. Select a radio that does not show a failure condition. dio.
3. Enter the frequency required in the operable radio.
4. Verify that COM/NAV radios are tuned as required. This may require manual adjustment of the tuning.

Amber frequency

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Radio tune failure 11-98 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Tuning inoperative
-- End of Response to radio tune failure procedure --

®
11 Abnormal procedures > Radio tune failure 11-99 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.8 Retrieve and acknowledge FMS messages Tip 1- The operator may also ac-
cess FMS messages by selecting
Retrieve and acknowledge FMS messages the Msg button from Map or FMS
touch screen toolbars, or the FMS
When an FMS message first occurs, a MSG annunciation shows on the Map and HSI map formats.
A1 and A2 message fields on the
HSI format.
The color of the Msg button will indicate the type of message. The color will match that of the highest-criticality
unread message.
Table of Contents
Overview
1 1. Push the MSG key on the MKP to show the Messages dialog box.
-- End of Retrieve and acknowledge FMS messages --

11 Abnormal procedures > Retrieve and acknowl- 11-1 ®

edge FMS messages 00 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.9 Reversion mode Acronyms/Terms

Reversion mode selection ADS - Air Data System

IRS - Inertial Reference System
Reversion mode CCP - Cursor Control Panel
Reversion of the avionics system in response to equipment failures is largely automatic requiring little action from RADALT - Radio Altimeter
the pilot. In the event of a flight display failure, display reversion is automatic. Critical flight and engine data will Table of Contents
automatically move to the closest operable display.

Manual reversion controls are located on the flight deck.

There are reversion controls for Air Data System (ADS) selection, Inertial Reference System (IRS) selection, and
AFD power controls. Switching a display off will result in the same automatic reversion that occurs in the event
of a display unit failure.

There are switches for the touch disable on each display. Touch disable de-activates the touchscreen controls
for cleaning operations or to disable the touchscreen interface. Control of the avionics system can still be accom-
plished with the MKP quick access keys and through use of the Cursor Control Panel (CCP).

The Challenger 604 has an emergency COM reversion switch. Selecting the emergency COM reversion switch
sets the COM 1 radio to EMER mode and tunes 121.5 Mhz.

The Radio Altimeter (RADALT) system has automatic reversion when dual radio altimeter systems are installed.
There is no cockpit switch for RADALT revision. The reversion occurs when one RADALT system fails. Once
a reversion has occurred in air, the reversion remains until the aircraft is on ground and the failed RADALT is
operational.
-- End of Reversion mode selection --

11-1 ®
11 Abnormal procedures > Reversion mode 01 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.10 Monitor ADC or IRS failure Acronyms/Terms

Recognition and revisionary mode selection IRS - Inertial Reference System

ADS - Air Data System
Avionics reversion controls for the Inertial Reference System (IRS) and Air Data System (ADS) are located on
Table of Contents
the flight deck IRS or ADS reversion switches. In the event of an in-air failure of the ADS or IRS system, the
system should revert automatically. The pilot may also select the alternate source using the reversion controls.
Overview
1. Select the ADS or IRS reversion switch as required.
2. Verify that the ADS or IRS source selected is providing usable data shown by the absence of ADS or IRS
related failure flags.
-- End of Recognition and revisionary mode selection --

11-1 ®
11 Abnormal procedures > Monitor ADC or IRS failure 02 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.11 Monitor NAV source failure
Table of Contents
Recognition and reversionary mode selection
FMS navigation sensor failures are shown with a red failure flag with the label of the NAV source.

In a dual FMS installation, the FMS will automatically revert while airborne. The NAV source annunciation shows
in amber when the cross-side FMS is used.
Overview
1. Select a different NAV sensor that is valid.
-- End of Recognition and reversionary mode selection --

11-1 ®
11 Abnormal procedures > Monitor NAV source failure 03 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.12 Set display reversion
Table of Contents
Set display reversion procedure
Display reversion occurs automatically upon the failure of one or more AFD panels. If the center MFD is inoper-
ative, both PFDs compress and show engine indication and MFD-specific formats (for example, Data Link).

If an outer PFD is inoperative, the PFD data shows on the MFD and the non-failed PFD is unchanged.
Prerequisites

Set display reversion

1. Verify that the appropriate reversion switch is in the NORM position.
2. Verify that flight display auto reversion has occurred.
3. Reference aircraft Avionics Failure abnormal checklist.
-- End of Set display reversion procedure --

11-1 ®
11 Abnormal procedures > Set display reversion 04 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
11.13 Update FMS position Note 1:
A reference position may be one
Update the FMS position of the following:
Prerequisites • Reference point: Enter ID
FMS format selected (MKP button) from the NAV database or lati-
tude/longitude coordinates
Setup icon selected
• Navaid: Enter ID, the system
Status tab selected will look up the latitude/longi-
FMS tab selected tude coordinates of the navaid
as shown in the navigation
database.
Set display reversion
Table of Contents
1 1. Enter reference position.
2. Select the Load button adjacent to the position to be loaded to the FMS. This will become the new FMS
position. If valid GNSS position data is available to the FMS, that position will be maintained.
-- End of Update the FMS position --

11-1
®
11 Abnormal procedures > Update FMS position 05 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
12 Emergency procedures
12.1 Unusual attitude
Table of Contents
Unusual attitude
In the event of an unusual attitude condition, the avionics system will behave in the following way. The Primary
Flight Display will automatically declutter to allow the pilot to focus on correcting the unusual attitude.

The flight displays will automatically declutter when the aircraft attitude exceeds 30 degrees pitch up or -20 de-
grees pitch down. In the roll axis the display will declutter when the roll angle exceeds 60 degrees left or right.

Pitch chevrons will show beginning at 30 degrees positive attitude and -20 degrees negative attitude. The flight
displays will always show the horizons position relative to the aircraft in all attitudes in order to allow the pilot to
recover from the unusual attitude most effectively.
-- End of Unusual attitude --

®
12 Emergency procedures > Unusual attitude 12-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
12.2 View the emergency checklist
Table of Contents
View the emergency checklist procedure
Prerequisites
Checklist format selected (CHECKLIST ENABLE button)
Emer icon selected

Set display reversion

1. Select appropriate checklist from the checklist queue or the Emergency Index.
2. Use the checklist advance and checklist select buttons on the armrest to allow the checklist steps to be checked
off.
-- End of View the emergency checklist procedure --

®
12 Emergency procedures > View the emergency checklist 12-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
13 Appendix
13.1 Appendix 1 Principles of FMS Note 1: This chapter discusses
typical FMS operations and fea-
Principles of FMS Navigation tures as designed by Rockwell
Collins and is not intended to be
used as a training manual. Based
Introduction on aircraft configuration, installed
systems, and aircraft wiring, fea-
1 Flight Management System (FMS) navigation is based on using all of the available navigation sensors on tures discussed in this chapter
the aircraft to fly from waypoint to waypoint along a flight plan route. The waypoints are based on the infor- may not be applicable to all air-
mation contained in the FMS navigation database and pilot-defined waypoints. A flight plan route is selected craft installations.
from a route list or created from the database waypoint information and/or pilot-defined waypoints. With the
navigation and other sensor data available to it, the FMS determines the present position relative to the flight Note 2: FMS based approaches
plan route and computes steering commands for use by the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS). These to runways below sea level are
commands are used to fly the aircraft along the route. not included in the navigation
database.
FMS Navigation Database
The FMS typically contains two navigation databases (two 28 day navigation database effective dates). The Acronyms/Terms
selected database, regardless if it current or expired, always shows in cyan. The non-selected database shows
FMS - Flight Management Sys-
in white. If an expired database is selected, the FMS provides messages to the crew. Only the selected database
tem
is used for flight planning and navigation.
AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
A database can include, but is not limited to, information on the facilities that follow: System
• Airports and Runways NAVAID - Navigational Aid
• Navigational Aid (NAVAID) — VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range (VOR), Distance Measuring Equipment VOR - VHF Omnidirectional Ra-
(DME), Non-Directional Radio Beacon (NDB), and Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) dio Range
DME - Distance Measuring
• Airways
Equipment
• Intersections NDB - Non-Directional Radio
• Departure and Arrival procedures Beacon
• Approach procedures (including Missed Approach procedures). TACAN - Tactical Air Navigation
FMSA - Flight Management Sys-
2 A new, updated database must be installed every 28 days to make sure that it contains the latest available tem Application
information for the previously described facilities. Updates are accomplished by loading the new database
into each Flight Management System Application (FMSA) installed on the aircraft.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-1 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Navigation database information is used for many purposes. Pilots use the information to create and modify flight Acronyms/Terms
plans. The FMS uses the information to do any of the actions that follow:
STAR - Standard Terminal Arrival
• Select the VOR/DME NAVAIDs to use in determining aircraft position. Route
• Show information about the various navigation facilities on the FMS format and map displays for the flight SBAS - Space Based Augmenta-
crew. tion System
• Automatically insert the waypoints that make up a selected airway, departure procedure, Standard Terminal GNSS - Global Navigation Satel-
Arrival Route (STAR), or approach procedure into a flight plan. lite System
IRS - Inertial Reference System
The Rockwell Collins Pro Line Fusion FMS uses the Space Based Augmentation System (SBAS) capable Navi-
gation Database. If you have any questions regarding this, please contact your local Rockwell Collins Customer ACT - Active
Support Engineer or call FMS & Database Support at 319-295-5000. FPLN - Flight Plan
Position Initialization SEC - Secondary
MOD - Modified
Runway Updates
If the Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) sensor is unavailable for FMS position initialization then a
runway threshold update, just before takeoff, is an accurate way of updating the FMS. The FMS update is ac-
complished on the FMS Status page. As the aircraft moves into position on the runway, the FMS is updated to
that position. It is important that the aircraft be at the threshold before this update is completed. In aircraft with
an operating GNSS sensor available for use by the FMS it is not necessary to do position updates at the runway
threshold.
Position Updates
FMS position updates are completed in-flight using position data from a GNSS sensor, a NAVAID, Inertial Ref-
erence System (IRS), or the FMS itself (depending on the equipment installed in the aircraft). GNSS sensors
cannot be position updated from the FMS while the aircraft is airborne.
Flight Plan
Each FMS can hold multiple flight plans. One flight plan is called the Active (ACT) Flight Plan (FPLN) and the
other is called the Secondary (SEC) FPLN. Active flight plan data shows on the Flight Plan, Route, and Map
formats. Active flight plans that are being edited are called a Modified (MOD) FPLN. A MOD FPLN must be
executed to become the ACT FPLN. SEC FPLN data also can be selected to show on the Flight Plan, Route,
and Map formats. Only the active flight plan is used for navigation (coupled to the autopilot), and it is used only
when FMS is selected as the navigation source.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-2 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
A flight plan is made up of waypoints created from a combination of elements that include some or all of the items Acronyms/Terms
that follow:
SID - Standard Instrument De-
• Airports (origin, destination, and alternate) parture
• Departure runway ADC - Air Data Computer
• Departure procedure (including a Standard Instrument Departure (SID)) and transition
• Direct-To legs
• Airways
• Pilot-defined waypoints
• Holding patterns
• STAR and transition
• Approach procedure (including missed approach procedure), or arrival runway extension, and arrival runway
• Route to the alternate airport.
A waypoint is any point that is used as a reference for a navigation fix. Waypoints can be either predefined
or pilot-defined. Predefined waypoints are stored in the FMS navigation database with the identifiers that are
shown on aeronautical charts. These waypoints can be airports, NAVAIDs, or other charted navigation fixes
and uncharted fixes used in a SID, STAR, and approaches and are not changeable. Pilot-defined waypoints are
stored within a flight plan and in the pilot-defined waypoint list, but not in the FMS navigation database. Refer to
the FLIGHT PLANS chapter for more information on pilot-defined waypoints.
In Rockwell Collins Pro Line Fusion FMS installations operating in Synchronized mode, flight plan data is shared
between each system. The FMS is designed to operate in a Synchronized mode at all times.
Navigation Sensors
To navigate, the FMS uses sensor data from GNSS, VOR/DME NAVAIDs, Air Data Computer (ADC), and the
IRS, along with the active flight plan and the navigation database information. The sensor data is used by the
FMS to determine the present position, direction, and speed.
GNSS
Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) is a generic term used to describe satellite based navigation systems
including GPS and Galileo. GNSS is authorized for primary means of navigation provided a qualified sensor is
installed in the aircraft. The Rockwell Collins Pro Line Fusion FMS and Rockwell Collins GPS-4000S sensor meet

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-3 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
these qualifications. The increased accuracy of position data supplied by current GNSS sensors makes position
Note 3: SBAS coverage must
blending obsolete. GNSS data is used exclusively by the FMS for position estimation when available.
be checked by the pilots if the
The FMS supports SBAS functions. SBAS improves GNSS position accuracy, integrity, and availability with addi- intended flight path is in oceanic
tional corrections that augment the GNSS satellite position and integrity data. SBAS coverage in North America is or remote areas.
a combination of Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) satellites and a network of ground stations providing
WAAS capability for most of the continent. SBAS position data can be used in all flight phases within the SBAS
Tip 1- VOR data is not approved
coverage area.
for terminal and en route RNAV
A SBAS service provider may not be authorized for use within parts of the coverage area. The flight crew is operations according to Federal
required to disable an unapproved SBAS service provider found on the SBAS Services dialog box. Access is Aviation Administration (FAA)
from the Setup icon, Sensors tab, GNSS tab. Select the GNSS1 Info or GNSS2 Info tab. Push the Select button Advisory Circular (AC) 90-100A.
in the Service In Use area within the GNSS1 Info or GNSS2 info tab to show the SBAS Services dialog box. The VOR usage selection can be
Services that are enabled show text in cyan. Services that are not enabled show in white text. Select the service set to NO on the Setup icon, Sen-
to enable or disable the service. All SBAS service providers are enabled (set to YES) on cold start power-up. sors tab, under the VOR/DME
tab.
In systems equipped with two GNSS sensors, by default the FMS uses the same-side GNSS sensor data. In
the event the same-side sensor detects a failure or loss of GNSS signal, the FMS switches to another available
Acronyms/Terms
sensor and GNSS Reverted message shows on the Messages dialog box. If another GNSS sensor is unavailable,
GNSS Not Available message shows, and the FMS selects other available sensors for navigation. WAAS - Wide Area Augmenta-
3 When two GNSS sensors are installed, the FMS can use GNSS data in oceanic and remote areas with a tion System
qualified sensor installed. Rockwell Collins equipment (FMS and GNSS sensor) are qualified equipment.
Pre-departure GPS RAIM check is not required during preflight, provided SBAS coverage is available for
the duration of the flight. GNSS status and integrity are available on the Setup icon, Sensors tab, under the
GNSS tab.
VOR and DME
1 When GNSS data is not available the FMS reverts to DME/DME for position computations. If two suitable
DME stations are not in range the FMS may use VOR information for position computations, if VOR USAGE
is enabled on the Setup icon, Sensors tab, under the VOR/DME tab.
For VOR and DME navigation, the FMS scans approximately every 3 minutes for the best combination of DME
stations, according to the database and present position. It takes into account the service volume of the NAVAIDs,
the altitude and distance of the aircraft from the NAVAIDs, and the geometric relationship required for accurate
positioning data. To make sure that the DME stations received have valid signals and are the stations it expected

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-4 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
to receive, the FMS verifies the actual station identifiers it receives with the navigation database information for
Note 4: When the FMS annun-
the expected station and rejects any DME stations with invalid identifiers.
ciates FMS DR, the FMS is not
When less than two correctly positioned and valid DME stations are available, the FMS may use VOR radial and authorized for navigation. It re-
DME distance from a collocated VOR, VOR/DME, or VORTAC as part of the calculation to determine position. mains the crew’s responsibility to
Stations can be entered in the NavAid Inhibit dialog box (accessed from the Setup icon, Sensors tab, VOR/DME take appropriate actions regard-
tab). The FMS does not use these stations for position computations. ing navigation source selection
When the aircraft is within the cone of confusion of a VOR that is currently in use for navigation, the FMS removes and autopilot or flight director
that VOR navigation data from the position calculation. The FMS considers the aircraft to be within the cone of coupling when the FMS annunci-
confusion when the elevation angle from the NAVAID to the aircraft is greater than 45 degrees. ates FMS DR. The FMS does not
automatically change any flight
IRS director or autopilot modes, for
To compensate for the IRS drift error, IRS position solutions are continuously updated by the GNSS sensors, example, LNAV or VNAV cou-
whenever position data is available from any of those sensors. The FMS uses the IRS position when GNSS and pling.
radio navigation (VOR and DME) sensors are not available.
Acronyms/Terms
In installations with three IRS and all three are enabled for navigation on the Sensors format, the position solutions
from the three IRS are blended to reduce the position error drift. The FMS cross compares the three IRS positions. DR - Dead Reckoning
If the position from one IRS deviates substantially from the blended IRS position, the FMS removes data from
that IRS from the position calculations.
In installations with two IRS or only two of three IRS are being used because of a substantial deviation, the FMS
position is based on only one IRS position when the other long range sensors are not available. The FMS selects
the IRS that is to be used based on the priority sequence of: same-side IRS, third IRS, and cross-side IRS. After
a period of time with no other sensor available, the message IRS ONLY shows in white on the HSI annunciator
line, Messages dialog box, and the scratchpad of the MKP. This indicates the FMS is using only IRS data for
determining position and the resultant position error is over the limit.
IRS sensor data is not used for the position solution when the IRS sensor is set to either attitude or alignment
mode. The operator can view the current position difference relative to the current FMS position and the drift rate
for each IRS sensor on the Sensors format under the IRS tab.
Dead Reckoning
4 When no navigation sensor data is available for the FMS to use, it begins navigating in the Dead Reckoning
(DR) mode. In this mode, it estimates the position based only on the last known position, heading, and
airspeed. To identify this mode, the message FMS DR shows on the PFD if the navigation source is FMS.
The same message also shows in the Messages dialog box.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-5 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Sensor Monitoring Acronyms/Terms
The FMS continuously monitors the navigation sensors to make sure that they provide valid position data to the AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
FMS. Chk Pos message shows if position data from a specific sensor varies significantly from the FMS position. System
The Chk Pos message is annunciated on the PFD and the map display. It also shows on the Messages dialog ADI - Attitude Director Indicator
box, where it is followed by a message that identifies the suspect sensor. The monitors for each sensor type have
different thresholds, based on the phase of flight (en route or terminal), for annunciating a sensor disagreement. PFD - Primary Flight Display
The Chk Pos message is suppressed when SBAS position information is used. VNAV - Vertical Navigation
Flight Plan Tracking
The FMS accomplishes flight plan tracking by determining the present position, direction, and speed, and then
computing steering commands for use by the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) to steer the aircraft along
a flight plan route. Flight plan routes are typically made up of great circle legs from waypoint to waypoint.
Lateral deviation sensitivity is shown to the right of the Attitude Director Indicator (ADI) lateral deviation scale on
the Primary Flight Display (PFD). Lateral deviation scale sensitivity (full scale deflection) is 4.0 NM in oceanic and
remote areas, 2.0 NM while en-route, 1.0 NM inside the terminal area, and varies for different approach types.
Vertical deviation scale shows on the PFD when Vertical Navigation (VNAV) is selected for vertical guidance
during climb and descent phase of flight. Vertical deviation scale sensitivity is set at 500 ft (full scale deflection)
in en route and terminal environment and varies for different approach types.
Waypoints
The FMS uses waypoints to define a navigational track. Waypoints can define goegraphically fixed positions,
navigation facilities, intersections, airports. and sometimes non-geographically fixed positions. In addition to
identifying a navigation track, a waypoint can have one or more other unique properties. Some of these properties
include TO waypoints, flyover waypoints, and conditional waypoints.
A TO waypoint is the waypoint which the FMS is currently tracking toward on the active leg of the flight plan. The
PFD, map displays, and any format that shows the flight plan show the TO waypoint information in active waypoint
color. The TO waypoint identifier is annunciated under the NAV source information on the flight displays.
A flyover waypoint is a waypoint that the aircraft must fly over or abeam before the FMS sequences to the next
waypoint of the flight plan. Leg terminating waypoints, for example, a waypoint before a discontinuity, a holding
fix waypoint, some waypoints in a SID and STAR, the missed approach waypoint, and the last waypoint at the
end of a flight plan, are flyover waypoints.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-6 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
It is possible to transform a non-flyover waypoint into a flyover waypoint, and subsequently remove the flyover Acronyms/Terms
attribute from a user-defined flyover waypoint. Selecting or deselecting the Fly Over box on the waypoint task
menu, allows the user to add, or remove, the flyover attribute. HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
tor
Conditional waypoints are waypoints that are part of a departure procedure, STAR, or approach and are not
located at a geographically fixed position. They are shown enclosed in parenthesis. A turn point located at
a specified altitude and the point where a heading leg intersects with a leg defined by a VOR radial are two
examples of conditional waypoints. A conditional waypoint cannot be manually entered into a flight plan. They
are entered as part of a departure procedure, STAR, or an approach.
Leg Sequencing
Flight plan legs are typically defined by the waypoint located at each end of the leg. As the aircraft approaches
the TO waypoint, the FMS gives a waypoint alert by flashing the waypoint identifier and symbol on the flight
display. Approximately 5 seconds after the waypoint alert the FMS sequences to the next leg of the flight plan
and generates steering commands to steer the aircraft toward the new TO waypoint.
When the FMS sequences to a discontinuity in the flight plan, or when the last waypoint in the flight plan is passed,
it begins computing steering commands to fly wings level.
The FMS defaults to the AUTO mode of leg sequencing. The pilot can inhibit this by selecting Sequence Inhibit
(Seq Inhibit) checkbox on the Fly icon, Route tab, or the FMS text window on the map for the ACT FPLN. The
aircraft maintains the track until the Seq Inhibit checkbox is deselected.
Magnetic Variation Effects on Displayed Desired Course
On a Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI), the numeric course and the position of the course pointer arrow for
a waypoint or NAVAID facility often differ slightly from the course value shown by the FMS. The difference is
compounded as the distance from that fix increases. The difference exists for the reasons that follow:
1. As the aircraft travels along the flight path, the FMS constantly calculates the current value of the true track,
which reflects the changing direction of the curved geodesic route abeam the present position of the aircraft.
2. The FMS corrects the current true track to a magnetic reference using the calculated value for magnetic
variation at the present position of the aircraft. This value can be somewhat different from the value used to
define an arrival or departure course as described above because of the items that follow:
• The actual magnetic variation varies as the aircraft travels.
• The magnetic model used by the FMS to calculate local variation does not exactly match the declination
or magnetic variation published in the navigation database for NAVAIDs and airports.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-7 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Another effect caused by the differences in Magnetic Variation (MAG VAR) as described above appears when Acronyms/Terms
editing a flight plan. The course value shown on the shown FPLN can change when the pilot executes the flight
plan. Before executing a flight plan, the course shown to a waypoint is based on the source magnetic variance. MAG VAR - Magnetic Variation
After executing the flight plan, the course is based on the MAG VAR at the present position of the aircraft. The IAF - Initial Approach Fix
resulting course over the ground is exactly as specified by the pilot using the declination or magnetic variation
contained in the database.
Discontinuities
Discontinuities are inserted automatically during certain edits of a flight plan. Their purpose is to segregate por-
tions of the flight plan that are not naturally connected, for example, an approach procedure not connected by an
Initial Approach Fix (IAF) to the last en route or arrival waypoint.
A waypoint before a discontinuity is treated as a flyover waypoint. As such, the FMS sequences a flight plan to a
discontinuity only as the aircraft passes abeam the waypoint. At that point, the FMS steers the aircraft to a wings
level mode. The aircraft continues to fly wings level until the FMS is deselected as the navigation source or the
discontinuity is removed.
2 minutes before reaching a waypoint that is followed by a discontinuity, the message FPLN Discontinuity shows
on the shown map and on Messages dialog box. The waypoint alert feature flashes the waypoint and the identifier
on the flight displays for 5 seconds. The waypoint alert flashes the waypoint and the identifier again 5 seconds
before sequencing to the discontinuity.
While the FMS is steering to wings-level flight, no data shows on the displays for the items that follow:
• Time-to-go
• Distance-to-go
• Bearing to waypoint
• Course
• Cross track deviation
• Coursearrow
• Course digital readout.
In addition, the AFCS lateral navigation mode annunciation shows in yellow font on the PFD.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-8 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
A discontinuity can be deleted from a flight plan at any time by replacing it with the next waypoint in the flight plan.
Note 5: You should not resolve
There are three options to delete a discontinuity:
a discontinuity that occurs when
1. Select the X icon next to the DISCON on the flight plan. you insert an approach until Air
2. Push the CLR/DEL key on the Multifunction Keypad (MKP). Traffic Control (ATC) issues a
“...cleared for...” or “...expect...”
3. Copy and paste a waypoint into the discontinuity. instructions.
5 Any of these methods result in the FMS connecting the last waypoint before the discontinuity with the next
Acronyms/Terms
waypoint that follows the discontinuity. Deleting a discontinuity when it is the active leg (the TO waypoint)
results in a direct course to the next waypoint unless a specific course is entered and activated in the Course MKP - Multifunction Keypad
In (Crs In) entry field in the Direct To dialog box or the Waypoint Task Menu.
Crs In - Course In
Another way to sequence beyond a discontinuity is to select Seq Inhibit on the Fly icon, Route tab, or FMS text TAS - True Airspeed
window on the map. When the FMS sequences to a discontinuity, the sequencing mode automatically changes
to Seq Inhb. Deselect the Seq Inhibit checkbox on the Fly icon, Route tab, or FMS text window on the map and
the FMS sequences to the next waypoint in the flight plan.
Turns
The FMS computes a turn using a constant bank angle. For small turns, the amount of bank angle is small. Larger
turns require a greater bank angle. The FMS also computes when to start a turn based on the type of waypoint,
the number of degrees of turn, the True Airspeed (TAS) of the aircraft, the current heading relative to the new
heading, and the wind conditions. During a turn, the FMS continuously computes the bank angle to compensate
for changes in wind conditions, TAS, and the heading of the aircraft relative to the new course.
Bank Angle and Roll Rate
The bank angle and roll rate during a turn is continuously computed by the FMS with consideration for the bank
angle limits of the AFCS. With the AFCS set to the normal operation mode (no bank limit selected), the bank
angle is limited to approximately 30 degrees. When Half-Bank is selected on the AFCS, the bank angle is limited
to approximately 12.5 degrees (set on the Setup icon, Defaults tab). Roll rate is set at 3 degrees per second
for all turns. Half-Bank can not be selected when FMS is the active lateral mode and the aircraft is below the
Half-Bank transition altitude of 31,600 feet.
Anticipation
As the aircraft approaches a turn at a waypoint, in addition to computing the bank angle for the turn, the FMS
computes the point where the turn is to start. This is called turn anticipation. Its purpose is to prevent the aircraft

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-9 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
from overshooting the new course during the turn. Essentially, the FMS cuts the corner of the turn to make a Acronyms/Terms
smooth transition to the new course.
MFW - Multifunction Window
For flight plan leg turns at true airspeeds of less than 350 knots, the turn initiation point is not further than 7 NM TOD - Top of Descent
from the waypoint. At true airspeeds of 350 knots or greater, the turn initiation limit is no further than 12 NM from
the waypoint. A waypoint alert flashes the active waypoint identifier on the PFD display, and the active waypoint
symbol and identifier on the Multifunction Window (MFW) map appear approximately 5 seconds before the FMS
initiates the turn to the new course. While turn anticipation prevents most overshoots, very large course changes
can still result in some overshoot.

Typical flight path for turns

Overshoots can have an effect on how a VNAV descent path is flown. Without an overshoot, the aircraft begins
descent at the Top of Descent (TOD), and in most cases, bottoms out at the turn bisector, provided a level-off
segment begins at the subject bisector. Overshoots caused by sharp turns (120 degrees or greater) and/or higher
ground speeds can cause the bottoming out (VNAV Bottom of Descent) to occur beyond the bisector. Under those
conditions, the pilot must monitor VNAV to make sure that the altitude constraints are met.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-10 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Effects of turn overshoots on VNAV descents
Flyover Waypoints
Waypoints that are designated as flyover waypoints require the aircraft to fly over the waypoint before a turn
is started. Examples of flyover waypoints include leg terminating waypoints, for example, a waypoint before a
discontinuity, holding fix waypoints, and the last waypoint at the end of a flight plan.
It is possible to transform a non-flyover waypoint into a flyover waypoint, and subsequently remove the flyover
attribute from a user-defined flyover waypoint. Selecting Fly Over on a flight plan Waypoint Task menu allows
the user to designate a waypoint as a flyove waypoint. The flight plan Waypoint Task menu shows the attribute
active when a check mark shows in the Fly Over selection box. To disable the attribute the operator needs to
un-check the Flly Over selection.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-11 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Typical course change at a flyover waypoint
Intercepting a Track
The FMS can intercept an active course track at any converging angle. Whenever possible, the intercept is such
that the aircraft turns onto the active course without overshoot. If the intercept angle is great and the distance to
the course is short, an overshoot will occur. If the intercept path is such that the intercept will not occur before
the active waypoint, the message Not On Intercept TRK shows on the Messages dialog box.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-12 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

SLOP - Strategic Lateral Offset

Procedures

Typical course intercept

Parallel Offset Course Tracking
Strategic Lateral Offset Procedures (SLOP) are supported by the FMS using the flight plan offset feature. While
tracking an offset path, course heading and deviation are referenced to the offset path. Also, distance and
time-to-go data for the active leg are referenced to the offset path intersections, which effectively treats these
intersections as actual waypoints. Turn anticipation and waypoint alerts are also referenced from the offset inter-
sections.
Adding, changing, or deleting an offset to a flight plan path causes the FMS to immediately steer to the new offset
or the original flight plan path if the offset is deleted. For large changes in the offset path, the FMS can steer an
intercept of up to 45 degrees to the new path.
Cancel offset tracking manually by entering a zero offset in the Parallel Offset dialog box, located in the Aircraft
Task menu (PPOS), or deleting it with the CLR/DEL on the MKP. Offset flight plan tracking is canceled automati-
cally when:
• A Direct-To or other type course change is made to the flight plan.
• The flight plan sequences to a leg that does not support an offset path (holding leg, vectors leg, etc.).
• The flight plan sequences to a discontinuity.
• The flight plan sequences to a leg that requires a course change of greater than 100 degrees.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-13 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Typical parallel offset course tracking
Holding Patterns
Entry
Just before the aircraft crosses the holding fix, the FMS calculates the size of the holding pattern. The calculation
is based on the wind conditions, the true airspeed of the aircraft or the MAX HOLD speed, whichever is lower,
and either the leg time or the leg distance of the hold. The size of the holding pattern is set (unless edited on the
Hold dialog box) until the fix is passed again. Just before each subsequent pass of the fix, the FMS recalculates
the holding pattern. Thus, each circuit of the holding pattern is the proper size for the existing wind conditions
and true airspeed.
In addition, the FMS determines the best entry method based on the direction of approach to the holding fix, and
the direction and type (standard or nonstandard) of holding pattern. The entry method is selected in accordance
with the rules depicted in the figure Typical holding entry options.
For parallel entries into a hold, the FMS steers the outbound entry leg to an extended, fixed distance. This is
done to make sure that the protected airspace of the holding pattern is not violated when the pattern is flown in
excessive wind conditions. If the ground speed is slow, the parallel entry leg can extend well beyond the normal
inbound leg turn (as shown in the figure Typical holding entry options). Even with the extended entry leg, the
FMS maintains the aircraft well within the protected airspace for a holding pattern.
Flying Hold
The FMS provides holding pattern steering data to the flight control system. The FMS calculates to steer the
aircraft in the smallest symmetrical racetrack pattern within the selected bank angle limit of the aircraft. The
normal bank angle limit is 25 degrees (most autopilot systems) up to 30 degrees in some cases. Holding patterns

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-14 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
should be flown in normal bank mode unless weight and/or altitude prohibit and Air Traffic Control (ATC) approves Acronyms/Terms
the change.
ATC - Air Traffic Control
KIAS - Knots Indicated Airspeed

Typical holding entry options

The FMS steers the aircraft around the holding pattern using a constant bank angle in the turns. In strong winds,
it is possible that the track of the aircraft in the turns of a holding pattern is not a true semicircular path, as shown
in the figure Holding patterns in various wind conditions. In addition, the radius of the turns for the holding pattern
is size-limited to the MAX Knots Indicated Airspeed (KIAS) speed for the hold. If the speed is greater than the

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-15 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
MAX KIAS for the hold, it is possible that the FMS is not able to maintain the aircraft within the boundaries of the
protected airspace of the holding pattern.

Holding patterns in various wind conditions

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-16 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Speeds
Note 6: The direction and in-
Both FAA and International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) recommended maximum holding speeds are pro- bound course of a hold cannot be
grammed into the FMS. They are shown on the Hold dialog box and also on the Route display as the default changed once the hold is the ac-
speed for a hold. The FMS uses the speed limits to show a Check Speed message on the Messages dialog box. tive leg of the flight plan.
The Check Speed message shows when the aircraft speed exceeds the calculated deceleration profile for the
upcoming speed limit by more than 20 knots. The message is inhibited while the aircraft is more than 1 minute Acronyms/Terms
away from the initial arrival at the holding fix.
ICAO - International Civil Avia-
Distance and Time tion Organization
To help the pilot visualize the current position of the aircraft relative to the fix, distance and time to the holding fix ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival
show on the PFD. They are based on the direct distance from the present position of the aircraft to the holding fix. INTC - Intercept
The distance and time to the holding fix that show on MFW map displays and flight plan are based on the distance
around the holding pattern to the fix, which gives an exact Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) to the holding fix.
Changes
6 Changing the hold direction, leg time, leg length, or inbound course on the Hold dialog box causes the FMS
to immediately recalculate the holding pattern. If a change to a holding pattern results in the aircraft being
off the holding track, the FMS steers the aircraft onto the new holding pattern track using the smallest course
change that is necessary.
Exit
Holds can be exited in one of two ways depending on whether or not the hold is part of an approach procedure
(Hold in Lieu of a Procedure Turn).
Holds in Lieu of a Procedure Turn
When making a direct or teardrop entry into a Hold in Lieu of a Procedure Turn hold for an approach, Exit Hold
is automatically selected as soon as the aircraft enters the hold. When making a parallel entry into this hold,
Exit Hold is selected after completing the entry. The pilot can manually select or cancel Exit Hold at any time.
The aircraft automatically exits this type of hold when established on the inbound course at the Intercept (INTC)
waypoint as shown on the map display and the Fly icon, Route tab of the shown flight plan, rather than at the FIX
waypoint.
Other Holds
When Exit Hold is selected and executed, the Exit Selected message shows on the Hold dialog box and the Fly
icon, Route tab, of the shown flight plan, and the FMS steers the aircraft to exit the holding pattern onto the next

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-17 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
leg of the flight plan. If the aircraft is on the outbound turn or leg of the holding pattern when Exit Hold is selected
and executed, the FMS immediately begins to steer the aircraft back to the inbound leg to the fix. If the aircraft is
on the inbound turn or leg when Exit Hold is selected, the aircraft continues around the holding pattern to the fix
in the normal manner. In both cases, the FMS steers the aircraft to fly over the holding fix waypoint and capture
the course for the next leg of the flight plan.
Cancel Exit
An Exit Hold can be canceled at any time. If Cancel Exit is selected and executed after the FMS has initiated a
turn to the inbound leg to exit the hold, it continues the turn to the inbound leg and return to the fix. After crossing
the fix, the FMS follows the complete holding pattern in the normal way.
If the aircraft is on the inbound turn or leg before crossing the fix when Cancel Exit is selected and executed, the
FMS steers the aircraft around the holding pattern as if Exit Hold had not been selected and executed.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-18 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 FMS steering for non course - reversal hold exit
Flight Plan Termination
Two minutes before reaching the last waypoint of a flight plan, the message Last Waypoint displays, and the
waypoint alert flashes the waypoint for 5 seconds. When the aircraft is within 5 seconds of passing abeam the
last waypoint, the waypoint alert flashes the waypoint again. As the aircraft passes abeam the last waypoint, the
FMS begins steering to maintain wings level flight. The FMS continues to steer wings level until it is deselected
as the navigation source, or until a new waypoint is entered into the flight plan. The Fly icon, Route tab, of the
shown flight plan shows the last waypoint until a new one is entered.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-19 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
While the FMS is steering to wings level flight, no data shows on the displays for time-to-go, distance-to-go,
Note 7: The FMS considers the
bearing to waypoint, course, cross track deviation, course arrow, and course digital readout. Also, the LNAV
area greater than 89 degrees
mode annunciation shows in yellow.
North or greater than 89 degrees
Heading Legs South latitude as the polar re-
gions. The FMS message N/A
For departure and arrival procedures that include legs that must be flown to a specified heading rather than a
in Polar Region applies to these
course, the FMS steers the aircraft to maintain the FMS flight plan heading.
areas.
Operation in High Latitudes
Acronyms/Terms
Definition
The FMS considers the region north of 73 degrees North latitude, inclusive, and the area south of 60 degrees AFM - Aircraft Flight Manual
South latitude, inclusive as high latitudes. The FMS navigation and steering is designed to operate normally
below these limits based on magnetic heading system capabilities. Operation in high latitudes (including the
polar regions) is dependent on the heading source equipment installed in the aircraft.
Polar regions are defined as latitudes greater than 89 degrees North and 89 degrees South latitude. The FMS
does not operate in the polar regions without IRS providing a true heading source.
The message N/A in Polar Region applies to North of 80 degrees North latitude and South of 80 degrees South
latitude.
IRS Equipped Aircraft
The area where FMS navigation operations are approved is determined by aircraft system level certification which
is limited by the installed navigational sensors and aircraft capabilities. Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM)
for aircraft navigational approvals/limitations.
Flight Plan Entry Limitations
7 Waypoints defined by place bearing/distance, place bearing/place bearing, and place along track can be
located in the polar regions. A reference fix used for any of these types cannot be located in the polar
regions. If a waypoint definition is attempted with a reference fix located in the polar region, the N/A in Polar
Region message shows in the scratchpad. This restriction also includes both FMS named and pilot named
waypoints.
A FROM waypoint edit cannot be located within the polar regions. If an attempt is made to enter a FROM waypoint
located in the polar regions, the N/A in Polar Region message shows.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-20 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Holding fixes cannot be located in the polar regions. This includes present position holding fixes. An attempt to Acronyms/Terms
define a holding pattern with a fix located in the polar regions results in the N/A in Polar Region message to show.
NCA - Northern Control Area
Course edits to a fix located in the polar regions are not allowed. An attempt to perform a course edit to a fix
located in the polar regions results in the N/A in Polar Region message being shown.
The FIX dialog box is not supported in the polar regions. If an attempt is made to use a reference fix located in
the polar regions, the N/A in Polar Region message shows.
No search patterns are allowed north of 89 degrees North latitude, inclusive, or south of 89 degrees South latitude,
inclusive. If any sector of a search pattern lies north of 89 degrees North latitude, inclusive, or south of 89 degrees
South latitude, inclusive then the N/A in Polar Region message is shown.
Operating in the Northern Control Area
The Northern Control Area (NCA) is a region of northern polar airspace where all operations are conducted with
reference to True North. In the NCA:
• VOR/VORTAC/TACAN stations are referenced to True North.
• Tracks/courses/headings on airways, RNAV routes, and procedures are referenced to True North.
• ATC clearances, vectors, and headings are provided referenced to True North.
When a VOR station is aligned to True North, the facility data box on an en route chart shows VOR oriented on
True North or VOR/DME oriented True North. The FMS shows the information that a VOR station is aligned to
True North.
Recommended Procedure
In high latitudes, including Polar Regions, operators should use caution when selecting a VOR as a navigation
source without first determining the north reference of the station. The north reference of the VOR should match
the aircraft heading reference.
When the aircraft heading reference is set to True North, VOR information should not be shown on the bearing
pointers. The bearing pointer should only be used to show VOR information when both the aircraft heading
system and the VOR station are referenced to magnetic north.
In all situations, the magenta course needle shows the correct VOR radial. In situations where the north reference
matches (magnetic/magnetic or true/true) the magenta course needle also points to the station.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-21 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Approaches
Note 8: A waypoint is sequenced
Arrivals, approaches, and available transitions are selected from the Arrivals dialog box for any airport. Access or passed when the waypoint be-
the Arrivals dialog box using the MKP DEP/ARR, selection of Arrivals on the Flight Plan format or the Airport Task comes the From waypoint. The
menu, or by pushing the Dep/Arr icon on the FMS touchscreen toolbar. STAR selection (for a given approach) is aircraft may not fly directly over
optional. Vector transitions from ATC are supported before and during an approach. Missed approach procedures the waypoint.
are included for the given approach and may be flown by the FMS once the FMS is selected as the navigation
source while executing the missed approach procedure. The FMS can track all leg types found in the navigation Acronyms/Terms
database. Vertical guidance is available for all approaches using Baro-VNAV or SBAS VNAV.
RNAV - Area Navigation
The FMS is designed and authorized to automatically execute Area Navigation (RNAV) GNSS, with or without
ILS - Instrument Landing System
SBAS vertical guidance, and RNAV multi-sensor approaches. Lateral and vertical approach guidance is provided
by the flight director. The flight director guidance can be coupled to the autopilot. LOC - Localizer
B/C - Back Course
FMS navigation may be used during the initial portion of Instrument Landing System (ILS), Localizer (LOC), LOC
Back Course (B/C), Localizer Directional Aid (LDA), and Simplified Directional Facility (SDF) approaches entered LDA - Localizer Directional Aid
into the flight plan. The FMS automatically auto tunes the localizer frequency, enters the localizer course, and SDF - Simplified Directional Fa-
changes the navigation source from FMS to LOC before automatic NAV-to-NAV capture is executed. Automatic cility
transition to localizer guidance occurs when the aircraft is in a position to capture the localizer beam and Approach NDB - Non-Directional Radio
mode is selected on the AFCS. Beacon
Other conventional approaches including Non-Directional Radio Beacon (NDB), VOR, Instrument Guidance Sys- IGS - Instrument Guidance Sys-
tem (IGS), TACAN (without GNSS overlay) may be included in the navigational database. The FMS is not au- tem
thorized as a navigational source for these approaches, but the FMS can be used to monitor aircraft progress to ARP - Airport Reference Point
enhance situational awareness while flying the approach using non-FMS guidance.
LPV - Localizer Precision Vertical
Visual approaches are also supported. The FMS maps on the flight displays show the runway threshold and
runway extension waypoints.
8 The aircraft is considered within the terminal area of a destination airport when the first waypoint of the STAR
is passed or within 31 NM of the Airport Reference Point (ARP) listed in the navigation database. Once inside
the terminal area the changes that follow occur:
• Localizer Precision Vertical (LPV) ARM shows on the PFD (LPV Approach selected).
• Required Navigation Performance (RNP) ARM shows on the PFD (RNP or RNP AR approach selected).
• Lateral deviation scale changes to 1.0 NM full scale deflection.
• Vertical deviation scale changes to 500 feet full scale deflection.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-22 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Approach lateral and vertical deviation sensitivity for FMS Approach modes. Refer to the table below. Acronyms/Terms

FMS Annunciation Full Scale Lateral Deflection Full Scale Vertical Deflection IFR - Instrument Flight Rules
VMC - Visual Meteorological
Blank, LPV ARM, RNP ARM ±1.0 NM ±500 Feet (Baro-VNAV)
Conditions
NO APPR (white) ±1.0 NM ±500 Feet (Baro-VNAV)
APPR or NO APPR (yellow) ±1.0 NM ±250 Feet (Baro-VNAV)
RNP APPR ±0.3 NM (or as coded in ±250 Feet (Baro-VNAV), ±75
NAV Database for RNP AR Feet (After FAF of an RNP AR
approaches) approach)
LPV APPR Angular Angular (SBAS VNAV)
RNP AM ±0.3 NM (or as coded in NAV ±500 Feet (Baro-VNAV)
Database for ANP AR missed
approach)

Visual Approaches
WARNING

A visual approach must not be used in Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC) as a substitute for an
Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) approach. The FMS visual approach is not the same as a visual approach clear-
ance issued by ATC for an instrument approach.

WARNING

It is the responsibility of the pilot to properly operate the aircraft visually to the runway during Visual Me-
teorological Conditions (VMC). FMS visual approaches provide situational awareness only and do not provide
obstacle clearance.

For a visual approach or any other approach not approved for FMS guidance (for example, IGS or TACAN), the
FMS provides lateral and vertical flight path information to enhance situational awareness during VMC. The FMS
also provides lateral and vertical steering commands to the AFCS to capture and follow the generated descent
path.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-23 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Barometric Vertical Navigation (Baro-VNAV) guidance is available for visual approaches. Vertical deviation and Acronyms/Terms
vertical steering guidance to the runway threshold are available in VPATH mode if VNAV is selected and the
preselector altitude remains below the aircraft altitude. Baro-VNAV - Barometric Vertical
Navigation
To load a visual approach, select a runway from the list on the Arrivals dialog box. The runway list is near the RWY EXT - Runway Extension
bottom of the available approach list. When a runway is selected the FMS automatically provides a runway
extension of 5 NM from the threshold and along the runway centerline extension. The FMS names the waypoint VPA - Vertical Path Angle
(RX) when the approach is loaded into the flight plan. The pilot may select a Runway Extension (RWY EXT) up DH - Decision Height
to 25 NM or the extension can be deleted. When the aircraft is within the terminal area of the destination airport, DA - Decision Altitude
the active RNP shows on the PFD and lateral deviation scale adjusts to 1.0 NM full scale sensitivity. Vertical MDA - Minimum Descent Altitude
sensitivity remains the same at 500 feet full scale sensitivity.
The FMS creates a discontinuity between the last en route or STAR waypoint and the runway extension waypoint.
The discontinuity can be deleted or the pilot can initiate a Direct-To the runway extension at the appropriate time.
If no other altitude constraints exist at prior waypoints, the VNAV function computes the TOD and en route descent
profile to the selected altitude at the visual approach runway extension waypoint. The computed Vertical Path
Angle (VPA) may not provide obstacle clearance.
Changing the selected runway removes the previously selected runway, and associated runway extension fix,
from the flight plan. The new selected runway replaces the old selected runway, unless the old selected runway
is the active waypoint. In that case, the new selected runway is inserted after the active waypoint. Changing a
runway extension fix removes any previously selected runway extension fix from the flight plan, unless the old
runway extension fix is the active waypoint. In that case, the new runway extension fix is inserted after the active
waypoint.
Instrument Approaches
Select an instrument approach and any related elements for that approach using the Arrivals dialog box. The
Arrivals dialog box is selected from the Fly icon, Route tab, from an Airport Task menu, or from an approach
feather on a map display.
WARNING

For all types of instrument approaches, the pilot must manually set the Decision Height (DH), Decision
Altitude (DA), or Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) alerters.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-24 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
WARNING
Note 9:
It is the pilot’s responsibility to recognize when the aircraft reaches the DH, DA, or MDA, and to make FMS based approaches to run-
a decision on whether or not to continue the approach. The FMS does not level the aircraft at the MDA for ways below sea level are not
non-precision approaches while descending in Vertical Glidepath (VGP) mode. included in the navigation data-
base.
The FMS must not be used for
The FMS provides vertical and lateral steering commands to the flight control system to fly authorized approaches. navigation below the MDA or DA.
Approaches that use FMS guidance fall into one of the categories that follow: Do not edit a GNSS approach. It
• SBAS VNAV approaches (Localizer Precision Vertical (LPV)) using satellite data for lateral and vertical guid- must be pulled from the database
ance. and used as-is. Currently, the
system does not cancel the ap-
• GNSS non-precision approaches, (RNAV or GNSS overlay), using satellite data for lateral guidance and proach when an extraneous point
Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance. is added.
• VOR/DME or VOR/DME RNAV Non-Precision Approach (NPA) using NAVAIDs for lateral guidance and
Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance. Acronyms/Terms

• Localizer based approaches, including ILS, using advisory FMS guidance to establish the final approach. VGP - Vertical Glidepath
• Other conventional approaches (for example, VOR, NDB, or TACAN) using the FMS for advisory situational LPV - Localizer Precision Vertical
awareness only. NPA - Non-Precision Approach
Lateral and vertical guidance is available for all approaches when the FMS is used for navigation. FMS lateral
guidance always uses the GNSS position data, even when SBAS corrections are not being applied, unless the
GNSS sensor fails or is disabled by the pilots. FMS vertical guidance is always based on Baro-VNAV except
when SBAS VNAV is used for LPV approaches.
On the PFD, the lateral deviation bar on the HSI provides the lateral guidance, and the vertical deviation pointer
provides vertical guidance. The FMS provides lateral steering commands to fly the aircraft along the flight path
route and vertical steering commands to descend along a vertical path.
9 The MDA value shown on the Fly icon, Route tab, is the highest value for the approach selected (this is
a navigation database parameter). The pilot must determine which altitude is required for the selected ap-
proach and set the MDA alerters accordingly.
SBAS VNAV Approaches
Two RNAV (GNSS) approach types use the increased accuracy of lateral and vertical position data provided
by GNSS sensors using SBAS position information. LPV approach is a precision approach using an FMS con-

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-25 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
structed glidepath to provide an approach, with lateral and vertical guidance similar to an ILS, for descents down
Note 10:
to LPV minima, some approach 200 feet Above Ground Level (AGL). Similar to ILS approaches, the deviation
Only the approved SBAS service
scaling is angular and sensitivity of both lateral and vertical deviation pointers increases as the aircraft gets closer
provider can be used to fly the
to the runway. LPV approaches are designed so that FMS guidance for the approach is similar to ILS guidance
selected LPV approach. WAAS
for the approach to the same runway.
is the provider for the continen-
10 Only RNAV (GNSS) approaches can provide LPV minimums. In the United States, most approach pro- tal United States. SBAS autho-
cedures are currently titled RNAV (GPS) and include the LPV DA category in the minimums section of the rized service provider shows be-
approach. When an approach with LPV minimums is loaded, the FMS shows the required service provider low the Appr Details button on the
(WAAS LPV) below the Appr Details button on the Arrivals dialog box. Arrivals dialog box.
SBAS approaches do not require
a specific SBAS service provider
to use the approach. The generic
term SBAS shows to let the pi-
lot know that ANY SBAS service
provider is required.

Acronyms/Terms

AGL - Above Ground Level

Arrivals showing SBAS LPV approach

When the aircraft is inside the terminal area with a SBAS VNAV approach loaded, the pilot display shows:
• Lateral deviation scaling adjusts to ±1.0 NM (RNP).
• Vertical deviation scaling adjusts to ±500 feet.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-26 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The Final Approach Course Fix (FACF) is a waypoint located on the final approach course prior to the Final
Note 11: RWY shows in the MAP
Approach Fix (FAF). The FACF is located a minimum of 2 NM prior to the FAF to allow the aircraft to establish
altitude constraint field on the Fly
the final approach course prior to the FAF. Some approaches can have additional step down fixes between the
icon, Route tab, for SBAS VNAV
FACF and the FAF.
approaches. Previous FMS ver-
The approach is enabled when the FACF is the From waypoint. Lateral and vertical deviation scaling adjust to sion software showed RWY in
angular scaling similar to ILS (increasing sensitivity as the aircraft approaches the runway). the MAP altitude constraint field
If a Direct-To the FAF is executed or the approach path is intercepted in HDG mode, the approach is enabled at (for non-precision approaches)
2 NM prior to the FAF provided the flight plan intercept angle to the final approach course is not greater than 45 when a VPA was specified after
degrees. This 45 degree limit complies with existing regulations to provide obstacle clearance when using NAV the FAF. All approaches using
or APPR AFCS mode. When this angle exceeds 45 degrees, Seq Inhb shows on the PFD and the message Crs Baro-VNAV now provide an alti-
to FAF >45 deg shows. tude constraint for the MAP way-
point on the LEGS page.
The FMS continues to use Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance until the aircraft intercepts the SBAS VNAV com-
puted glidepath. Since Baro-VNAV is affected by current atmospheric conditions and SBAS VNAV is not, the two Acronyms/Terms
glidepaths do not always coincide and it is normal for the vertical deviation indicator to adjust during the transition
between the two. FACF - Final Approach Course
Fix
11 The Flight Plan Target Altitude (FPTA) field on the PFD shows the next waypoint altitude constraint when
descending in VPATH mode. When the aircraft is within 500 feet of the SBAS VNAV glidepath, RWY replaces FAF - Final Approach Fix
the altitude constraint and VNAV provides vertical guidance down to the runway threshold crossing altitude. FPTA - Flight Plan Target Altitude
If APPR mode is selected on the FCP, vertical guidance is provided in VGP mode.
The GNSS sensor uses more than the minimum number of required satellites for the position solution. The
integrity of the GNSS position is monitored by the FMS to make sure the redundant measurements do not pro-
duce inconsistent position solutions. GNSS integrity values, satellite faults, position difference between FMS
and GNSS computed solutions, and other GNSS information can be found on the GNNS Sensors format on the
GNSS1 or GNSS2 tab.
12 If SBAS integrity degrades prevent the LPV approach vertical guidance, the message LPV Not Available,
LNAV Available shows on the HSI and the Messages dialog box. Vertical deviation on the pilot displays
is replaced by a red VNV or red VNAV flag. The pilot can look on the Arrival Data dialog box and see if
the BARO option is available for vertical guidance for the intended approach. The Baro-VNAV approach
minimums are found under the LNAV/VNAV category on the approach plate. Once the FAF waypoint is
passed, no further approach modifications are authorized. Indications that LPV is not available start showing
when the aircraft enters the terminal phase of flight. The message LNAV Available may show on the PFD

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-27 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 HSI and the FMS map format. The intent here is to make the pilot aware that notification about the LPV
Note 12:
approach not being usable clearly shows.
If LNAV/VNAV minimums are
GNSS Non-Precision Approaches available, switch to RNP on the
Arrival Data dialog box prior to
GNSS non-precision approaches are the RNAV procedures designed to use GNSS for navigation, RNAV multi-
the FAF. After the FAF is passed,
sensor approaches with GNSS overlay, or other NAVAID approaches with GNSS overlay. SBAS VNAV is not
the approach is latched and no
authorized for these approaches so the FMS uses Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance instead.
further changes are allowed.
These approaches contain a GNSS (GPS in the US) reference in the approach title (for example, RNAV (GNSS), Some approach charts may con-
RNAV (GPS), GPS, VOR/DME RNAV or GPS, or NDB or GPS). These approaches do not show LPV minimums. tain the GNSS Landing System
When this approach is loaded, BARO shows on the Arrival Data dialog box to indicate the FMS uses GNSS for (GLS) or Lateral Precision (LP)
lateral guidance and Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance. approach minimums. The GLS or
When the aircraft is inside the terminal area with a GNSS non-precision approach loaded, the pilot display shows: LP approach is not the same as
a LPV approach. The FMS does
• Lateral deviation scaling adjusts to ±1.0 NM. not provide capability to fly LP ap-
• Vertical deviation scaling adjusts to ±500 feet. proaches and LP data is not in the
navigation database.
When the aircraft is 2 NM from the FAF and the flight plan intercept angle to the final approach course is not
greater than 45 degrees, the FMS transitions to the approach mode. The items that follow show on the pilot
displays:
• Lateral deviation scaling adjusts to ±0.30 NM.
• Vertical deviation scaling adjusts to ±250 feet.
There can be short periods when the required approach accuracy is unavailable. By predicting future GNSS
satellite positions, the FMS is capable of estimating the availability of approach accuracy. This feature is called
Predictive Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (P-RAIM) and is used on non-precision approaches. Pre-
dictive Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is available for non-precision approaches and found on
the FMS Status format. Normally, the active flight plan contains the required data (destination and ETA) and the
estimates are made automatically. The pilot can change the time and destination to check RAIM availability for
alternate destinations and arrival times. Pilot entries show in large font characters and automatic entries from a
flight plan show in small font characters.
GNSS P-RAIM status annunciations for the specified DEST and ETA that show on the FMS Status format are:
• GNSS Disabled – The GNSS receiver is disabled and the FMS is not using it for position determination.
• GNSS Not Ready – GNSS receiver is not ready yet (this shows on initial power-up).

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-28 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Selection of the Sat Deselect button on the FMS Status format gives the pilot the ability to manually deselect up
Note 13: RNP is an optional fea-
to eight satellites identified in NOTAMs as out of service. Deselected satellites are not included in the P-RAIM
ture of this avionics system. RNP
computations. Satellite numbers can be entered one at a time. Deselected satellites can be deleted individually
AR requires special crew autho-
using the CLR/DEL on the MKP and pasting the delete onto the deselected satellite. Deselected satellites are
rization.
deleted after a cold start power-up.
Flight plan destination and estimated time of arrival are automatically inserted. Note 14: The system is designed
so that a RNP AR approach can
When approach RAIM is unavailable, the message No NPA RAIM shows on the Messages dialog box. This be continued after a single failure.
message shows only when the aircraft is within the terminal area of the destination airport and a GNSS non-
precision approach is selected. Note 15: Many VOR/DME pro-
RNP AR Approaches cedures have a GNSS overlay
(for example, VOR/DME or GPS)
13 The system may optionally support RNP AR operations for approaches to 0.30 NM with a missed approach in the title on the approach chart.
of 1.00 NM. These approaches may have Radius to Fix (RF) legs on part of the approach. The system When an overlay is available,
provides RNP containment and alerting for all phases of the approach. The PFD includes a numeric readout the FMS flies the approach as a
of the RNP value of the active FMS leg. The lateral deviation indicator is scaled for precision approaches, GNSS non-precision approach
with full scale deflection equal to the RNP value. The vertical deviation indicator has full scale deflection at (as described in the previous sec-
150 feet starting at the FAF, with an alert being issued at one dot (75 feet). tion) unless the GNSS sensor
14 The following equipment is required in order to start a RNP AR approach: fails or is disabled by the pilots.
• Dual ADS
• Dual GNSS sensors
• Dual FMS
• Dual PFD
• Dual FCS
• Dual IRS (for both flight director attitude/acceleration, and pitch/roll display)
• TAWS.
VOR/DME Conventional or RNAV Non-Precision Approaches
15 Conventional and RNAV non-precision approaches are designed to use ground based NAVAIDs for lateral
guidance and Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance. When the approach is loaded in the FMS, only BARO shows
on the Arrival Data dialog box to indicate the FMS only uses Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance and GNSS is
not used for any part of the approach.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-29 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
When flying an approach without the GNSS overlay, REF APPR shows on the HSI and Appr For Ref Only shows Acronyms/Terms
on Messages dialog box with the GNSS sensor enabled. The GNSS sensor must be disabled to fly an approach
without the GNSS overlay, and both VOR USAGE and DME USAGE are set to YES for the FMS to provide MAP - Missed Approach Point
advisory guidance. If the VOR/DME approach has “GPS” or “GNSS” in the approach title, then it is authorized to
be flown with GPS/GNSS. If “GPS” or “GNSS” is not in the approach title, then it must be flown with VOR (GNSS
disabled).
When the aircraft is inside the terminal area with a VOR/DME or VOR/DME RNAV non-precision approach loaded,
the pilot display shows the following:
• Lateral deviation scaling adjusts to ±1.0 NM.
• Vertical deviation scaling adjusts to ±500 feet.
When the aircraft is 2 NM from the FAF and the flight plan intercept angle to the final approach course is not
greater than 45 degrees, the FMS transitions to the approach mode. The items that follow show on the pilot
displays:
• Lateral deviation scaling remains at ±1.0 NM.
• Vertical deviation scaling adjusts to ±250 feet.
Approaches that terminate at a Missed Approach Point (MAP) located somewhere other than the runway thresh-
old do not contain VPA information past the FAF in the navigation database. Examples include circling approaches
and approaches that have the MAP as a NAVAID on the field. When this type of approach is selected, V-MDA, in
white font, shows above the MAP altitude constraint on the Fly icon, Route tab, and the VPA between the MAP
and previous waypoint is empty.
Since VPA information is not available past the FAF, the FMS does not provide vertical guidance past the FAF
and the VNAV mode stays at VALT (aircraft in level flight) or change to VPTCH (aircraft descending) until the
aircraft levels at the V-MDA altitude constraint specified for the MAP.
If the navigation database provides VPA information for a conventional approach past the FAF, the FMS can
continue to provide vertical guidance down to the MAP altitude. On the Fly icon, Route tab, VPA information
is available between the MAP waypoint and the previous waypoint with no label shown above the MAP altitude
constraint.
The MAP altitude constraint is based on the available VPA information and it can be below the MDA altitude shown
on the approach minima. Normally a descent in VGP mode is not authorized for these approaches because VGP
ignores the preselector altitude set to the MDA. The AFCS must be set to NAV for these approaches, not APPR.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-30 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
NAV mode ensures that vertical guidance is provided in VPATH mode which always honor the preselector altitude
Note 16: The navigation radio
setting.
should not be manually tuned
Some operators are authorized to use VNAV DA(H) as an alternative to MDA(H) and can use APPR mode on to the localizer frequency and
the AFCS to fly the approach. RWY shows in the MAP altitude constraint field on the Fly icon, Route tab, display then switched to the AUTO tuning
for SBAS VNAV approaches. Previous FMS version software showed RWY in the MAP altitude constraint field mode while outside the terminal
(for non-precision approaches) when a VPA was specified after the FAF. All approaches using Baro-VNAV now area. This could result in the
provide an altitude constraint for the MAP waypoint on the LEGS view of the Fly icon, Route tab, display. navigation radios staying in the
Localizer Based Conventional Approaches AUTO tuning mode when the air-
craft enters the terminal area.
The FMS supports localizer based approaches including ILS, localizer, localizer back-course, Localizer Direc-
tional Aid (LDA), and Simplified Directional Facility (SDF). The FMS does not execute the final phase of these Acronyms/Terms
approaches (from the FAF to the MAP), but it supports the initial approach phase leading to lateral signal capture.
LDA - Localizer Directional Aid
Localizer-based approaches have, as a minimum, an approach entry point called a Final Approach Course Fix
SDF - Simplified Directional Fa-
(FACF), a Final Approach Fix (FAF), the Missed Approach Point (MAP), and a missed approach procedure. One
cility
characteristic of the FACF is that localizer signal reception is assured on the leg from the FACF to the FAF.
FACF - Final Approach Course
The FACF is not always named and printed on the published approach chart, but the FACF is always named in Fix
the navigation database with a default name. The FAF and the portions of the approach that follow are included
FAF - Final Approach Fix
in the approach flight plan. These approaches are shown on FMS maps as a visual reference aid for overall
navigation situational awareness. MAP - Missed Approach Point

16 When the aircraft is within the terminal area and a localizer based approach is entered in the flight plan, the
FMS configures for a NAV-to-NAV transfer.
• Both navigation receivers are tuned to the localizer frequency when the navigation radios are set to
AUTO Tuning mode. (Once the frequency is set, the FMS switches the radio to MAN Tuning mode.)
• When the tuning mode is set to MAN, a Loc Will Be Tuned message shows for 30 seconds prior to the
FMS tuning the radios.
• The message Check Loc Tuning shows if the FMS cannot tune the navigation radios to the localizer
frequency.
When inside the terminal area and the NAV-to-NAV setup is complete the items that follow show on the PFD:
• LOC and the correct frequency shows armed on the PFD.
• The localizer inbound course shows on the HSI.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-31 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • The FMS stays in Terminal mode throughout the approach until the localizer is captured and the flight control
Note 17: When a VOR/DME or a
system switches to using the localizer signal for steering guidance.
VORTAC is used to define a VOR
• Lateral deviation scaling is set to ±1.0 NM. only approach, the FMS may be
able to provide approach guid-
• Vertical deviation scaling remains at ±500 feet.
ance as previously described in
Once the localizer signal is captured, the FMS continues to provide Baro-VNAV vertical guidance down to, but the VOR/DME approach section.
not past, the FAF with VNAV engaged. For an ILS approach, the AFCS switches from FMS vertical guidance to
using the ILS glideslope when the glideslope signal is intercepted.
Selecting APPR mode on the AFCS arms the system for NAV-to-NAV capture. Use discretion in choosing the
proper time to arm for the approach since radar vectors or published approach routes can prematurely get close
to or cross the localizer signal. Select the APPR mode only after making sure the FMS has completed the NAV-
to-NAV set up, the aircraft is in a position to capture the localizer, and cleared for the approach. The set up is
complete when the localizer is tuned, LOC is the preselect navigation source, and the localizer course is set.
In the case of a L or R PFD failure, the cross side FMS can tune the loc frequency. The NAV-NAV transfer will
not be successful if both PFDs are using the crossside FMS set as the Nav Source (i.e., L-PFD Nav Source is
FMS2, R-PFD Nav source is FMS1). The actual localizer path can differ from the FMS path between the FACF
and the runway. If the localizer signal is intercepted at a very small angle, it is possible that the flight path will not
converge properly with the localizer, and capture could be uncertain.
Other Conventional Approaches
17 The FMS is not authorized to provide approach guidance for VOR only (for example, VOR), TACAN, or
approaches using NDB guidance (for example, NDB or NDB/DME) without a GNSS overlay. When these
approaches are loaded, the message REF APPR shows on the HSI and Appr for Ref Only shows when
the aircraft is inside the terminal area. The deviation scaling remains at ±1.0 NM for lateral and ±500 feet
vertically throughout the approach. The FMS uses Baro-VNAV for vertical guidance during the descent.
Approach Transitions
Transitions are used to guide the aircraft to the approach environment. Transitions available for any given ap-
proach can include specific charted and named transitions, ATC vectored transitions, or a combination of both.
Selection of an approach on the Arrivals dialog box shows the list of transitions available for that approach under
the TRANS annunciation. VECTORS is the default transition for all approaches.
Selection of an approach on the Arrivals dialog box and execution of the flight plan change automatically inserts
a discontinuity in the flight plan. This separates the en route or STAR segment from the approach segment,

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-32 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
unless the en route or STAR segment terminates on the initial approach waypoint. When the FMS sequences
Tip 2- DME arc may be inter-
to the waypoint before the discontinuity, it automatically changes to Seq Inhb mode on the shown flight plan (for
cepted by putting initial arc way-
example, Fly icon, Route tab).
point into the FROM field on the
DME Arcs Fly icon, Route tab and engaging
2 There are no special procedures to intercept a DME arc at a published entry waypoint. The FMS flies to NAV or APPR mode on flight con-
the entry point, turn to intercept the published arc, and fly the approach. Radar vectors to the DME arc trol system once the aircraft gets
require the pilot to maintain situational awareness to intercept the arc between the published entry and exit close to the arc.
waypoints of the arc.
Hold in Lieu of a Procedure Turn
When an approach includes a Hold in Lieu of a Procedure Turn, and the FMS sequences to the waypoint of that
hold, the hold is automatically armed for exit. The aircraft flies the holding pattern, then complete the approach
procedure. When the FMS requires a Teardrop or Parallel entry to enter the hold pattern, the exit is automatically
armed when the entry to the hold is complete. Any holding pattern loaded with a procedure (SID, STAR, approach,
or missed approach) automatically arms for exit without the pilot selecting the Exit Hold. At any time the pilot can
exit the hold pattern.
If ATC clearance requires a further hold, select Cancel Exit on the Hold dialog box, Route Format, or FMS text
window on the map to cancel the hold exit and continue flying the hold. When cleared to exit the hold, select Exit
Hold to arm the FMS to exit the hold and continue the approach.
Hold in Lieu of a Procedure Turn in an approach transition have a waypoint labeled INTC at the point where the
holding pattern intercepts the final approach course. VNAV does not provide descent guidance while in the hold.
Once the aircraft exits the hold and the INTC waypoint becomes the TO waypoint, VNAV guidance becomes
active.
Not all approaches have a hold in the approach transition. Some missed approach procedures end with a hold
at the same waypoint used as the final approach fix. In an approach with these conditions, to enter a hold at
the FAF as part of a non-published approach procedure, a new hold at the FAF must be added. Add a hold by
selecting the FAF waypoint with the cursor on the Fly icon, Route tab or MAP format. A flight plan waypoint task
menu shows with HOLD as a selection. Select HOLD to add a new hold at the FAF waypoint. This results in
what appears to be two holds at the same waypoint. One of the holds is at the FAF and the other hold is part of
the missed approach procedure.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-33 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Missed Approach Procedures
Note 18: Missed approach pro-
Missed approach procedures are included in the flight plan as part of an approach. The Missed Approach Point cedures do not show on the MFW
(MAP) waypoint shows on the Fly icon, Route tab, as the waypoint just above the Missed Approach label. The map display until the missed ap-
MAP is also identified on the Fly icon, Route tab, when MA is displayed in the blue gradient field for the waypoint. proach is active, or the Missed
Approach map symbol display
The first waypoint after the Missed Approach annunciation is usually the initial altitude-constraint waypoint for
option is selected from the sym-
the missed approach. It shows in parentheses and cannot be copied to the scratchpad, but the waypoint can be
bols pull down menu.
deleted. It also shows on the MFW map display, in parentheses, as the first waypoint of the missed approach.
18 A missed approach is recommended in any of the following events unless visual contact is established and
maintained with the runway:
• Excessive vertical deviation (beyond full scale)
• Excessive lateral deviation (beyond full scale)
• No Appr alert
• Unable RNP alert
• Appr Not Available alert
• GNSS Not Available alert
• Chk Pos alert.
At any point while flying an approach, the pilot can execute missed approach procedures. The FMS can help
reduce pilot workload, but the pilot must disable the approach.
An approach can be disabled, prior to the MAP, by any of the methods that follow:
• Push the TOGA button.
• If the TO waypoint is the MAP, deselect Seq Inhibit on the Fly icon, Route tab, or FMS text window on the
map, followed by selecting EXEC on the MKP, FMS Touchscreen Toolbar or map.
• Delete the FAF waypoint.
While on the missed approach, the pilot can edit the flight plan to select a new approach, or sequence the FMS
to a waypoint on the route to the alternate airport.
19 Some missed approach procedures can require flying a segment of a departure procedure as part of the
missed approach procedure. To do this, select either GFP button on the Fly icon, Route tab, to the left of

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-34 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 the Destination Airport or the runway symbol of the Destination Airport on the map to open the Airport Task
Note 19: Selection of the TOGA
Menu. Select Departures from the task menu to open the Departures dialog box. Once the Departure is
button on the yoke results in des-
selected, the FMS inserts it in the flight plan, preceded by a discontinuity.
election of Seq Inhibit. If FMSx or
20 The simplified checklist that follows should aid in the transition to a missed approach after Go Around APPR FMSx is the active lateral
selection and aircraft power and configuration are adjusted. FMSx is selected as the active lateral flight mode prior to selection of TOGA,
director mode when the TOGA button is pushed and FMSx or APPR FMSx was the previous active mode. the active lateral mode remains
or changes to FMSx. If FMSx
1. Make sure that Seq Inhibit is not selected on the Fly icon, Route tab (or FMS text window on the map).
or APPR FMSx is not the active
2. Make sure that the TO waypoint is the first waypoint of the missed approach. lateral mode at the time TOGA
3. Set the appropriate lateral and vertical flight director modes. is selected, a heading sync oc-
curs, and GA mode is activated
4. Engage the autopilot. by AFCS. Pilots must reselect
-- End of Principles of FMS Navigation -- NAV and/or VNAV.

Note 20: To prevent an inadver-

tent loss of airspeed, VNAV does
not automatically initiate a climb
when the FMS sequences to the
missed approach procedure. Pi-
lots must initiate any climbs re-
quired for the missed approach
procedure. After initiating the
climb, with FMS as the naviga-
tion source and the VNAV mode
selected on the flight control sys-
tem, the FMS captures and tracks
the altitude constraint.

Table of Contents

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 1 Principles of FMS 13-35 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
13.2 Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV Acronyms/Terms

VNAV - Vertical Navigation

Principles of VNAV
AFCS - Automatic Flight Control
Introduction System
FLC - Flight Level Change
The Flight Management System (FMS) provides multiple waypoint Vertical Navigation (VNAV) for each phase of VS - Vertical Speed
flight (climb, cruise, and descent). The VNAV feature helps the pilot to comply with altitude and speed constraints PTCH - Pitch
at waypoints, and speed limits at altitudes. It also helps follow the vertical flight profile entered in the active flight
plan.

Selecting VNAV mode on the Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) allows the autopilot to sequence modes
and set target speeds and altitudes to maintain the flight plan requirements within the constraints of the prese-
lector altitude setting. The preselector overrides any VNAV commands, except descending in glidepath mode,
generated by the FMS. With VNAV the pilot has command of all autopilot modes while VNAV is active: Flight
Level Change (FLC), Vertical Speed (VS), Pitch (PTCH), and altitude hold. Target speeds are set with the air-
speed reference knob on the Flight Control Panel or automatically by the FMS. The FMS gives the appropriate
VNAV warning annunciations to alert the pilot of any violation to flight plan constraints.

VNAV follows the flight plan during all phases of flight. It levels the aircraft on capture of the preselect altitude or
flight plan target altitude and begins a descent at a planned location. Step climbs can be initiated by setting the
preselect altitude and selecting the climb mode.

During the descent mode, VNAV computes a vertical path to each waypoint and gives guidance relative to that
path making sure that the descent altitude constraints are honored. In addition to following a planned vertical
profile that is entered in the FMS flight plan, the vertical Direct-To feature allows a continuous descent path directly
to an altitude at a waypoint.

Vertical navigation information shows on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) when VNAV is selected. The informa-
tion that shows includes:
• The next altitude constraint.
• Vertical deviation from the planned descent path.
• Vertical speed needed to fly directly to the next altitude constraint.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-36 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Setup Acronyms/Terms
A vertical guidance profile is defined by the Active (ACT) Flight Plan (FPLN) and the settings on the Calc page. ACT - Active
The flight plan defines the altitude and speed constraints on the Fly icon, Route tab. The Calc page is used to
FPLN - Flight Plan
define the cruise altitude, speed targets, altitude dependent speed limits, and default Vertical Path Angle (VPA)
for descents. Vertical navigation data is also used in the performance calculations. VPA - Vertical Path Angle
STAR - Standard Terminal Arrival
There are default values for all VNAV parameters. When the pilot selects departure procedures, Standard Termi-
Route
nal Arrival Route (STAR), and approach procedures, the appropriate speed and altitude constraints at waypoints
are automatically loaded into the flight plan. The pilot can set up the VNAV default parameters so each flight LOC - Localizer
is automatically initialized in accordance with the way the aircraft is flown. When non-standard flight conditions PFD - Primary Flight Display
arise, the VNAV parameters can be modified for that flight without changing the default values for subsequent VGP - Vertical Glidepath
flights. No data entry is required on the Calc page to activate VNAV, unless modification to the defaults or addition
to a speed or altitude constraint is necessary.
To get to the Calc page, select the Calc icon on the FMS Menu bar. To display the VNAV default parameters,
select the Setup icon on the FMS Menu bar, followed by selecting the Defaults tab and VNAV tab.
VNAV Select and Deselect
Push the VNAV button on the FCP to select and deselect VNAV. VNAV is active when it is both valid and selected.
VNAV is valid when the three conditions that follow are met:
• An ACT FPLN with a TO waypoint exists in the FMS.
• The pilot NAV source is either a valid FMS or Localizer (LOC) (if a valid NAV-to-NAV transfer occurred).
• Preselector altitude, barometric altitude, ground speed, vertical speed, vertical acceleration, and true air-
speed.
PFD Annunciations and Displays
Modes
Captured VNAV modes are annunciated at the top of the Primary Flight Display (PFD) where the autopilot ver-
tical modes are annunciated. A captured VNAV mode annunciation shows the letter V in front of the autopilot
annunciations. Descent path (VPATH or Vertical Glidepath (VGP)) and VNAV altitude capture and hold (VALTV
CAP and VALTV) are additional unique VNAV modes that are also annunciated on the PFD.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-37 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Invalid VNAV Acronyms/Terms
If VNAV becomes invalid when VPATH or VGP are armed in the autopilot mode field, VPATH or VNAV will show HSI - Horizontal Situation Indica-
in amber. If VNAV becomes invalid after it has been an active mode, the V is removed from view, and the yellow tor
VNAV annunciation shows. If VPATH or VGP show when VNAV becomes invalid, the mode annunciation reverts FPTA - Flight Plan Target Altitude
VPTCH. A PFD Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) message identifies the reason that VNAV is invalid after VNAV
is selected. One of the HSI messages that follow shows to identify the reason why the VNAV is invalid when VNAV
is selected:
• CHECK NAV SOURCE
• VNAV SENSOR FAIL.
Flight Plan Target Altitude
The VNAV data provides a Flight Plan Target Altitude (FPTA) derived from the altitude constraints in the active
flight plan. The FPTA shows on the PFD near the preselector altitude when VNAV is active or advisory VNAV is
selected. Generally, it is the next altitude constraint in the flight plan consistent with the current phase of flight.
Therefore, a distant descent altitude constraint is not shown when the aircraft is climbing to cruise altitude.
The FPTA is the next altitude constraint that will be captured by VNAV unless the preselector overrides this al-
titude. Whether or not the altitude is captured depends on the type of altitude constraint and the geometry of
adjacent altitude constraints. If VNAV captures the target altitude, ALTV shows on the PFD. Otherwise if VNAV
captures the preselector altitude, ALTS shows on the PFD. For step descents, where the aircraft levels at an
intermediate constraint altitude, the intermediate altitude remains in view after passing the constraint waypoint
so that the autopilot can continue to hold that altitude.
A FPTA changes to the next target altitude 60 seconds before the next waypoint change, provided the current
target altitude has been captured.
The altitude being captured or tracked (preselector, VNAV FPTA, or pressure) is identified on the PFD by the
suffix character in the active mode display field. Refer to the tables that follow.

Mode Annunciation Altitude Tracked

VALTS Preselector
VALTV VNAV FPTA
VALT Pressure

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-38 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Mode Annunciation Altitude Tracked Note 1: The vertical speed advi-
ALTS Preselector sory pointer will disappear within
0.5 miles of sequencing a way-
ALTV VNAV FPTA
point.
Deviation Scale and Pointers
Note 2: The vertical speed ad-
A unique FMS vertical deviation pointer shows when VPATH or VGP mode is active, or when the aircraft is close visory pointer on the VSI shows
to the planned descent path. When VNAV is active, the vertical deviation scale and pointer show when: the climb and descent rates com-
• PATH mode is armed (preselector altitude is below current aircraft altitude) or puted by the FMS using the flight
plan altitude constraints. Dis-
• 60 seconds before the aircraft arrives at the Top of Descent (TOD) if the preselector altitude is not lowered. play of the vertical speed advisory
Vertical Speed Advisory Pointer pointer DOES NOT imply that the
aircraft is capable of meeting the
1 An FMS vertical speed advisory pointer shows on the PFD Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) whenever VNAV required climb or descent rate.
is active.
The vertical speed advisory pointer shows the items that follow: Note 3: If the first waypoint of an
approach is an AT OR ABOVE al-
• The minimum average vertical speed to climb from present position to the next climb constraint if the rate is titude constraint it is treated as an
at least 100 Feet Per Minute (FPM). AT constraint (to get the aircraft
• The initial vertical speed, if a descent were initiated at the present position, to the next descent altitude down in a position to land).
constraint. The pointer shows when the TOD at current altitude is within 50 NM or vertical deviation is
shown. The pointer shows in all VNAV modes. The vertical speed needed for descent shows in the VNAV Acronyms/Terms
Thrust window as a number.
TOD - Top of Descent
2 Vertical speed needed to altitudes with AT OR BELOW or BETWEEN constraints is not shown because there
VSI - Vertical Speed Indicator
is no minimum value. Vertical speed to AT OR ABOVE altitudes are not shown unless the descent path is
with 50 feet. FPM - Feet Per Minute

3 The vertical speed advisory pointer shows the descent rate to the next altitude constraint while the aircraft is
in level flight prior to the TOD. The FMS continues level flight until the TOD (when the aircraft is established
on vertical path) before initiating a descent. The pilot can use this information as a preview of the descent
rate for the next altitude constraint (from the TOD).

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-39 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
WARNING
Note 4: PATH mode honors the
Manually initiating a descent to follow the vertical speed advisory pointer prior to reaching the TOD results preselector altitude while GP
in aircraft flying below the VNAV computed path and should not be done unless cleared by Air Traffic Control mode does not.
(ATC) and obstacle clearance is assured.
Tip 1- On ATC vectors, vertical
speed advisory pointer can be
1 In aircraft without the autopilot coupled, if the crew intends to follow the VNAV generated path, then the
used to preview the descent rate
manual descent (in VS or PTCH mode) should not be initiated until the aircraft reaches the TOD (vertical de-
needed when a descent clear-
viation pointer is centered). Follow the vertical path generated by the FMS VNAV to make sure that obstacle
ance is issued. If the pointer
clearance is maintained.
shows a descent rate greater
VNAV Armed Modes than aircraft capability, the crew
When VNAV is active, the vertical armed fields on the PFD show the armed modes, if any. There are three armed should ask ATC to amend their
fields. One field shows the armed holding mode (ALTS for the preselector or ALTV for the VNAV target altitude). clearance.
A second field shows the armed VNAV vertical mode (FLC, VS, PTCH, or PATH). The third field shows the armed
Acronyms/Terms
glide mode (GS for an ILS glideslope or Approach Glidepath (GP) for a VNAV glidepath). ALTS and Glideslope
(GS) modes are controlled by the AFCS even when VNAV is engaged. VNAV can arm any of the modes that ATC - Air Traffic Control
follow:
GP - Approach Glidepath
• ALTV, PTCH (climb or descent) GS - Glideslope
• FLC (climb only) FCP - Flight Control Panel
• VS, PATH, GP (descent only).
4 The general principles for arming the modes are as follows:
• In the climb phase, VNAV arms for FLC if the aircraft is holding at a VALT, VALTS, or VALTV, the pres-
elector is above the current aircraft altitude, and there is a down-track climb altitude constraint.
• In the cruise or descent phase, VNAV arms for PATH if there is a down-track descent altitude constraint,
the preselector is below the current aircraft altitude, and all other conditions are normal.
• GP is a special case of PATH. VNAV arms for GP instead of PATH when APPR is selected on the Flight
Control Panel (FCP) inside the terminal area.
The two figures that follow, FLC Armed scenario and Arm Mode annunciations, depict various VNAV armed sce-
narios when the aircraft is on both the lateral and vertical flight plans. Any given mode remains armed until that
mode captures or the conditions are changed. Captured modes show above the armed mode.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-40 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The figure, FLC Armed scenario, shows a climb from 6000 to 8000 feet with the preselector set above the current Acronyms/Terms
aircraft altitude. FLC mode is armed when the aircraft approaches Bottom of Climb (BOC), and automatically
sequences to VFLC when the aircraft is abeam the waypoint at BOC. The VNAV FPTA shown on the PFD is BOC - Bottom of Climb
updated from 6000 to 8000 feet when the aircraft is 1 minute from BOC.

FLC Armed scenario

When the flight plan descent altitude constraints are aligned so a smoothed path can be flown through the con-
straints, VNAV does not level at the intermediate altitudes. The PFD does show the next altitude constraint. The
arm field shows that VNAV does one of the three things that follow:
• Capture the FPTA when it is reached (ALTV armed).
• Capture the preselector altitude when it is reached (ALTS armed).
• Continue descent when aircraft crosses the constraint altitude (no ALTV or ALTS armed).
While climbing, the lower of VNAV FPTA or preselector altitude is armed. During the descent the higher of VNAV
FPTA or preselector altitude is armed, unless descending in GP mode. An example of the arm mode transitions
shows in the figure Arm Mode annunciations.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-41 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

IAS - Indicated Airspeed

FPTA - Flight Plan Target Altitude

Arm Mode annunciations

Listed below are abnormal conditions that can cause the PATH or GP arm to become invalid and the associated
PFD HSI message that shows:
• Cross track distance exceeds the limits for the current environment (en route, terminal, or approach) (NO
VPATH – XTK).
• Track angle error exceeds the limits for the current environment (en route, terminal, or approach) (NO VPATH
– TKE).
• Another autopilot mode is manually selected (NO VPATH – PILOT CMD).
• A down track heading leg (VECT) interrupts the vertical path (NO VPATH – VECTORS).
• A holding pattern is active (NO VPATH THIS LEG).
• The aircraft is on the FROM side of a waypoint for which sequencing is inhibited.
• Other conditions as described in the VNAV DESCENTS section exist (NO VPATH CONDITION).
Operation
Climb
For the climb phase, VNAV provides speed and altitude targets consistent with the climb constraints and speed
limits. Climbs can be manually commanded using PTCH or VS FCS modes. Automatic mode sequencing can be
performed using the FLC mode that shows as VFLC on the PFD. The FLC mode controls PTCH to maintain the
commanded Indicated Airspeed (IAS) or Mach speed. When a Flight Plan Target Altitude (FPTA) or Preselect

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-42 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Altitude (PSA) is encountered during a climb, the altitude is captured and held using an altitude hold mode (ALTV
or ALTS). The altitude hold mode controls PTCH to maintain the commanded altitude. PSA - Preselect Altitude
MFW - Multifunction Window
The climb phase is entered whenever the FPTA and the preselect altitude are set above the altitude of the aircraft,
and the autopilot is in an altitude change mode (FLC, VS, or PTCH).
Altitude Constraints
When one or more climb altitude constraints are specified in the flight plan, VNAV allows the aircraft to climb to
each constraint altitude and hold that altitude until the constraint is cleared. If the altitude constraint requires the
aircraft to cross the waypoint AT the specified altitude or requires the aircraft to cross the waypoint AT OR BELOW
the specified altitude, the specified altitude is held until the waypoint is reached. If the altitude constraint requires
the aircraft to cross the waypoint BETWEEN two altitudes, the higher altitude is held. If the altitude constraint
requires the aircraft to cross the waypoint AT OR ABOVE the specified altitude, then there is no requirement to
hold an altitude. While in the climb phase, VNAV honors only climb constraints.
When the aircraft approaches an altitude constraint, the FMS continually updates the predicted altitude intercept
at the constraint waypoint. If the predicted altitude intercept at the constraint waypoint violates the altitude con-
straint, the message Unable Next Alt shows in yellow on the PFD HSI, ALT shows in yellow, and MSG shows
flashing in yellow on the PFD.
If the aircraft is at a constraint altitude and the preselector altitude is raised, the FPTA is above the current flight
altitude, and an altitude change mode (FLC, VS, or PTCH) is selected, VNAV allows the aircraft to leave the
constraint altitude. If the constraint is an AT, AT OR BELOW or BETWEEN altitude, the message Check Fpln Alt
shows on the PFD HSI. This message also shows when the VNAV selection is made while the aircraft is above
the next climb constraint altitude.
The vertical speed advisory pointer that shows on the VSI indicates the climb rate needed for the next altitude
constraint from the aircraft present position. This advisory information shows to aid the pilot in judging the climb
requirements.
When the aircraft is within capture distance of the constraint altitude, the VNAV shows VALTS CAP or VALTV
CAP and then changes to VALTS or VALTV. It remains in VALTS, VALTV, or VALT mode until a climb starts again.
If the capture altitude is not the same as the preselect altitude, an aural alert is issued when the aircraft is within
1000 feet of the capture.
5 One minute before the aircraft reaches the altitude constraint waypoint in an altitude hold mode, the annun-
ciation BOC shows on the PFD, and the flight plan target altitude changes to the next altitude constraint. If
the preselector altitude is not raised at least 45 seconds before the aircraft reaches the altitude constraint
waypoint, the message Check Alt Sel shows on the Multifunction Window (MFW) map display along with a

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-43 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 yellow MSG button at the bottom of the display. MSG shows on the PFD HSI to indicate that a new message
Note 5: BOC only shows on the
is available. At 5 seconds before the bottom of the climb, BOC flashes on the PFD HSI, and the VNAV aural
PFD message line and does not
alert sounds.
show on MFW map displays.
6 If the preselector altitude is raised before the aircraft reaches the altitude constraint waypoint, the VNAV mode
automatically sequences to VFLC after the aircraft crosses the constraint waypoint. If power increases, the Note 6: After FLC is an active
aircraft climbs while maintaining current airspeed in VFLC mode. mode, the pilot will need to either
manually set the climb speed us-
Cruise Altitude Tracking
ing the speed knob on the FCP
7 If the cruise altitude on the Plan icon, Flight Plan tab, is not entered, the Perf Init Invalid message shows. or activate FMS speeds on the
Fly icon, VNAV tab (in addition
If a cruise altitude is entered, and a climb is initiated after the aircraft levels at cruise altitude, VNAV automatically
to possibly adding power). This
adjusts the cruise altitude to match the actual flight altitude.
must be done each time FLC be-
If the aircraft never reaches the planned cruise altitude, the climb phase of VNAV operation does not readjust the comes an active mode.
planned cruise altitude downward. When the aircraft is close to the next descent path, the planned TOD point is
readjusted to correspond to the actual aircraft altitude. Note 7: The message also shows
if Fuel On Board is not entered
If the aircraft has reached the cruise altitude, the TOD is more than 120 NM down path, and an early descent is on the Setup icon, Defaults tab,
initiated, VNAV automatically adjusts the cruise altitude down to the preselector value if the preselector is above Weight & Fuel tab.
any down path altitude constraints. Prior to reaching the new cruise altitude, the cruise altitude will continually
update to any new preselector value that is at or below the aircraft until the aircraft reaches the cruise altitude.
Scenarios
The figures that follow shows various scenarios for climbs. In the figures, the track of the aircraft shows as a solid
line, preselector settings show as a dashed line, and the FMS flight planned path shows as a thick, solid line.
Also, autopilot mode selections show in a box with the associated arm and capture mode annunciations below
them. VTA in the figures indicates the vertical track alert that occurs 60 seconds before mode sequencing at the
BOC.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-44 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 VNAV selection during a climb
The following figure, VNAV selection with autopilot set to ALT mode, shows a normal FMS transition to climb.

VNAV selection with autopilot set to ALT mode

The following figure, Climb using the preselector, shows using the preselector as an intermediate altitude con-
straint.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-45 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Climb using the preselector

Aircraft crosses BOC before preselector is set

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-46 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Unable Next Alt condition
The following figure, Check FPLN Alt condition, shows that a climb initiated before the aircraft reaches an altitude
constraint waypoint results in a CHECK FPLN ALT condition.

Check FPLN Alt condition

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-47 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Cruise Acronyms/Terms
The cruise phase begins when the cruise altitude is captured. Cruise speed command is the Mach or IAS speed VS - Vertical Speed
target that shows on the Calc page. If the cruise altitude is so low that an altitude speed constraint from the Calc VPA - Vertical Path Angle
page is applicable, then the cruise speed command is limited to that altitude dependent speed limit.
To execute a step climb, raise the preselector altitude to the step climb altitude and select a climb mode. The
FMS automatically raises the cruise altitude shown on the VNAV tab to the preselector altitude and the step climb
begins. Climb speed targets are used for planned reference speed during a step climb.
Descent
Vertical navigation provides path guidance (VPATH or VGP), speed referenced descent guidance (VFLC), and
PTCH (VPTCH) and Vertical Speed (VS) descent modes to arrive at a waypoint at a specified altitude. In general,
planned and Direct-To VNAV descents are path-based descents, where PTCH steering follows a straight line
descent path and speed is controlled by manual thrust management.
The pilot can select any descent mode that does not provide path guidance to an altitude at a waypoint (FLC,
PTCH, or VS). The altitude constraints are annunciated and enforced during all descents. Descent advisory to
a destination that has no terminal altitude constraint is not automatically initiated. The recommended entry point
for the descent advisory shows on the MFW map and on the Fly icon, Route tab, as DES.
The descent phase is entered when the preselector altitude is set below the current altitude of the aircraft and an
altitude change mode (FLC, PTCH, or VS) is selected on the flight control panel. The descent phase can also
include altitude hold segments.
Path
The descent path is defined by an altitude at a waypoint and a Vertical Path Angle (VPA). The VPA is the angle
that defines a straight line path through the target altitude at the target waypoint. The target altitude and target
waypoint comprise the next descent altitude constraint in the flight plan ahead of the present position of the air-
craft. The VPA is one of the items that follow:
• The angle that appears on the Calc page.
• The angle loaded from the navigation database.
• The angle entered by the pilot on the Crossing dialog box.
• The angle computed by the FMS to establish a smooth descent path (shows on the Setup icon, Defaults
tab, VNAV tab).

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-48 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • The angle resulting from executing a vertical Direct-To.
Note 8: The VPA value loaded
The Fly icon, Route tab, shows the VPA for the descent path for each descent segment. Preselector altitude must into the FMS is usually between
be lowered below the current aircraft altitude for VNAV to capture and follow the planned descent path in VPATH 1.00 and 6.00 degrees. Refer to
mode. Preselector altitude is ignored when the aircraft descends in VGP mode. the AFM for the aircraft limits.
Vertical Path Angle
8 The descent path is defined by the VPA. The default VPA is initially shown on the Setup icon, Defaults tab,
VNAV tab, and it is applied to a flight plan when one is created. The default setting can be overwritten on
the Calc page, and applied to the entire descent portion of a flight plan, or overwritten on the Crossing dialog
box for specific descent segments of a flight plan.

VPATH descent path

Path Smoothing
When there are two or more altitude constraints in a descent path, the FMS calculates and flies a smooth descent
path without intermediate altitude hold segments, as long as each of the descent segments has a VPA greater
than the minimum allowable VPA for the aircraft of one degree. An altitude hold is inserted before the descent
when two altitude constraints are so far apart that a straight-line path connecting the two constraints is shallower
than the minimum allowable VPA or the VPA for that segment.
VPA for the second and subsequent descent segments are modified to provide the path continuity. The computed
VPA shows on the Fly icon, Route tab. A descent path is always computed to the last descent altitude constraint
in a flight plan or before a discontinuity, regardless of the altitude type. If the last descent altitude is BETWEEN,
the path defaults to the upper altitude constraint.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-49 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
The descent path is computed through AT OR ABOVE, AT OR BELOW, or BETWEEN descent constraints that
are not last in the flight plan or before a discontinuity. This allows the FMS to maintain the selected VPA and
perform path smoothing whenever possible to create a continuous descent path through these constraints. AT
OR ABOVE, AT OR BELOW, and BETWEEN constraints are always honored but they do not restrict the path.
In the approach phase of flight, VNAV computes a descent path that flies to the first altitude constraint in the
approach transition even if it is specified as AT OR ABOVE in the flight plan.
For a smooth descent path, the FMS cannot select a VPA greater than the maximum allowable VPA for the aircraft.
If adjacent altitude constraints require a steeper path than the limit for the aircraft, the lower altitude constraint
shows in yellow on the Fly icon, Route tab. The message Unable Fpln Alt shows on the PFD HSI message line
to alert the pilot to the need to resolve the vertical path ambiguity.
Vertical Direct-To
The pilot can specify a descent path from the current position of the aircraft Direct-To a selected altitude at a
waypoint, which includes:
• The next altitude constraint waypoint in the flight plan.
• Any down-track altitude constraint waypoint in the flight plan.
• Any other waypoint in the flight plan, provided a new altitude constraint is specified for the waypoint.
All altitude constraints between the current aircraft altitude and the specified Direct-To target altitude are cleared
when a vertical Direct-To is initiated.
The vertical Direct-To path is computed as long as the required VPA is less than the maximum allowable VPA for
the aircraft. A descent path can be very shallow, but it cannot be a climb.
Vertical Direct-To function is available on various WAYPOINT Task menus, the Crossing dialog box, the Aircraft
Task menu and Direct To dialog box.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-50 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Vertical Direct-To
Altitude Constraints
When one or more descent altitude constraints are specified in the flight plan, the FMS plans the VNAV path so
the aircraft descends to each constraint altitude. VNAV holds that altitude until the aircraft reaches the planned
TOD to the next altitude constraint. This is true unless the descent path allows the path smoothing feature to
create one continuous descent. When smoothing is used to create the descent path, the path is designed to
keep the aircraft as high as possible for as long as possible without violating any altitude constraints.
When a FLC or FPA descent takes the aircraft down to the altitude constraint of a down track waypoint before
the waypoint is reached, VNAV holds the specified altitude until arrival at the waypoint. This occurs when the
constraint requires the aircraft to cross the waypoint AT the specified altitude, or AT OR ABOVE the specified
altitude.
If the altitude constraint requires the aircraft to cross the waypoint BETWEEN two altitudes, the lower altitude is
held. If the altitude constraint requires the aircraft to cross the waypoint AT OR BELOW the specified altitude,
no altitude is held since there is no requirement to hold altitude before the aircraft reaches the waypoint. In the
descent phase, VNAV honors only descent constraints.
As the aircraft approaches an altitude constraint, the FMS updates the predicted altitude intercept at the con-
straint waypoint. If the predicted altitude intercept at the waypoint violates the altitude constraint, the message
Unable Next Alt shows on the PFD HSI. In addition, the PFD HSI shows ALT in yellow and a flashing yellow MSG
annunciation.
The Unable Next Alt message also shows when the vertical speed of the aircraft is less than the vertical speed
required to reach the constraint.
If the aircraft is approaching an altitude constraint waypoint at the specified altitude the preselector altitude is
lowered, and an altitude change mode is selected, VNAV allows the aircraft to leave the constraint altitude. If
the constraint is an AT, AT OR ABOVE, or BETWEEN, the message Check Fpln Alt shows on the PFD HSI. This
message also shows the selected VNAV when the aircraft is already below the next descent constraint altitude.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-51 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
When the aircraft is within the capture distance of a constraint altitude, the VNAV mode automatically sequences
to altitude hold and remains in altitude hold until the descent is resumed. The PFD shows an altitude capture
annunciation after the mode switch. If the capture altitude is not the same as the preselector altitude, an aural
alert is issued when the aircraft is within 1000 feet of the capture altitude.
Preselector Altitude Capture
During a descent, VNAV captures the preselector altitude, instead of the FPTA, when the preselector altitude is
not set below the flight plan target altitude. When it captures a preselector altitude, it changes the VNAV mode
to the VALTS mode.
Top of Descent
The predicted TOD location shows on the MFW map displays to help the pilot anticipate an upcoming descent.
TOD also shows on the Fly icon, Route tab, to show the relationship of the TOD location relative to other flight
plan waypoints.
The initial location of the TOD is at the intersection of the planned cruise altitude and the planned descent path. If
there is a subsequent planned altitude hold segment that follows an altitude constraint waypoint, TOD also shows
at the top of the second descent segment as shown in the figure Flight plan with two descent segments.
If the aircraft is close to and approaching the descent path, and is not at a planned cruise altitude that intercepts
the path, the FMS recalculates the TOD location based on the intersection of the current altitude and the descent
path. The aircraft is considered to be close to the descent path when it is 50 NM or 20 percent of the distance
from origin to the destination, whichever is smaller (but not less than 6 NM).

Flight plan with two descent segments

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-52 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
One minute before the aircraft intercepts the planned descent path, TOD shows on the PFD HSI message line and
the FPTA is changed to the next waypoint altitude. The preselector altitude must be lowered below the current
aircraft altitude for the descent to begin at TOD.
Forty-five seconds before the aircraft reaches the TOD, if the preselector altitude has not been lowered, the
message Check Alt Sel shows on the PFD HSI, and the Messages dialog box.
Five seconds before the aircraft reaches the TOD, the annunciation TOD flashes on the PFD HSI and an aural
alert is sounded. If the preselector altitude is set lower than the current altitude of the aircraft before the aircraft
reaches the TOD, the VNAV mode automatically sequences to VPATH, and the descent starts when the aircraft
reaches the TOD. If the preselector altitude is not set lower than the current altitude of the aircraft before the
aircraft reaches the TOD, VNAV continues in the VALT mode.
Scenarios
The series of figures that follow show various scenarios for descents. The track of the aircraft shows as a solid
line, preselector settings show as a dashed line, and the FMS flight-planned path shows as a thick solid line. Also,
autopilot mode selections show in a box with the associated arm and capture mode annunciations below them.
VTA in the figures indicates the vertical track alert that occurs 60 seconds before mode sequencing at the TOD.

Normal FMS transition to a descent

The following figure, Vertical Direct-To selection, shows vertical Direct-To selection before and after the aircraft
crosses the TOD.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-53 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Vertical Direct-To selection
The following figure, Early or late descent selection: scenario 1, shows early or late descent selection with no
flight plan path intercept.

Early or late descent selection: scenario 1

The following figure, Early or late descent selection: scenario 2, shows early or late descent selection with a flight
plan path intercept.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-54 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Early or late descent selection: scenario 2
The following figure, , shows early or late descent selection with an above or below flight plan altitude.

Early or late descent: scenario 3

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-55 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Multiple VPATH mode descents

VNAV deselection
Off Flight Plan Descents
Basic vertical navigation operation assumes the flight plan is being followed. During the course of a flight, the
aircraft may be required to fly through a flight plan discontinuity, fly ATC vectors, or capture a localizer. In these
cases and others, it is likely that the route is different both laterally and vertically from the flight plan entered into
the FMS. This section gives some specifics about VNAV operations when the aircraft is not on the flight plan.
Path Modes
VPATH automatically reverts to VPTCH descent when the straight line geographic descent path to an altitude
constraint waypoint becomes ambiguous. This occurs when:

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-56 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Descent path terminates in a vertical discontinuity. Acronyms/Terms
• Track angle error exceeds an acceptable threshold. ARP - Airport Reference Point
• Cross track deviation exceeds an acceptable threshold.
The pilot can still use FLC, Vertical Speed (VS), PTCH, and altitude hold modes.
Acceptable track angle error and cross track deviation thresholds depend on the airspace environment. In en
route and oceanic/remote areas, track angle error must be less than 75 degrees and cross track deviation less
than 10 NM.
In the terminal area track angle error must be less than 75 degrees. The acceptable cross track deviation de-
creases from 10 NM at the terminal area boundary to 1.1 NM at 5 NM from the Airport Reference Point (ARP).
In the approach area, track angle error must be less than 30 degrees and cross track deviation must be less than
110 percent of the full scale cross track deviation.
Heading Mode
When using heading mode to follow ATC vectors, and the active flight plan leg is not a vectors leg, the FMS
continues to sequence the flight plan as the aircraft passes abeam the waypoints. VNAV also continues to fly to
the next altitude constraint at the TO waypoint or beyond, and the altitude constraints continue to sequence as
the flight plan sequences. Path descents remain active, provided the aircraft is within the course and cross track
deviation limits specified above and the active leg has a defined track.
FLC, VS, or VPTCH descents can be used when a flight plan vectors leg is before the next altitude constraint, as
there is no specified track for a vectors leg. A DES advisory shows on the MFW map display if a TOD based on
great circle distances occurs before the vectors leg.
Discontinuities
VNAV remains active when the FMS sequences the ACT/MOD FPLN to a discontinuity. The flight can be contin-
ued using the heading mode, or the discontinuity can be removed, which then returns the aircraft to tracking the
ACT FPLN.
VNAV honors altitude constraints across a discontinuity and captures that altitude if intercepted. VNAV cannot
fly a path descent in VPATH or VGP mode across a discontinuity.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-57 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Approaches Acronyms/Terms
The FMS provides Barometric Vertical Navigation (Baro-VNAV) vertical guidance for most approaches. The Baro-VNAV - Barometric Vertical
FMS uses Space Based Augmentation System (SBAS) VNAV for Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Navigation
approaches that have published LPV or LNAV/VNAV(LPV) approach minimums. SBAS - Space Based Augmenta-
When using Baro-VNAV, vertical deviation scale sensitivity changes from ±500 feet (two dots) to ±250 feet (two tion System
dots) once approach mode is active. SBAS VNAV provides angular vertical deviation scaling (similar to ILS GNSS - Global Navigation Satel-
glideslope) with increasing sensitivity as the aircraft gets closer to the runway. lite System
When the NAV AFCS mode is selected, automatic vertical guidance is supplied in VPATH mode requiring the FAF - Final Approach Fix
pilots to adjust the preselector altitude to the next altitude constraint to begin the descent. When APPR AFCS
mode is set, the FMS gives automatic descent guidance in VGP mode along the generated glidepath. With VGP
mode set, VNAV ignores the preselector altitude.
For VPATH or VGP to remain active, the track angle error and cross track deviation should not exceed the limits
specified for each stage of the approach. In the terminal area track angle error must be less than 75 degrees.
The acceptable cross track deviation decreases from 10 NM at the terminal area boundary, to 1.1 NM at 5 NM
from the ARP. In the approach area, track angle error must be less than 30 degrees and cross track deviation
must be less than 110 percent of the full scale cross track deviation.
When VNAV is enabled, climb guidance is provided to the published altitude constraints in the missed approach
procedure in VFLC or VPTCH mode. VNAV does not initiate a climb during the missed approach, but guidance
is provided for the procedure.
ILS and Localizer-Based Approaches
The VNAV descent profile on all localizer-based approaches does not descend below the Final Approach Fix
(FAF) altitude. In the case of an ILS approach, the VNAV can remain active until glideslope capture. The pilot is
responsible for descent below the FAF altitude on localizer-only approaches. VNAV remains active after localizer
capture. When flying a localizer based approach, the FMS remains in Terminal mode and uses Baro-VNAV with
vertical deviation scaling at ±500 feet.
9 The VNAV descent for an ILS approach is designed to reach the glideslope intercept altitude 0 to 5 NM
BEFORE the aircraft intercepts the glideslope. This behavior is also observed if the pilot conducts a Vertical
Direct-To the FAF on an ILS approach procedure. This allows the aircraft to establish stabilized level flight
to intercept glideslope, as shown in the following figure. The descent path will reach glideslope intercept
altitude at least 5 NM before the glideslope intercept, unless the approach geometry is very tight. Once the

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-58 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 glideslope is intercepted, VNAV is automatically deselected and the aircraft continues the approach using
Note 9: If the Vertical Direct-To
the glideslope signal for vertical guidance.
applies to the FAF, the aircraft lev-
els off at the FAF altitude PRIOR
to reaching the FAF.

Note 10: Since Baro-VNAV is af-

fected by atmospheric conditions
and SBAS VNAV is not, the two
glidepaths do not always coin-
cide. It is normal for the vertical
deviation indicator to make an ad-
justment (jump) during the transi-
tion between them.

VNAV glideslope intercept Note 11: The pilot can expect to

RNAV (GNSS) LPV Approaches see jumps in the PFD presenta-
tion when the lateral or vertical
10 LPV approaches are RNAV (GNSS) approaches with published LPV or LNAV/VNAV minimums. The FMS scale changes sensitivity (for ex-
uses Baro-VNAV to give vertical guidance inside the terminal area using vertical scale deviation of ±500 ample, en route to terminal or ter-
feet (two dots). When the approach is active, the FMS switches to satellite based SBAS VNAV for vertical minal to approach phase). Al-
guidance with angular scale sensitivity (similar to glideslope) increasing as the aircraft gets closer to the though most scale changes are
runway. As long as SBAS position data accuracy is maintained, SBAS VNAV gives vertical guidance down seamless to the pilot, occasion-
to the runway threshold. ally the pilot may observe small
11 At any point before the FAF is sequenced, the pilot can select RNP, thereby changing the approach from jumps in vertical and/or lateral
LPV to RNP. This automatically changes the GP MODE selection from Wide Area Augmentation System scales at these flight phase tran-
(WAAS) to BARO. sition points.

Other RNAV and Conventional Approaches Acronyms/Terms

As long as VNAV remains selected, the FMS uses Baro-VNAV for descent guidance for RNAV (GNSS), RNAV
WAAS - Wide Area Augmenta-
(multi-sensor), and conventional approaches with GNSS overlay. VPATH or VGP descents are made as long
tion System
as the aircraft does not exceed a 30 degree track angle error or full-scale deviation. Full scale lateral deviation
adjusts linearly from 1 NM (2 NM from the FAF), to 0.3 NM at the FAF and beyond.
Vertical deviation scaling is ±500 feet (two dots) inside the terminal area. When approach mode is active, vertical
deviation scaling adjusts to ±150 feet (two dots).

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-59 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
WARNING Acronyms/Terms

It is the pilot’s responsibility to recognize when the aircraft reaches the Decision Height (DH), Decision DH - Decision Height
Altitude (DA), or Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA), and to make a decision on whether or not to continue the DA - Decision Altitude
approach. The FMS does not level the aircraft at the MDA for non-precision approaches while descending in MDA - Minimum Descent Altitude
VGP mode.

The figures that follow show different approach path modes. In the following figure, GP-Armed to VGP captured
scenario, APPR is selected on the FCP and the VGP mode is engaged. In second figure below, VPATH (Not
VGP) approach scenario, although the descent path is followed, APPR is not selected and VGP mode is never
engaged. In the third figure below, No VNAV armed mode scenario, VNAV is not armed and the FMS does not
direct an automatic descent.

GP-Armed to VGP captured scenario

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-60 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Acronyms/Terms

IGS - Instrument Guidance Sys-

tem
TACAN - Tactical Air Navigation
NDB - Non-Directional Radio
Beacon

VPATH (Not VGP) approach scenario

The following figure, No VNAV armed mode scenario, shows that because APPR is not selected on the AFCS,
GP is never armed and VGP is never captured.

No VNAV armed mode scenario

Visual and Other Approaches Not Qualified for FMS Guidance
Vertical navigation guidance using Baro-VNAV is available for visual approaches to a runway and for instrument
approaches that cannot be flown using the FMS for guidance (for example, Instrument Guidance System (IGS),
Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN), or Non-Directional Radio Beacon (NDB) approaches). Vertical deviation and

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-61 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
vertical steering guidance to the runway threshold or missed approach point are available in VPATH mode. Ver-
tical deviation scaling sensitivity remains at ±500 feet during the approach. Table of Contents
-- End of Principles of VNAV --

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 2 Principles of VNAV 13-62 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
13.3 Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages Acronyms/Terms

CAS - Crew Alerting System

System Synoptic Pages
QAK - Quick Access Key
MKP - Multifunction Keypad
Introduction MFD - Multifunction Display

The Synoptic Pages provide the crew with real-time indication of main aircraft systems operations. They are not
intended to replace the Crew Alerting System (CAS) messaging, but rather to increase the overall situational
awareness of the operator about the status of the aircraft systems. The following Synoptic pages are available:
• Systems
• DC Electrical
• AC Electrical
• Flight Controls
• Hydraulic
• Summary
• Display Setup.

The synoptic pages can be accessed one of three ways:

• Pushing the SYS Quick Access Key (QAK) on the Multifunction Keypad (MKP). Subsequent pushes of the
SYS QAK will cycle through the system pages, except for the Display Setup page.
• Selecting the desired Synoptic page from the touchscreen Synoptic toolbar located at the bottom of the
Multifunction Display (MFD).
• Selecting the desired Synoptic page from the Synoptic dropdown menu.

Synoptic touchscreen toolbar

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-63 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Note 1: When Manual Pres-
surization becomes active the
Systems synoptic page for Cabin
Pressurization parameter mon-
itoring is automatically brought
up on an AFD if an instance of
the Systems synoptic page is not
already displayed.

Synoptic dropdown menu

Systems Synoptic Page
1 The Systems synoptic page parameters augment the EIS data used for engine start, takeoff, landing and
provides Cabin Pressurization and Environment data. The Systems synoptic page consists of the following
features:
• APU (RPM, EGT)
• Cabin pressurization (Alt, Rate, Change in pressure)
• Cabin temperature
• Cabin oxygen
• Bleed air pressure
• Fuel temperature (Engine and Bulk)
• Battery voltages (Main and APU)

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-64 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Battery loads (Main and APU).

Systems synoptic page

Synoptic dropdown menu
DC Electrical Synoptic Page
The DC Electrical synoptic page provides information about the DC Electrical aircraft system parameters, and
consists of the following features:
• TRU and battery voltages (6 systems)
• TRU and battery loads (6 systems)
• Battery availability

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-65 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Charger status.

DC Electrical synoptic page

Synoptic dropdown menu
AC Electrical Synoptic Page
The AC Electrical synoptic page provides information about AC Electrical aircraft system parameters, and con-
sists of the following features:
• Voltage (5 systems)
• Load (3 systems)
• Frequency (5 systems)

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-66 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Flow lines.

AC Electrical synoptic page

Synoptic dropdown menu
Flight Controls Synoptic Page
The Flight Controls synoptic page provides dynamic position information on the following:
• Aileron positions
• Elevator positions
• Rudder position
• Flap position

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-67 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Ground spoiler positions
• Flight spoiler positions
• Flight control systems status messages.

Flight Ctrls synoptic page

Synoptic dropdown menu
Hydraulic Synoptic Page
The Hydraulic synoptic page provides the pilot with information about brakes and hydraulic aircraft system pa-
rameters, and consists of the following features:
• Hydraulic quantity (3 systems)

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-68 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 • Hydraulic temperature (3 systems)
• Hydraulic pressure (3 systems)
• Inbd/Outbd brake pressure
• Engine pump status
• Valve positions
• Flow lines
• Hydraulic power status messages.

Hydraulic synoptic page

Synoptic dropdown menu

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-69 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
Summary Synoptic Page
The Summary synoptic page provides the pilot with summary information about the following aircraft system
parameters:
• Hydraulic pressure (3 systems)
• Hydraulic temperature (3 systems)
• Hydraulic quantity (3 systems)
• Inbd/Outbd brake pressure
• AC voltage (4 systems)
• AC load (3 systems)
• DC TRU and battery voltages (6 systems)
• DC TRU and battery loads (6 systems).

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-70 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Summary synoptic page
Synoptic dropdown menu
Display Setup Synoptic Page
The Display Setup synoptic format provides a single, efficient means for the flight crew to configure the flight
deck to a default bias for resources such as the cursor allocation for center display. The Display Setup synoptic
is designed to help with the accessibility and ease of operation for certain functions to establish sufficient safe
operation considering the workload on individual crew members.

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-71 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
 Table of Contents

Display Setup synoptic page

Synoptic dropdown menu
-- End of System Synoptic Pages --

®
13 Appendix > Appendix 3 System Synoptic Pages 13-72 Bombardier Challenger 604 Pro Line Fusion
523-0825299-001117
© 2018 Rockwell Collins.
All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.